reckoned upon the Meridian or length of the earth from the westend of England Those which are more easterly from thence have the lesser declination when the Sun departeth from the Line and increaseth in declination either towards the North or South as wel betweene the 20 of March and the 22 of Iune as betweene the 23 of September and the 22 of December and the greater declination when the Sun returneth againe towards the Line whether it bee by north or by south the Line as wel betweene the 22 of December and the 20 of March as betweene the 22 of Iune and the 23 of December On the contrary those which are more westerly from thence have the waxing declination that is when the Sun runneth from the Line either by North or by South the Line the greater declination and the falling declination that is when the Sunne runneth againe towards the Line either by North or by South the Line maketh the lesse That commeth to passe by reason of time thus Those which are more easterly have the Sunne sooner in the south or in their Meridian and therefore is the waxing declination lesse and the falling greater on the contrary those which are more westerly have the Sonne later in the South and therefore have they the increasing declination more the decreasing lesse The first Example Concerning those which are more easterly with rising declination upon the 25 of March in the second yeare following the Leap-yeare I desire to know â—he Sonnes declination at noone at Bantam in the East-Indies First I seeke upon a Globe or any other Table how much more Easterly Bantam lyeth then the Lands end of England and I find it to bee about 120 degrees herein wee reckon not so neare upon a degree or two because such a difference is but little in this respect whilst then the Sonne must have 24 houres to run about the heaven or the whole earth which is 360 degrees I seeke how much time hee must have to run 120 degrees and I say thus 360 degrees maâ—â— 24 houres what maketh then 120 facit 8 houres 〈◊〉 thence I find that the Sunne commeth 8 houres sooner to the South at Bantam then at the Lands end of England that is That the Sunne is fall South at Bantam when it is but 4 a clock after midnight at Englands Lands end Then I looke in these Tables upon the abovewritten 25 of March for the declination of the Sun and I find it to bee 1 degree 57 minutes and out of the declination on the day following 2 degrees 21 minutes that the declination of the Sun at that time in 24 houres increaseth 24 minutes therefore say I if the declination increase 24 minutes in 24 houres how much in 8 houres facit 8 minutes from thence it is cleare that seeing the Sun runneth from the Meridian over Bantam to the Meridian of Englands end and the declination riseth or increaseth 8 minutes that it at Bantam is 8 minutes lesse as these Tables declare The Suns declination is that day at Bantam no more then 1 degree and 49 minutes by north the Line The Second Example With falling Declination Upon the 16 of the same yeare I desire to know the Suns declination at noone at Bantam and I find in these Tables upon that day for the length of England Lands end 2 degrees 40 minutes that it decreaseth every day at that time of the yeare 24 minutes Seeing then the Sun as is sayd in the first example cometh 8 houres sooner to the South at Bantam then at Englands end I say doth the declination decrease 24 minutes in 24 houres how much maketh it in 8 houres it maketh 8 minutes from thence it is knowne that seeing the Sonne runneth from the Meridian of Bantam to that of Englands End and the declination falleth 8 minutes and therefore at Bantam is it 8 minutes more even as these Tables declare The declination of the Sonne on that day is at Bantam 2 degrees and 48 minutes Observation From hence it followeth That one and the same Steer-man sayling eastwards to the Indies comming upon two such divers times before the Straite of Sunda and would take the height of the Pole according to the Sun of one and the same corner of Land and should use these Tables without such caution hee should though hee thought it wel done thereby taking one time 8 minutes soo much and the other time 8 minutes too little declination hee should find it to differ 16 minutes in his height therefore in long voyages you must thinke wel upon this The third Example Concerning those which are more Westerly with rising declination A certaine Ship comming upon the 9 of October in the third yeare after Leape-yeare upon the greate South Sea neare the Coast of Peru the Steerman desireth to know the Suns declination there at noone hee findeth out of a Globe or any other Table that that Coast lyeth full 80 degrees more Westerly then Englands Lands End The Sun must then run from the South over Englands end to the South of the foresaid Coast of Peru full 80 degrees to which hee requireth about 5 houres and an halfe so that when the Sun standeth there in the South it is then from Englands end halfe an houre past 5 in the afternone Hee findeth in these Tables the declination of that day 6 degrees 13 minutes by South the Line and out of that of the following day which is 6 degrees 36 minutes that at that time in 24 houres the declination riseth 23 min. therefore shall hee say the declination riseth in 24 houres 33 minutes how much then in 5 houres and a ½ facit full 5 minutes and from thence wee find that seeing the Sun running from the Meridian of Englands end to hert of the Coast of Peru riseth full 5 minutes and thereupon the declination on that day is there 5 minutes more even as the tables demonstrate The declination then on that day on the Coast of Peru is 6 degrees 18 minutes The fourth Example Concerning the falling declination Suppose that such commeth to passe on the foresaid Coast of Peru on the 8 of September the same yeare these tables point at the declination of that day 5 degrees 46 minutes and the day following 5 degrees 23 minutes so as upon that time of the yeare in 24 houres time the declination lesseneth 23 minutes The Steerman shal then reckon thus if in 24 houres the declination lesseneth 23 minutes how much is that in 5 houres and a halfe facit full 5 minutes and shall from thence find that his declination is there 5 minutes lesse as these Tables instruct the Sonnes declination then upon that day is upon the Coast of Peru 5 degrees 42 minutes from hence may bee understood what it is which before is said in the example of the more easterly that a Steereman whe would looke after the Sun on the Coast of Peru upon such two divers times in the same place and
of it which lyeth right in the farewaye in sixteen foot but alongst to the eastwards of the buye is the deepest water the farther into the Bight towards Freesland the deeper The marke of this buy is the little flatt steeple of Mirnes on to the southwards of Molqueren Bring that foresayd little slat steeple in Molqueren keepe it so standing then you come in the farewaye of the buy of West-worckum that is a very good marke when the buyes are taken away The old thwart markes of the buy in the Bight are Mirnes Molqueren Hemelum and a little long village when they stand in four parts Betwixt the buyes upon the Freese plate and in the Bight is the shoalest of the flatt When the buy in the Bight is on your broad side then go on north and by west somewhat more westerly unto the buy of West-worckum Buy of West-worckum which lyeth on the east shoare in 16 foot at low water upon these marks a little sharpe steeple far within the land called Harich commeth over a little village to the northwards of Hinlopen called Dertwisch the right deepe thwart of it is three fathom The old markes are two villages next to Mackum upon the water side standing northeast off from it when these stand a little asunder one from the other you see yet two little steeples somewhat to the northwards of Bolswart almost one to the other neare about as the other upon the water side stand asunder the one is called Idsegahuysen The thwart markes are a high house on the east end of Coudom that commeth within a capstane barres length to the south end of Hinlopen From thence to the buy upon Yghelhoeck Yghelhoeck the course is north the markes there of are a little sharpe steeple with the first long village to the northwards of Worckum called Geest when that little steeple commeth in the innermost swampe of that long village then you have the buye that is a good thwart marck the longst marks are the sharpe steeple of Pingom over the flat steeple of Coorenwaert upon the waterside and Pendragen to a little house to the northwardes of the village with the swamp or when the mil of Staveren standeth betwixt the towne and the Block-house of Stavern these are all good longst markes of the buy upon Yghelhoeck From Yghelhoeck to the middle ground the course is north the right deepe in the Middle ground Middle-ground is seven fathom in the farewaye betwixt Westworckum and Yghelhoeck the right deep in four fathom soft ground the east shoare is flat and the west shoare steep The buy of the Middle ground lieth upon these marks the two sharpe steeples Arun and Pingom one in the other about northeast from you or Bolswaert right to the northwards of a Countrie house to the northwardes of Mackum these are good thwart marks of the Middle-ground The longst markes are kinswaert that is the runner commeth behind the church of Surich then you are right in the farewaie The Church of Surigh standeth upon the water side upon a point that lyeth out about northeast and by north from the buy or when the flat steeple of Wynaem to the northwards of Harlingen commeth betwixt Midlum and the east end of Harlingen then you are right in the Middleground on which side that Wynaem standeth nearest that shoare you are also nearest unto the west shoare is steep the east shoare indifferent flat you may runne over it in three fathom and come againe in five fathom towards Friesland From the Middle-ground outwards to the Flye you can sail within no tayles of sand on the west shoare Being past the buy in the Middle-ground then goe on northnorthwest unto the buy upon Swanebalgh Swanebalgh which lyeth in 3 fathom on the east shoare the thwart marks there of are Bolswaert over a little short house to the southwards of Cornwaert When you runne over betwixt the buyes of the Middle-ground and Swanebalgh on the east shoare more easterly then in three fathome that you come againe in four or five fathom you might in sayling out sail behind the shoals of Swanebalgh or when you are bound in behinde the shoals of the Middleground the west shoare thwart of this you may sound in four fathom or three fathom and a half over against the buye upon Swanebalgh on the west shoare is good ground for to anchor in From the buy upon Swane-balgh to the buy upon Schuytesand Schuytesand the course is north w. somewhat northerly the thwart markes there of are Wynaem over the highest part of Harlingen the longst markes are Bolswaert the northwards of the Sluys which lyeth to the northwards of Woens this buye lyeth in six fathom on the east shoare upon a taile or point which you might saile within when you saile out the right deepe thwart of it is 7 and 8 fathom the west shoare is indifferent flat which you may sounde in 4 fathom the e. shoare is steepe but a little without the buye it is flatte all alongst to Keeshoeck and you may sound it all alongst unto the Sloot In sailing up you might sail within the w. shoare over against Schuytesand or a little to the southwards of it in 3 fathom or 3 fathom a half into a Deadbalg behind a taile of sand Point of Waert called the point of the Waert but keeping in 4 fathom from that shoare you cannot take hurt of it In sailing up with a forfloud keep the east shoare or els you should be lightly carried therwith into the foresaid balgh behind that Waert before you should be aware of it Upon the point of that waert standeth a drift beacon 2 to the northwards or the westwards of it which men do call the beacons of Claesoomen and to the southwards of it standeth a beacon upon Dominicuâ— plate or as the Pilots do name it Meynsen plate Tâ—e marks for to sail alongst this long reach are Mackâ—â— with a mill upon the water side and a village with a liâ—â—â—e flat steeple to the southwards of Mackum called Idsegahuysen when Pandragen commeth betwixt Mâ—ckum and that village then you shal go cleare of that fo esayd taile or Deadbalg If Pandragen come nearest to â—dsegahuysen then you are too near the foresaid taile or plate or if Pandragen come nearest to Mackum then you are too neare the east shoare Keeshoec From Schuytsand to the buye upon Keeshoeck the course is w.n.w. or northwest and by w. according as the wind tide shall be In that long reach goe little more then half tides alongst the deep the afterfloud fore-eb fall thwart over there to the westwards the after-eb fore-floud right contrarie to the eastwards The marks of the buy upon Keeshoeck are Franiker steeple betwixt the mill the towne of Harlingen or to the mastes of the Schips which lye in the haven Tâ—is buy lyeth on the east shoare the right farewaye thwâ—rt of it is
starboard side untill that you come to the land of Oesel over against the great tree In this fareway it is five fathom deepe When as you come sayling so alongst past the Grasground you shall meete with an Island on the larboard side to the northwards of it goeth in the Deepe unto the Castle of Moensound The Castle of Moone sound in three fathom but sometimes it is shoaler for there it is all full of sands To the southwards of the same Island goeth in another Deep which you may sayle through untill you come to the end of Oesell and then you leave the two little Islands by the south end of Oesell lying on the starboard side But the right and best Deep goeth from the foresayd great tree in alongst by the land Oesell which is three and four fathom deepe and at last it will be six seven eight fathom when you sayle alongst there you leave the foresayd two little Islands by the south end of Oesell lying on the larboard side From the great tree to the first little Island the course is eastsoutheast eight or nine leagues then from the first little Island to the second south east and forth to the end of Oesell east and by south From that ende or northeast poynt of Oesell runneth off a foul riffe a great half league into the sea called the Paternoster Pater-noster which you must avoyde From this northeast poynt off Oesell unto Parno the coast of Lisland lyeth eastsoutheast and westnorthwest When you come about that poynt you may sayle into the sea or buye off Rye where you will west and by north to Arentsbergh southw or somewhat westerly to Ambrooke south somewhat easterly to Round southeast and by south to Kinne or where you will the lying of Kinne is described here before From Kinne to Magno and Serckholm all alongst unto Parno the course is northeast and by north eight leagues Thwart of Magno Serckhollom Magno Sterckholm it is betwixt Coerland and the Islands five and sixe fathom deepe and alongst Coerland altogether a faire strand Parno Parno lyeth in a great Baye it is there in the roade three and four fathom deep For to anchor there you must anchor so that the steeple of Parno stand northnortheast from you there is the best roade Oetgensholme Oetgensholm and Syburghnes lye east and by n. and w. by south seven leagues distant one from the other You may sayle round about Oetgensholme and anchor under it for northerly and northwest winds in sixe or seven fathom but you must beware of the Blinde as before is sayd From Oetgensholm to great Roge Great Roge. the course is east four leagues betwixt them both a little to the southwardes of the fareway lyeth a shoale even above water which you may sayle round about but you may not come verie neare it because it is stonie and rockie round about it Great Roge is an out point with two or three white Chalck-hills and thereby is verie easy to be knowne Betwixt this poynt and Oetgensholm somewhat more southerly lyeth another poynt called little Roge Little Roge. betwixt it and great Roge goeth a broade Sound into the land of sixe and seven fathom depth but in the end it is shoale There-abouts it is all cleane ground and good for to anchor in From great Roge to the Island Narghen the course is east somewhat northerly five leagues When you sayl from great Roge towards Narghen you shall finde four leagues to the eastwards of great Roge an other poynt with two white chalck spots called Surp betwixt it and great Roge the land falleth away to the southwards into a great baye If you will saile to Revell then sail alongst by that poynt of Surp towards Narghen leaving it on the larboard side off you going on still east untill you come to the east end of Nargen Being there by it then goe on eastsoutheast a league and an half and then you shall come by the end of the riffe which lyeth off from the Blote Karels Riffe off the Karels come no nearer it then in sixe fathom When as the castle of Revel commeth without the Karels then sayl right unto the head of Revell Revell untill you come to the east side let your anchor fall there and then hawl with the fore-ship or stearne to the head and make you fast by foure cables for the north and northnorthwest windes which blow there flat open in making it a lee shoare so that sometimes with such winds there commeth in a rowling sea East about 4 leagues from the south end of Nargen lyeth the Island the Wolfe which is about a league long Northnorthwest and northwest and by north two leagues from the west end of the Island the Wolf and northeast and northeast and by east from the north end of Nargen lyeth a rock under water called the Revel-stone although there be no more water upon then 3 or 4 foot yet it is in the Summer time with faire weather oftentimes so smooth water that it doth not break upon it and it is also very steep so that you may not come neerer it by your lead then in 12 fathom The markes for to knowe the place of this Revel-stone Revell-stone are these When the northeast end of Nargen is southwest and southwest and by west from you and the high steeple of Revell is a capstane barrs length or a little more to the westwards off the west end of the Island the Wolfe then you are right thwart of this rock The steeple of Revel is also the right south from you But when the steeple of Revell commeth to the Wolfe The Wolf and that you are bound to the eastwards and you are surely past this Revell-stone and a good wayes to the eastwards of it From the west end of the Island the Wolfe lyeth off a riff to the northwards into sea about an English mile toward the Revell-stone upon the end of this riffe lye five or sixe rocks a little above water If you come away from Revell on north and by west alongst by the Wolf then marke the poynt of Surp when that commeth even unto the south end of the Island Nargen then you shall also have even the length of the foresayd riffe If you looke out then on the starboard side and be not sayled very sarre alongst to the westwardes of the Wolf you shall see the foresayd rockes lying upon the end of the riffe lye thwart from you and then you may run to the northwards about by them in five fathom without doing amisse Betwixt Nargen and the Wolf lyeth also a stony shoale which is very broad but much neerer Narghen then the Wolf and lyeth from the south poynt or Narghen shoale of Nargen about northeast and from the north poynt eastsoutheast Therfore if you bring the south poynt of Nargen about southwest or southwest and by south and
of the Globe wee see the Starres as well on the one side as on the other in whatsoever part of the Heaven that it is alwayes of one greatenesse and it is found by experience that wee alwayes see the one half of the Heaven and the other halfe is hidden from our eyes from thence it appeares plainly according to the expression in the third Figure That the earth stands in the middle of the World From thence is likewise to bee marked that the Globe of the earth is no more to bee likened by the Heavens then a point without thicknesse for if the earth had any thicknesse in respect of Heaven wee should standing upon the earth by that reason not see halfe of the Heaven according to Demonstration of the 4 Figure The fourth Point Of the greatnesse of the Earth ALthough the Globe of the Earth as is sayd in respect of the extraordinary widenesse of the Heaven is no more then a point neverthelesse in respect of its selfe it is a greate body having in its Compasse 5400 dutch Miles And that is knowne by this meanes If you devide the whole Circkle of the Compasse of the earth into 360 parts or degrees and wee find as well by Navigation as by measuring of Land that such a Degree or part containeth fifteene such Dutch Miles 360 such part beeing multiplyed by fifteene make out 5400 Duth miles The fifth Point Of the Axis and Poles or Axepoints of the World IN the Globe of the World is imagined to bee a Line going from one Point on the side of the Spheare as a Diameter through the Center to another Point right against it on the other side That Line is called the Axis and the outermost-outermost-ends thereof or the foresayd Points the Poles or Axepoints of the World the one towards the North and is called the Northerne Pole and the other towards the South called the Southerne Pole Upon whichs Poles it is imagined that the Spheare is upon its Axeltree daily turned The Demonstrastion THE Line A.G.B. in this Figure going from the Point A through the Center G as a Diameter to the Point B right against it sheweth the Axel of the World and the Points A and B the Poles A to the North the Northerne and B to the South the Southerne Poles The Sixth Point Of the Aequinoctiall Line IN the middest of the Heavens every where equally distant from both the Poles is imagined a greate Circle dividing the whole Spheare into two equall parts which is called the Aequinoctial because when the Sonne commeth to or under that Cirkle which commeth to passe the 21 of March and the 23 of September the day and night are in all places of the Earth of an equall length The knowledge of this Cirkle is proffitable above all things in Navigation to know thereby how farr wee goe either to the Northwards or Southwards upon Earth thereby also is reckoned the time and hower of the day the Declination of the Sonn and Starrs and more other proffitable things Demonstration IN the foregoing Figure A and B the Poles of the World C D E F is the Equinoctiall Line in the middest of the Heaven equally distant from both the Poles A and B dividing the whole Spheare A C B E into two equall parts as C A E the Northerne and C B E the Southerne part from hence is to bee noted Seeing that the whole Compasse of the Heavens is divided into 360 degrees that the Poles stand from one another 180 degrees and betweene the Poles and the Aequinoctiall remaineth every where on both sides 90 degrees This Line is marked in the Sea-cards with a red Line from east to west through the beginning of the degrees according as they are reckoned as well towards the North as to the South The Seventh Point Of the Ecliptique Line THE Ecliptique Line lyeth awry over the Equinoctiall deviding it in two points right over against one another in two equall parts and is also devided by it in two equall parts the one lyeth betweene the Equinoctiall and the North Pole the other betweene the Equinoctiall and the South Pole It s greatest Declination on both sides of the Equinoctaill towards both the Poles is 23 degree 31½ minutes and is devided into twelve equall parts and to each of them a severall signe applyed The Sonne goeth alongst this Circkle without ever going out of it and runneth through it with its owne naturall course every yeare once and even as the Poles of the World stand every where alike distant from the Equinoctiall even soo hath the Ecliptique alsoo its two Poles every were alike distant from the same Demonstration IN this Figure as before is sayd A B are the Poles of the World C D E F the Equinoctiall G D H F the Ecliptique Line cutting and dividing the Equinoctiall and its selfe alsoo into two equall parts in the points D and F which wee call the Equinoctiall the one at D the Spring Equinoctiall the other at F the Autumne Equinoctiall The one halfe D H F the northern part lyeth betweene the Equinoctiall D E F and A the North Pole at most declined towards F H 23 degrees and 31 2 minutes The other halfe F G D the Southern part lyeth betweene the Equinoctiall F C D and the South Pole B likewise at most declined as C G 23 degrees 31½ minutes The North part is devided into six signes which wee call the Northerly beginning at D with the Kimbug signes towards the North. Aries Taurus Gemini unto H. the point of the farthest declination From thence with the descending signes of the North Cancer Leo Virgo to the Equinoctiall Line in F. the Autumne Equinoctiall the southern part is also divided into six signes which wee call the Southerly beginning at F with the discending signes towards the South Libra Virgo Saggitarius untill G the Point of the sartkest Declination towards the South from thence further with klimbing signes towards the North Capricornus Aquarius Pisces as farr as till you come to the Equinoctiall line in the Spring Equinoctiall D. The Sunne runneth through the three first Northerly signes from the 21 of March new style to the 21 of June New styl the other from the 21 of Iune to the 23 of September The first 3 Southerly signes from the 23 of September to the 23 of December and the other from the 23 December till the 21 of March againe The Poles of the Ecliptique are M and N both of them standing every where alike distant from the Ecliptique G H and soo farre from the Poles of the World A and B as the Ecliptique is farthest declining from the Equinoctiall at H E and C G. The eighth Point Of the Coluri THe Coluri are two Circkles going Croswayes through both the Poles of the World dividing each other into two parts in the Poles and together with them the whole Globe Equinoctiall Zodiack or Ecliptique and all the Paralels in 4 equall parts the
of the table sheweth the degrees the second the min. the third the parts which you must take for the degrees and mi. for the first halfe degree or 30 min. 87 for a degrees 175. for 2 degr 15 mi. 393 but for 6. degrees 45. min. 1184. parts but if you cannot divide so small a breadth as of F E or F O into 10000 parts then you may divide it into halfe so many parts and so you shall take so many parts for a degree or part of a degree if you cannot doe that you shall devide it into 1000 parts at every time leaving out one letter in the table as when you should take for the first degree 175. take 17 and as neare as you can one halfe for the 8 degrees in the place of 1405 take 140 and so forward But if you marke this staffe with the number inverted so that in the place of 90 you set 0 for 80. 10 for 70 20. and so forth as the common crosse staffe is marked ordinarily which you use toward the Sunne you must then on the contrary use the northerly declination and substract the southerly and so at the first without further marking you have the height as it is in the figure if as in that which went before you to the height of the Sun being elevated at D 70 gr you shall in place 70 finde on the staffe 20 that is not the height of the Sun from the Horizon B D but the fulfilling of the height to 90 degrees as D Z that is the distance of the Sun and Zenith if then you joine to it the northerly declination D E 10 gr that makes together EZ 30 degrees the distance of the Equinoctiall and Zenith and just at P A the elevation of the Pole In the same manner if the Sun hath southerly declination and is risen from the Horizon 50. gr as in S. you shall not find on the staffe 50 gr for B S but 40. gr for S Z the distance of the Sunne and the Zenith Then if you take S E the southerly declination from S Z 40. there remains E Z 30 degrees for the distance of the Equinoctiall and the Zenith just at P A the height of the Pole That the unsliding peece should be moveable by the sight it is done for 2. causes first that you may slide it netherward or outward as these and sliding of the great crosse requireth secondly that in soule weather when the waves goe high you may set it inward as occasion shall require for your better measuring for where the waves are high and troublesom long instruments are not so fit for use as short This foresaid crosse staffe is very fit to take the height certainely on the firm land without the use of the Horizon That you may do this you shall lay the staffe on a table or any other flat place in a rightline with the water the eye end directly to the south and with the other end where the thwart sliding peece standeth to the north on two smooth peeces of wood so much lifted up that you may slide the long crosse too and againe without hinderance then when the Sunne comes directly south that is when the Sunne hath equall shadow on each side of the staffe then shall you slide the long crosse too and fro so long untill the shadow of the eare at the little crosse fall just betweene the two parrallell lines on the thwart crosse that being done you shall finde the height of the Sun in the staffe at the long crosse which being sound you shall by that know the height of the Pole or the distance of the place where you take the height according to the instructions before laid downe Here followeth the Table by which you must marke the foresaid crosse staffe The first Columne sheweth the degrees the second the minutes which are above the degrees the third the number of prickes points or parts belonging to such degrees and minutes gr mi. parts 0 0 0 Â 15 43 Â 30 87 Â 45 131 1 0 157 Â 15 218 Â 30 162 Â 45 306 2 0 349 Â 15 393 Â 30 437 Â 45 480 3 0 524 Â 15 568 Â 30 612 Â 45 655 4 0 699 Â 15 743 Â 30 787 Â 45 831 5 0 875 Â 15 919 Â 30 963 Â 45 1007 6 0 1051 Â 15 1095 Â 30 1139 Â 45 1184 7 0 1228 Â 15 1272 Â 30 1317 Â 45 1361 8 0 1405 Â 15 1450 Â 30 1495 Â 45 1539 9 0 1584 Â 15 1629 Â 30 1673 Â 45 1718 10 0 1763 Â 15 1808 Â 30 1853 Â 45 1899 11 0 1984 Â 15 1989 Â 30 2034 Â 45 2080 12 0 2126 Â 15 2171 Â 30 2217 Â 45 2263 13 0 2309 Â 15 2355 Â 30 2401 Â 45 2447 14 0 2493 Â 15 2540 Â 30 2506 Â 45 2632 15 0 2680 Â 15 2726 Â 30 2773 Â 45 2820 16 0 2867 Â 15 2915 Â 30 2962 Â 45 3010 17 0 3057 Â 15 3105 Â 30 3153 Â 45 3101 18 0 3250 Â 15 3297 Â 30 3346 Â 45 3394 19 0 3443 Â 15 3492 Â 30 3541 Â 45 3590 20 0 3640 Â 15 3689 Â 30 3739 Â 45 3789 21 0 3839 Â 15 3889 Â 30 3939 Â 45 3990 22 0 4040 Â 15 4091 Â 30 4142 Â 45 4193 23 0 4245 Â 15 4296 Â 30 4348 Â 45 4400 24 0 4452 Â 15 4505 Â 30 4557 Â 45 4620 25 0 4663 Â 15 4716 Â 30 4770 Â 45 4923 26 0 4877 Â 15 4931 Â 30 4986 Â 45 5040 27 0 4095 Â 15 5150 Â 30 5206 Â 45 5261 28 0 5317 Â 15 5373 Â 30 5429 Â 45 5486 29 0 5543 Â 15 5600 Â 30 5657 Â 45 5715 30 0 5773 Â 15 5832 Â 30 5890 Â 45 5949 31 0 6009 Â 15 6068 Â 30 6128 Â 45 6188 32 0 6249 Â 15 6310 Â 30 6371 Â 45 6432 33 0 6494 Â 15 6556 Â 30 6619 Â 45 6682 34 0 6745 Â 15 6809 Â 30 6873 Â 45 6937 35 0 7002 Â 15 7067 Â 30 7133 Â 45 7199 36 0 7265 Â 15 7332 Â 30 7400 Â 45 7467 37 0 7535 Â 15 7604 Â 30 7672 Â 45 7743 38 0 3815 Â 15 7883 Â 30 7954 Â 45 8026 39 0 8098 Â 15 8170 Â 30 8243 Â 45 8317 40 0 8391 Â 15 8466 Â 30 8541 Â 45 8617 41 0 8693 Â 15 8770 Â 30 8847 Â 45 8925 42 0 9004 Â 15 9083 Â 30 9163 Â 45 9244 43 0 9325 Â 15 9407 Â 10 9490 Â 30 9573 44 0 9657 Â 15 9742 Â 30 9827 Â 45 9913 45 0 10000 Â 15 10088 Â 30 10179 Â 45 10265 46 0 10355 Â 15 10446 Â 30 10538 Â 45 10630 47 0 10724
the needle beginneth to decline from the north towards the west untill you come a little on the east side of the Iland S. Brandaon where it is at the height of 22 gr or two whole strokes that is increasing northwestering Sayling from thence you begin to decrease till you are at the south point of Celebes where againe the needle draweth right this is called decreasing northwestering For the common navigation from this Countrey to the east north England France or Spaine the stiles to direct the Lilly right north set fast under the rose about two third parts from the stroke from the north to the east The stretching and course of the one Country towards the other in the common Cards are drawne by such a Compasse so that you may sayle it without altering of the Compasse or shaking any other reckoning or account In great journies when the needle declineth sometime to the west and sometime to the east a stroke or two or more it is necessary to observe it sharply over what side and how much it standeth from the north that you may be certaine what course you shall hold in sailing Lastly make a ring of brasse or wood as P Q R that you may hang the box on it that the uppermost flat A B C D may hang Water-compasse the south side B C F G and the edges B F C G and the Line L O just in the lead this being thus prepared the use followeth Of the Tides IT is knowne to all experienced Mariners that the ebbing and flowing of the sea is governed by the Moone soo that every new and full Moone the waters are higher which they call spring-tydes and at the quarter of the Moon the waters are lowest so that you may know and that certainly by former observation although the true and reall cause thereof is yet hidden from us the houre of the tyde and on what point or stroke the Moone maketh high water in any particular place to the great profit and furtherance of navigation If you set such a compasse with the bottom water compasse the line H K just north and south to wit H to the north and K to the south and the lower end of the gnomen by such a degree of the Quadrant F C according to the height of the Pole where you are there will the roundell A B C stand even with the surface of the true Equinoctiall and the gnomen E D with the axeltree of the world The sight on such a Compasse and a common one differeth very much and by how much nearer the Equinoctiall soo much more will the difference bee as will appeare by this example following The first Example On the height of 50 gr or thereabout the Sunne being in the beginning of Cancer in the greatest northerly declination it is on a common Compasse east at halfe an houre past seven and west at halfe an houre past foure that is he goeth from the east to the west through the south in nine houres but from the west through the north to the east in 15 houres The Second Example At the height of 30 degrees hee comes little before halfe an houre past nine at the east and a little after halfe an houre past two to the west and so it goeth in lesse then five houres and a halfe from the east through the south into the west but from the west through the north to the east he goeth more then 18 houres The third Example The Dragonshead being in the beginning of Aries and the Moone in the beginning of Cancer they make 5 gr more declination than the Sunne and go to the foresaid height of 30 gr more then an houre sooner from the east to the west then the Sunne to wit about the space of 4 houres and againe from the west to the east about the space of 2 houres Under the line the Sunne having noo declination riseth in the morning in the east and rising remaineth east untill he commeth to the Zenith and passeth that to the west and abideth so descending west till he approacheth the Horizon and is according to a flatt driving compasse the one halfe of the day east and the other west without comming on any other stroke but it is not so on such an Equinoctiall compasse The Sunne and Moone both going alwayes in the same distance of time over every stroke to wit from the east to the south in six houres and from the south to the west in six houres and againe from the west through the north in twice six houres The first Example Under the Line the Sunne being in the Equinoctiall I set the end of the gnomen E directly north the other end D to the south at the upper-edge of the Quadrant at G on O the gnomen E D shall lye water Compasse like the axeltree of the world and the roundell right in the lead upright like the true Equinoctiall there The Sun comâ—ing above the Horizon the shaddow of the gnomen â—â—all direct you to the sixt houre in the east for the rising but if hee rise beyond the edge of the roundell and devideth that in the same time into equall parts with the shaddow being 45 gr above the Horizon the shaddow of the gnomen will direct you to the 9 houre in the south being â—ome into the Zenith the shaddow shall fall just on the â—ead at the twelfth houre in the south againe 45 gr that is â—escending halfe way the west the shadow shall be at the â—â—ird houre in the afternoone in the southwest but coâ—ing to the Horizon the shaddow shall fall on the sixt â—oure in the west As this is spoken of the Sun the same must bee underâ—â—ood of the moone in as much as concerneth the points 〈◊〉 strokes af the Compasse To reckon by the age of the moone we have set in the table following under every stroke two rankes of ciphers the first are the dayes of the age of the moone or the dayes past since the moone was new or at the full The second the houres and minutes of those dayes in the which the moone comes to such a stroke maketh at the place standing by high water The Second Example Eight dayes after the moon hath beene new or at the full I desire to know when the moone commeth to the south at Embden or Enckhuysen and such like places makes high water for there a north and a south moone makes full sea I seek under the north and south stroke the 8 day in the 1 columne and by that in the second 6 houres 24 minut on that then shall the moone come to the north and south at 6 hour 24 min. and make high water in that place The tyde 48 min. later every day that is foure or fivâ— parts of an houre then if you know at what houre the new or full moone make high water in any one place you shall reckon from that first day every day foure or five parts of an
little Island Nuball keepe that so standing and sayle towards it and you shall so finde the outermost buy from that to the second buy goe on northeast and northeast and by east being come to it Piel-worme steeple shall stand northnortheast from you From the second buy alongst inwards the course is northeast and by east Being come in so a good wayes you shall finde two beakons on the starboard side upon a dry sand called the Quade there over against commeth the north balgh in the right Hever From the first beakon to the second third the course is east and by north sayle all alongst by the beakons leaving them on the starboard side To the northwards of them betwixt the first and third beakon it is full of sands and plates where you might at unawares sayle within By the third beakon commeth the souther baâ—gh into the Hever From that third beakon to the two other beakons the course is northeast and by east being past that you shall come by the greene land on the starboard side there it is a square deepe large and broâ—d channell from thence you may sayle alongst amidst the channell unto Hoesem at the bridge or anchor thereabouts every where where you will Without in the Hever the north side is steepe therefore keepe the south side untill you come within the beakons in the channell is at halfe floud two fathom and a halfe water and without the channell it is very farre flat Somewhat without the Hever lyeth also a banck whereof men must bee carefull when they will sayle in there A south and north Moone maketh there the highest water The south balgh goeth into the southwards of the foresayd bank the Quade in right with the little Island Utto and alongst to the northwards of it it is from without a league and a halfe to sayle to Utto From Utto it lyeth in alongst northeast and by north and commeth out into the Hever by the third beakon The north balgh lyeth in to the northwards of the Hever about east and by north or west and by south from Pielworme right in with the foresayd little Island Nuball which you must leave on the larboard side running in along by it and so come into the Hever against the foresayd drye sand the Quade you may also comming in at the north balgh sayle up to the northwards from the Island Nuball unto the end of Strand till you come thwart of a flat Church and anchor there behind the shoals that is a deepe balgh or Creek Small deepe Three or foure leagues to the northwards of the Hever lyeth the Small-deep For to sayle off from Holy-land toward it goe on northeast and by north and runne to the grounds about west and by north from the Pielworme the south end of Ameren shall then bee north or thereabouts from you Seek then to the south grounds and sound about by them and there you cannot doe amisse it is flat rising ground farre without the land On the north side lye many sands shoals and poynts that lye out which men might without good heed-taking sayle within sayle in therefore alongst by the south side north and by east northnortheast and northeast and by north and so you shall find one shoale or breach leave that on the larboard side If you leave that on the starboard side you should runne into a dead Balgh or Creek wherein is at the first at least 7 fathom depth but runneth at last by little and little to nothing you may also runne alongst by that foresayd shoale by your lead until you come within it comming then thwart of the south end of Ameren you might unawares sayle within the south grounds behinde a snare which shooteth off from the grounds of Vooren therefore keepe the south side untill that you come thwart of the Island Vooren The Red-deepe For to saile in at the Red or Silter-deepe comming from the northwards or out of the sea runne in sight of the Island Ameren About the middest of Ameren lyeth a white round hill a little higher then the other Hommocks in a low plaine valley Bring that northeast from you and run in so right with it untill you come within the riffe that shooteth off from the Voortrap and commonly is called Ameren Borne â—meren-Borne and so you connot take any hurt of it and then you shall have upon the poynt of the Riffe not lesse then three fathom water and within the same riffe eleven twelve or thirteene fathom Saile so in untill that the north end of Ameren be north and by east from you and then run right with the north end of Ameren untill you come within the dry sand and there you may anchor where you please or sayle so farre in as you will and sound it all alongst by the Riffe The Strand of Ameren is a faire Strand without any tayles that men might sayle within When the foresayd hill upon Ameren is eastnortheast from you and sayle so right with it then you run too neare the foresayd Riffe of Silt the hill is then also in two parts the northermost is then the smallest For to sayle in at the Red-deepe or Silter-deepe comming off from Holyland and that you have gotten sight of the land then bring the north end of Ameren north and by east from you untill that you be come in betwixt Ameren and the Riffe of Silt runne then in alongst by the Strand of Ameren untill you come about the north poynt of Ameren and so along to the eastwards untill that Ameren lye south and southsouthwest from you You may not sayle into this channell further to the eastwards for then you come against the Island of Vooren but you may sayle to the northwards alongst betwixt Vooren and Silt till you come before Lit. In Silter-deepe is upon the shoalest three fathom water being over it there is againe eight nine tenne and twelve fathom there lye two riffes or bad sands the one about westsouthwest from Ameren dry above water that is very farre flat to wit in three foure or five fathom it is called of the Juthes the Borne or Ameren-Borne although that it be not fast to Ameren for the Red-deep goeth in betwixt them both It is not also fast unto the Voortraps or that south end of Silt although it commeth shooting off from it betwixt them goeth out into sea a deepe of about a fathom and a halfe where the fishermen doe dayly goe out through for to fish especially those of the Island Vooren this is the outermost sand that lyeth on this coast They that use this coast much either for Rypen or the quarters thereabouts are very much afraid for this Ameren-Borne when they come off from Holyland they finde this shoale about westsouthwest from Ameren The other sand shooteth off from the south end of Ameren lying about south and south and by west into sea alongst the Land that is also called by many the Borne or
commeth alongst to the eastwards of Wero through the channell betwixt Wero Haters riffe and will saile to Roems let him go on due south and by east and then he shall runne alongst about an English mile to the eastwards of the Boltsack and fall with the land a little to the eastwards of Roems likewise hee that goeth from Roems or a little to the eastwards of it on north and by west hee shall fall betwixt Wero and Haters riffe right in the fareway Betwixt Roems and Fuynen you may run through in two fathom but with great shipps you cannot goe through there From the north end of Fuynen shooteth off a little riff about an English mile into sea About a league east and by north from Roems lyeth a shoale of 3 4 and 5 fathom which is steep and shoaleth up so suddenly that a man not knowing of it and finding it so by the lead should bee affrighted at it To the southwards of Roems in the land of Fuynen lyeth a little towne for to lade called Cartemonde Cartemonde The Haven goeth in from the eastwards and it is shoale on the west side there lye no buyes in the Havens mouth there is no more water then five six or sometimes seven foot From Roems to Spro the course is southeast 5 leag Betwixt Spro Spro and Knuytshead it is 12 13 fathom deep But betwixt Roems and Spro it is 10 11 fathom deep Even about to the southwards of the poynt of Knuytshead in Buyen lyeth the Haven of Nyburgh Nyburgh when you are about the poynt you runne right up to the towne about northwest a league there it is 6 and 7 fathom deep Men doe lye there with ships to the Kay and let their goods bee carried in what they will From Knuytshead to Langeland the course is southeast 4 leagues then you leave Spro lying on the starboard side From the southwest end of Spro shooteth off a little riffe which you must avoyd At the north end of Langeland lye the little Islands of the Frissell The Frissell which are round about very foule From Knuytshead to the Islands Tassing the course is south and south and by east foure leagues and then you leave the Frissell lying on the larboard side and run through betwixt the Frissell and Fuynen If you be bound to Swineburgh Swinburg then go from the Frissell to the southeast end of Fuynen on southsouthwest and you shall meet a little Island which you may runne about on both sides of it Through betwixt Tassing and that little Island or you may run alongst by the land of Fuynen untill that you come to the little Towne of Swineburgh which lyeth over against the Island of Tassing Over against the poynt of Fuynen lyeth a little Island called Olms Olmes then you must goe up to the westwards You may also runne about on the other side of Tassing and leave the Island Arr with the foule grounds which lye betwixt Arr and the southeast end of Fuynen on the larboard side of you it is no deeper upon these grounds then six foot Now when as that you shall come by the little Island Olms or by the southeast poynt of Fuynen then you must as before is said goe up to the westwards about the poynt of Fuynen towards Woburgh Upon the south side of these foresayd grounds goeth also a Deepe through west and west and by south through betwixt the grounds and the Island Arr upon this Island Arr lyeth a little Towne called Koping Koping This foule ground is 3 leag long and that Island Arr is also 3 leagues long they lye both of them east and west and the Munk Island lyeth at the end of these grounds before Woburgh in Fuynen which hath two riffes the one shooteth off from the southeast end east into sea the other from the north point northeast into the sea When you saile through to the northwards of these grounds to wit betwixt Fuynen and these grounds towards Woburgh you shall also meet with the foresayd Munk with another little Island or two more leave them lying on the larboard side and run all along by the land of Fuynen about west and west and by north Unto the poynt of Askens Askens which is about six leagues distant from the southeast poynt From the east poynt of Askens unto the little Island Toreu Toreu the course is west and by north and westnorthwest two leagues and to Areu westsouthwest 3 leagues these two little Islands lye one over against the other the one on the side of Jutland and the other on the side of Fuynen men runne through there betwixt 2 riffs which run off one against the other it is there 4 and 5 fathom deep To the northwards or westwards of Areu lyeth the Sound of Haddersleu Sound of Haddersleu which lyeth in about west and by south upon it lyeth the towne Haddersleu two leagues within the land From Areu or Toreu to Melversound the course is northnorthwest five leagues which you must run into from the southwards first westwards unto the sound of Coldingen Sound off Coldingē being a broad Sound which goeth a league into the land if you will goe through the Melversound you must leave it on the larboard side and goe up to the eastwards unto the towne of Melver where you come then againe into a crooked channell The Melversound goeth out to the northwards with a very crooked channell and you come out againe upon the broad water to the northwards of Fuynen as is before said You may also sail off from Areu into the sound of Aelsem alongst southsouthwest unto Apenrade Apenrade and then about behind the Island of Aelsems untill you come into the sound of Flesburgh The Melversound the little Island Areu lye southsoutheast and northnorthwest one from the other To saile out of the Aelsen sound from Areu or the Melversound then go from Areu or Toreu unto the Roen The Roe◠eastsoutheast 3 leagues and then through betwixt the Island and Fuynen that is alongst to the northwards of Roen for you can not goe about to the southwards of it The Roen is a bad and shoaly riffe shooting off from Aelsen whereunto it is fast the outer end of it lyeth dry like Anoutriffe From the Roen to Arr or Koping the course is east and by south 5 leagues From the south east end of Aelst shooteth off a great riffe towards Arr called the Poles riffe Poles riffe you must run betwixt Arr that riffe leaving two third parts of the water on the Aelsen side and one third part towards Arr runne on so with the south end of Langeland untill that you come against Copen From Arr to the south end of Langeland the course is eastsoutheast foure leagues And from the Poles riffe to the south end of Langeland the course is west west and by north six leagues You may run
through betwixt Langeland and Arr to the northwards and come out againe into the Belt by Nyburgh from the south end of Langeland to Tassing Tassing it is north six leagues you may sail about Tassing on both sides and leave Arr and the foule grounds lying on the one side of you Upon these grounds it is but 6 foot deep You may also saile through betwixt the foresayd grounds and Fuynen into the sound of Aelsen unto the little Islands of Areu and Toreu as hath been said here before From the little Island Areu to Apenrade the course is south and by west five leagues The sound of Apenrade is a broad open sound upon which lyeth the foresaid towne of Apenrade From the river of Apenrade unto the crooked channell of Sonderburgh The sound of Apenrade which goeth in betwixt the Island Aelsen and the maine land the course is east 3 leagues there you may saile through about behinde the Island of Aelsen to Sonderburgh and then forth into the sound of Flensburgh It is very narrow and crooked betwixt the Island and the maine land but when you are come through the narrow and crooked channell into the sound of Flensburg there it is broader and larger The sound of Flensburgh Sound of Flensburg goeth in betwixt Senderburgh and Holsterland being a broad sound He that will saile in there must take very good heed of the Holsterside when you begin to come betwixt the two lands and run in alongst by the land of Aelst Calck-ground for from Nubell or Holsterland lye off the Chalck grounds halfe wayes the deep This sound lyeth in west and by south untill that you come before the river There lyeth in the rivers mouth a little Island on the starboard side you must run into the eastwards of it and goe in west and by south west untill you come within the crooked channell of the River or Sound and then you must goe up againe southwest then you shall see the towne of Flensburgh lye before you To the southwards of the Sound of Flensburgh lye yet three Sounds or rivers where great ships may goe into to wit the Sley Nylhofvoert and the Sound of Kiel the land lyeth off from Flensburgh to Kiel south southeast or somewhat more easterly sixe leagues From Sonderburgh to the Sley The Sley the course is southeast and by east foure leagues that is a broad deepe sound lying in first about west and when you are within it then it runneth in about southwest and by west past Sleeswyke there also come out many great ships The town Gottorpe lyeth also upon this river Betwixt the Sleye and Kiel lyeth Nylhofvoert Neylhofvoert upon it lyeth a little towne calleâ—â—eckelenfoort The sound of Kiel Kiel is a broad Sound with lyeth in about southwest there you may go in also with great ships From Kiel to the west end of Femeren it is east by north about eight leagues From the Poles riff to Femeren Femeren over the Coelberger Heyd the course is eastsoutheast 13 or 14 leagues but from the south end of Langeland unto Femeren it is south east by east eight leagues The channell betwixt Femeren and Laland is 5 and 6 fathom deepe you may sayle round about Femeren there it is all shoale ground Betwixt Femeren and Holsterland you may run through in eight or ten foot there lyeth a little town called Heyliger haven Heyligerhaven where you may anchor with ships of small draughts for to lade wheat or barley From the Island Femeren to Gester-rif the course is east and by north ten leagues But from Femeren to the Trave of Lubeck southsouthwest ten leagues there goeth in a good deep for great shippes it is deep upon the banck twelve foot water There is also a great bay and a good haven where men may lye safe for all winds except the northeast and northnortheast winds From the Trave of Lubeck to Gester-rif the course is northeast and southwest about nineteene leagues Deepe of Wismer From the Trave of Lubeck to Wismer-deep the course is first northeast and by east and then eastnortheast there goeth in a faire deep for all sorts of ships For to sayle in at the deep of Wismer bring the steeple upon the south land south from you and sayle so in untill that the steeple standing upon the east land by that eastermost house commeth to the five or sixe houses by these houses stand some trees together from that east land runneth off a little riffe lying off northwest by north from it when the steeple commeth to those houses then goe in southsoutheast in that deepe is twelve foot-water In the Summer there lye two buyes in the havens mouthâ— the one upon the tayle of the sand that shooteth off from the eastland and the other upon the shoale ground you must run in betwixt them This deep of Wismer lyeth from Femeren southsoutheast distant about seven or eight leagues but from Wismer to Gester riffe the course is northnortheast twelve or thirteene leagues About south from Gester riffe lyeth Rostick Rostick there goeth in also a good deepe of ten foot it is there very flatt you may sound it in on both sides with the sounding pole Wismer and Rostick lye about eight leagues asunder Somewhat to the eastwards of Rostick lyeth a high land called Robbenesse Robbenesse from it shooteth off a great riffe or shoale to seawards towards Gester riffe it is betwixt Gester riffe and that shoale not deeper then twelve or thirteene fathom If you â—ome nearest to Gester riffe then it doth shoale up suddenly but if you come nearest this shoale then it shoaleth by little and little Gester riffe as hath been beforesayd is a shoale riffe and runneth off at least three leagues into sea A little too the eastwards of this foresayd shoale lieth Barts Barts there goeth in a deepe of six foote at the west poynt goeth off a riffe which men must avoyd The Island Langeland is about eight leagues long and lyeth south north to the eastwards over against it lyeth the Golversound Golversound lying into the northwards of Laland all alongst up unto Nestvelt and Wordenburgh and commeth into the Greensound and into the Wolvegat and again into the east sea Before the Golversound lye three little Islands the one at the poynt of Laland which is called Wedero Wedero and is also fast to it with a riff so that men cannot sayl through there betwixt them to the northwards of it men doe runne into the Golversound leaving that Island on the starboard side the other two lye to the northwards of the foresayd Island of Wedero the one is called Arnis the other Ooms Arnis Ooms Ooms is a little playne Island but Arnis is the greatest which lyeth nearest to Zealand is full of trees From the Island Ooms lieth off a riffe southwest to seawards which is a great
league long and upon the end flatt which men may runne over by the lead When you will sayl into the Golversound you must leave these two Islands lying on the larboard side The Island Laland hath upon the west poynt over against the south end of Langeland a riffe or Hooke Riffe on Laland lying off from Laland at least half wayes over the Belt for to avoyd that you must runne alongst within an English mile to the eastwards of Langeland or when that you leave the two third parts of the water on Lalands side and the other third part on the side of Langeland you shall not come too neare it When you come from the southwards are bound into the Belt and that then the steeple of Mascon which standeth upon Laland commeth to stand northeast and by east from you then you are past that riffe and lyeth to the southwardes of you It is here in this Channell betwixt Laland and the south end of Langeland five sixe and seven fathom deep From the south end of Langeland to Femeren the course is southeast and southeast and by east distant eight leagues When as you come off from Langeland and are past the riffe or Hooke of Laland then the south coast of Laland lyeth east west alongst by it lyeth a sand which is called the Red-sand Redsand lyeth alongst untill before Golversound which runneth in betwixt Laland and Gester To the northwards of this sand is a roade of fourteen sixteen and eighteen foot water before the little townes of Aelholm and Roo-buy Aelholme Roobuye where men do lade nuts and Barâ—â—â— Betwixt Laland and Gester thwart of this Red-sand as hath been sayd runneth in the Golversound which men may run into come out again into the Belt but in this sound or channell there is little depth there lyeth a stone banck within thwart over the channell The little town Nicoppen lyeth upon the Island Falster a league within Gester Nicoppen Gester rif From Gester shooteth of Gester riffe at least three leagues into sea which is a shoale riffe To the eastwards of Gester riff lieth an Island called Bout Bout it is there abouts all shoale water to witt three and four fathom To the eastwards of Bout goeth in the Green sound Green-sound by the little towne Stuybekuype commeth out again into the Belt to the northwards of Laland the Green sound lyeth in about west and west and by north in three fathom there lyeth a shoale on the larboard side of the mouth of the Sound called the Tolck Tolck which men must avoyd you must goe into the eastwards of it you may lead it in alongst by the land of Meun in fourteen or fifteen foot that foresayd town Stuybekuype Stuybekuyp lyeth about a league within the mouth of the channell From Gester riff to Meun the course is northnortheast seven leagues but from Bout to Meun it is northeast about six leagues From the Gelversound to Meun Meun the land lyeth in a bay you may anchor there for a northeast north northwest and west winde in five and six fathom He that commeth out of the Sound and is bound to the southwards of Meun may come so near Meun as he will and luffe up to the westwards by the poynt and anchor where he please in five or six fathom On the north side of Meun you may also anchor in six fathom behinde a little riffe that shooteth off from the north poynt for an east southsouthwest and westwind it is there all over flat and good ground Of the depths about these places and in what depths men may see the land In the Ripe Eyder and Hever a south and north Moone maketh the highest water the floud commeth there out of the northwest and the ebbe out of the southeast and so run over the north grounds In the deep of List or Silt a south and north Moone maketh the highest water the floud commeth there out of the northwest and falleth very little alongst the land and the ebb to the contrary In Knuytsdeep a southsouthwest and northnortheast Moone maketh the highest water The floud commeth there also out of the northwest and falleth but a great quarter tyde alongst the land and the ebbe to the contrary In the Haven of Zuyder-zyt the Growe-deepe the Schellinghkroegh a southsouthwest and northnortheast Moone maketh the highest water the floud commeth there also out of the northwest and falleth over the Reefshorne towards the Iuttish Island and the ebbe againe to the contrary off from the land in the north Sea Of the grounds and Depths The grounds of the Hever and the bankes of the Small deep without Strand and Eyderstee lye at least two leagues without the coast of the land Betwixt Holyland and Ameren or Strand it is tenne or eleven fathom deep in that depth you may see both the lands if you climbe up in the shroudes Strand is to bee knowne by the steeple of Pielworme standing upon the south end of the land Upon the Island Strand stand more Churches and steeples but none so easy to be knowne as Pielworme Ameren is a league and a halfe long and hath all alongst low sandhills growne with spiry grasse The Island Silt you may see in ten fathom Upon this Island nearest to the north end lyeth a high â—â—eepe red cliffe on both sides going sloping downe upon the south side of the cliffe standeth a flat Church with a low steeple and to the eastwards of it another Church with a high thick steeple called Heydom The north end of the Island is called List and the south end Voortrap Courses and Distances From the Eyder to Hever the land lyeth northnorthwest and southsoutheast 5 leagues From the Hever or the south end of Strand to the south end of Ameren northnorthwest about 5 leagues Two leagues north from Ameren lyeth Silt which is about five leagues long and lyeth south and by east north by west From the north end of Silt called List unto the south end of Rim or Rem it is northeast and southwest one great league Rem is three leagues long and lyeth most south and north From the north end of Rem to the south end of Manu it is northeast and southwest a league and a halfe you can hardly get sight of it by reason of the grounds and great shoals which lye thwart of it to seawards Manu and Phanu lye about two leagues one from the other Manu is almost a league long and Phanu about 4 leagues long and lyeth from Phanu Knuyters to Knuytes-deepe southsoutheast and northnorthwest This Island hath also a faire strand but the north end towards Grouwe deepe is very flat From Phanu to Doodenbergh it is about foure leagues betwixt them lye the Havens of the Growedeepe Schelling-kroegh From Holyland to the Eyder east and by north and west by south 7 leagues From Holyland to the outermost buy in
the Hever northeast and southwest 8 leagues You may lye by the outermost buye in the Hever and see Holyland with cleare sight From Holyland to Ameren or Small-deep northnortheast somewhat easterly and southsouthwest somewhat westerly 10 leagues From Holyland to the deepe of Silt or List north and by east 17 leagues From Holyland to Knuyts-deep or Ryper-deep north and north and by east 23 leagues From Holyland to the horne or the Doodenbergh north and south 30 leagues From Knuyts-deep or the Island Phanu to the Flye southwest and by south 50 leagues From the Island Silt to the Fly northeast and southwest 46 leagues From the Doodenbergh or the Horne to the Haven or Numen or Rinkopper-deepe north and by west seven leagues From the Rinkopper-deep or the Haven of Numen to Boevenbergen north and by west about 10 leagues From the Doodenbergh to Boevenbergen the land of Iutland lyeth north and by west and south and by east 17 or 18 leagues From Boevenbergen to the Holmes northnortheast 9 leagues From the Holmes to Robsnot or Robbeknuyt northeast 9 or 10 leagues From Robsnot to Hartshals northeast and by east four leagues From Hartshals to the Scawe or Schaghen eastnortheast 8 leagues From Rinkopper or Numer-deep to the Fly southsouthwest or a little more westerly about 58 leagues From Boevenbergen alongst Iutland without the grounds unto the Elve or the outermost buy south by east about 48 leagues From Boevenbergen to Holyland south by east somewhat southerly about 43 leagues From Boevenbergen to the Flye or Borneriffe southsouthwest about 67 leagues From Boevenbergen to the north Forland southwest by south 118 or 120 leagues From Boevenbergen to the Holmes before Yarmouth southwest 93 leagues From Boevenbergen to Flambrough-head westsouthwest somewhat southerly 98 leagues From Boevenbergen to Scharbrough westsouthwest somewhat southerly 100 leagues From Boevenbergen to the River of New-Castle or Tynemouth west and by south about 106 leagues From Boevenbergen to Boecknes west and by north about 106 leagues From Boevenbergen to the Naze northwest and by north 24 leagues From the Riffe in sixteene fathom to the Fly south and by west 65 leagues From the riffe in eighteen fathom to the strait betwixt Callice and Dover southsouthwest about 120 leagues From the Hoâ—â—es to the Naze northwest about 19 or 20 leagues From the Holmes to Fleckery northwest and by north 19 leagues From the Holmes to Mardow north 27 leagues From the Holms to Longsound north and by east 35 or 36 leagues From the Holmes to Ferderoer northnortheast 40 leag From the Scawe to Tynemouth westsouthwest 130 leag From the Scawe to the Naze west 33 leagues From the Scaw to Fleckery west and by north 25 leag From the Scaw to Reperwick west and by north and northnorthwest 24 leagues From the Scawe to Mardowe northwest and by west 20 or 21 leagues From the Scawe to the Longsound northwest and by north or little more northerly 22 or 23 leagues From the Scawe to Ferderoer north and by west 23 leag From the Scawe to Otturen north and by east somewhat easterly 42 leagues From the Scawe to Maelstrand eastnortheast 13 leag From the Scawe to Nidinck east and by south 15 or 16 leagues From the Scawe to Waersbergen eastsoutheast 19 or 20 leagues From the Scaw to the Trendels southeast 8 leagues From the Scaw about a seaboard the Trendels southeast and by east 8 leagues From the Scaw to Lesou southsoutheast 8 leagues From Scaw to the Small Helmes south 4 leagues From the Scaw to Seabuy south and by west 5 leagues From the Helmes to Seabuy 2 leagues From Seabuy to Aelburger-deep south and by west 9 leagues From Aelburger-deep to Mariacker south and south and by west 4 leagues From Aelburger-deep to Stevenshead southeast and by south 9 leagues From Aelburger-deep to Haeslin southeast and by east 20 leagues From Stevenshead to Haeslin eastsoutheast 13 leagues From Stevenshead to the great Helme south and by west about 6 leagues From Stevenshead to the poynt of Ebeltud southsouthwest 7 or 8 leagues From Stevenshead to Syro southsoutheast and southeast and by south 9 leagues From the great Helme to Wero southsoutheast 4 leag From the great Helme to Sampso south 4 leagues From the south end of Ebeltud to Aerhuysen west and by south and westsouthwest 5 leagues From the road of Sampso to Ebelo south by west 5 leag From the south end of Sampso to the Island Ebelo the course is southwest and by south 4 leagues The northwest coast of Fuynen lyeth southwest and by west 8 leagues From Endelaw to Melversound south and by west 6 leag From Ebelo to Melversound southsouthwest somewhat southerly 5 leagues From Sampso to Roems southeast by south 6 leagues From Syro to Rosnes southsouthwest 5 leagues From by west Syro to Roems southsouthwest south and by west 9 leagues From Wero to Bultsack south and by west 4 great leag From Wero to Romps south and by east 8 leagues From Romps to Knuytshead south by east and southsoutheast 5 leagues From Knuytshead to Langeland southeast 4 leagues From Knuytshead to the Island Tassing south and south and by east 4 leagues From the southeast end of Fuynen the east poynt of Asken west and west and by north 6 leagues From the poynt of Askens to the little Island of Toreu westnorthwest and west and by north 2 leagues From Areu to Melversound northnorthwest 5 leagues From the poynt of Rusnes in Zealand to the Island Syro northnortheast and southsouthwest 5 leagues From Rusnes to Casseur southsoutheast 9 or 10 leag From Spro to Langeland south and south and by east 4 leagues From the north end of Langeland to the south end south 8 leagues From the south end of Langeland to the Island Arr the course is westnorthwest 4 leagues From the Island Arr or Koping to the Roen the course is west and by north 5 leagues From the Roen to the little Island Areu westnorthwest 3 leagues From Areu to Apenrade south and by west 5 leagues From the river of Apenrade to the Strait of Sonderburge 3 leagues From Sonderburgh to the Sley southeast and by east 4 leagues From the south end of Langeland to Femeren the course is southeast and by east 8 leagues From the Pools-riffe lying on the Island Aelst to Femeren the course is eastsoutheast 13 or 14 leagues From the Sleye to the Kiel southeast 4 leagues From Kiel to Femeren the course is east by north 8 leagues From Femeren to the Trawe of Lubeck southsouthwest 9 or 10 leagues From the Trave of Lubeck to Wismer-deepe the cours is first northeast by north and then eastnortheast in all 9 leagues From Rostick to Robbenes the course is northeast 4 leagues From Robbenesse to Doornbosch northeast and by east 7 leagues From Femeren to Wismerdeep southsoutheast seven leagues From Femeren to Rostick eastsoutheast 8 or 9 leagues From Femeren to Gester-riffe east by north 9
side and anchor behinde the Island betwixt the greate and little rockes in seven fathom thwart of the little white church of Turcko so that the greate rock with the two warders at the south end be southwest from you and Col stand over the foresayd Rock there it is best lying and there you are landlockt for all winds If you wil run out again to the southwards of it then leave the two rocks with the Warders on the starboard side and runne boldy close about by them towards Coll. Hee that commeth off from Anout by reason of southerly windes cannot run a weather Col let him goe from Col northeast and by north towards Swedereur and runne close about by the two foresayd rocks with the Warders at the south end of Swedereur untill he come behind the Island and anchor as is before sayd there it is soft ground A north wind bloweth there opē in From Swedereur to Coll Coll. the course is southwest and by south betwixt both lyeth a greate baye upon which lyeth that little towne Engelholme where men also may ride For to sayle from the Scaw to Coll. From the Riffe of the Scawe to the Island Lesou the course is southsoutheast but the poynte of the Riffe and the Trindel lye due southeast and northwest eight leagues asunder The Island Lesou Lesou is compassed round about with foule Dwaelgrounds riffs and sands that lye off From the southeast end where the Church stands upon lyeth off such a great riffe or shoale from the shoare that aboute 3 leagues from the land to the southwards of it it is not deeper then two fathom there under it you may make rode for a southsoutheast winde Likewise from the southwest poynt lyeth off such a great shoale that when the foresayd flatt church is east and eastnortheast from you you cannot come neare the land within three leagues But the north end you may come so near that you may have rode under it for a southerly southeast winde in three four five sixe and seven fathom the church being about south from you Riffe of Lesou From the northeast end lyeth off also a riffe right towardes the Trindel which you may sound about when you sayle through betwixt Lesou and the Trindell which is the nearer Lesou the shoaler and the nearer the Trindell the deeper Close by the Trindell on the Inner side or west side it is deep five and six fathom The Trindell Trindel is a stony sand-plate three cornerd and somewhat long of fashion it is no more then four foot deep and about two Akers of land great and lyeth most alongst the farewaye lying from the northeast end of Lesou northeast or a little more easterly about 3 leagues distant On the northeast side of the Trindell lyeth alwayes a great buy whereby you may know it a farre off Depths about the Scaw When the point of the Scaw is northwest and by west about a league from you there it is seventeen and eighteene fathom deep but when the poynt lyeth west and west and by south from you about a league there it is four or five and thirty fathom deep But he that commeth sayling about the Scaw runneth without the riffe in tenne eleven or twelve fathom and goeth on from thence southeast or southsoutheast keepeth a long while still the depth fifteen sixteen fathom at least the space of three leagues before he get twenty or five and twenty fathom When as that you beginne to get againe shoaler water of tenne eight seven and six fathom that goeth then through within the Trindell When as you shall meete with the foresaide depth of the shoaling and saile yet further on southsoutheast then you must be very carefull to use your lead of then because of the foresaid shoale which lyeth off from the northeast end of Lesou towards the Trindell you may runne over it as is said in five foure and so well in the narrowe in three fathom When the northeast point of Lesou beginneth to come southsouthwest from you then you come on against the riff or shoale but when the poynt is southwest from you then you are over the shoalest of the riffe When the west end of Lesou is southwest and the church southwest and by south from you then you are about thwart of the buye of the Trindell Four leagues south and by west from the Scaw lye the smal-Helmes not far from the shoare The Helmes there are three little Islands the southermost the Iuttes doe call the Deynen or the Dee the midlemost Holmes the northermost Grasholme by them lieth yet another little Island You may saile throug between the southermost the middlemost but then you must runne nearest the southermost through betwixt them is four fathom water Under the Helmes is good road for southeast southsoutheast southerly windes He that will go to anchor under them comming from the Scawe must runne to the strand in three fathom and runne so alongst by it in betweene the strand and the Helmes untill that he be within the rockes there he may anchor he may also well runne through alongst by the footstrand in 3 fathom When the rockes of the Helms are east east by north from you there is the road in 4 fathom 4 fathom a half The best road for to ly under the Helms with small ships is betwixt the southermost middle most little Island somwhat nearer the main land then the Islands but for great ships it is best to lye by the Grasholme He that will not lye so farr within the Helmes may also anchor farther out under the high land of Lacklou so that the Helms bee southeast from him in four five or seven fathom there it is also verie good lying for south southsoutheast windes in clean ground of small white and black sand Betwixt the Scawe and the Helmes in the farewaye it is deep eighteen sixteen and fifteene fathom Betwixt the Helmes and the maine land there is at the shoalest three fathom water When you come from the northwardes through betwixt them untill you come thwart of the south end of the rockes there runneth off a little riffe from the Helmes towards the strand where the greate stones lye called Bourser riffe but keeping in three fathom you cannot take hurt of that riffe You may well run out againe by that south end towards Zeabuy So that you may sayl round about the Helmes with shippes that are not of very great draughts Betwixt the Helmes and Lesou a good wayes from the Helmes it is 20 25 fathom deep soft ground but one league from the Helms lye some rocks or shoals where of you must take heed To the westwardes of Lesou lye the Dwaelgrounds Dwaelgrounds to the northwards of the foresaid riff that lyeth off from the southwest point of Lesou where the flat church standeth upon Which are very uneven of three four five and six
yet about three leagues south from you comming neare Anout it wil be verie uneven at one time thirtie and then soone againe fifteene seventeene also twenty fathom If you will saile towards Lesou with a southwest winde comming about the Riffe of Anout from the southwardes then goe not on more westerly then northwest If you goe on more westerly eyther westnorthwest or northwest and by west then you shall come soon upon the flatte betwixt Anout and Lesou and shall finde first tenne and then by little and little six five and four fathom When that with the northwest waye you beginne to gette Lesou in sight then it lyeth high that is the west end about westnorthwest and the northeast end where the riffe lyeth off about northnorthwest from you When you come so neere to Lesou that you can see the east end out of the toppe in cleare weather about northwest from you Depths by Lesou there it is thirtie and four and thirtie fathom deepe that lasteth so long untill that the foresayd east poynt be southwest from you but when that poynte is southsouthwest from you then you are right thwart or upon the poynte or shoalest of the riff then you shall runne over there in three four and five fathom when that foresayd poynt commeth to be south and by west from you then you are past and cleare of the riffe Betwixt Anout and Waesbergen in the farewaye it is deepe one and twentie two and twentie Depths thwart of Anout and three and twentie fathom betwixt them lyeth also a banck of ten twelve fourteene and sixteene fathom When the northermost high hill of Waesbergen is northeast from you then the poynts of Anouts riffes are southwest from you but when that hill is northeast and by east from you and that you be somewhat nearer Norwaye then the riffe then you are upon that bank When you come upon it by night then goe on south or south and by east according as the winde shall bee then you shall get againe deeper water There lyeth yet another banck betwixt the riffe of Anout Valckenburgh which lyeth alongst unto Haland which at some places is not deeper then eight fathom When the poynt of the riffe is about south and by east and the high land of Anout is about south and by west from you four leagues there lyeth also a banck of 14 or 15 fathom The riffe of Anout Riffe off Anout lyeth off from the northeast poynt of Anout about eastnortheast a league and half into sea and at the end lyeth drye above water which is exceeding steepe and needle too The north side when you come from the northwardes or the westwardes you may sound and runne alongst by it in seventeene or eighteene fathom but comming from the southwards you cannot in no wise come neare it by your lead for on the south side close to the Riff it is thirty and five and thirty fathom deepe On the north side of the riffe you may anchor at many places in ten eleven twelve and thirteen fathom When you anchor in eleven twelve or thirteene fathom so that the firebeacon be southeast and by south and the high land of Anout Road under Anout riffe which is the west end about southwest and by west from you then lyeth the outermost end of the riffe east by north from you there is verie good lying for eastsoutheast southeast south and southsouthwest windes When you set sayle from thence are bound to the Sound then you may boldly without feare either by night or darke weather sayl alongst by the riffe in sixteen seventeen or eighteen fathom untill thwart of the end keeping in such depth you can take no hurt of it Comming by the end it is four and twenty and five and twenty fathom deepe but when you come about the poynt and beginne to goe on southsoutheast then you have presently close to the riffe no ground in thirty and five and thirty fathom The riffe of Anout and Col lye one from the other southeast and northwest about ten leagues asunder In cleare weather you may easily see from belowe both Coll and Anout when you are betwixt them both Depths betwixt Anout riff and the Sound For to sayle from the riffe to the Sound with a westsouthwest winde you need not sayle nearer with a ship that sayleth wel then southsoutheast with that course you shall sayl farre enough a weather of Col. Comming neare the Coast of Zealand that you may sound in fourteene twelve tenne eight fathom deepe Betwixt Anout Zealand in the farewaye it is eightteene and twenty fathom deep Betwixt Anout and Zealand fifteen and sixteen fathom but in the farewaye betwixt Anout and Coll it is deep twenty one and twenty two and twenty three and twenty fathom To the southwards of the westwardes of it it is shoaler to witt nineteen eighteen and also well fourteen thirteen and twelve fathom according as you come to the westwards but towardes Norwaye it is deeper to witt four and twenty five and twenty eight twenty and also thirty fathom whereby you may perceive whether you be nearest the Norway side to the eastward of the fareway or to the westward About northwest from Coll four leagues and southeast and by east from Anout there lyeth a banck of nine tenne and twelve fathom Diversbancks About east and by south from Anout so far that you cannot well see it from beneath but may see it out of the top and northwest from Coll there lyeth also a banck of sixteen fathom grosse sandy ground as if it where ground of the riffe South and by east about eight leagues from the poynt of Arnouts riffe southeast and by south from the south end of Anout and west and by north from Coll about five leagues lye the Lowsegroundes Louseground upon which is no more then eight foot water He that commeth off from Anout riffe being bound for the Sound and goeth not more southerly then southsoutheast shall not sayle within these grounds but with a south by east course he should fall with them He that commeth out of the Sound being bound towards Anout should with a westnorthwest course off from the Sound also sayle within the same therefore he that is bound with a bare winde from Anout to the Sound or from the Sound to Anout must be carefull thereof The Island Haselin Haselin lyeth from Anouts riffe south 11 leagues distant and from Coll southwest by west eight leagues which is on the north side or outer side very full off riffes and shoales but on the south side or inner side towards Zealand it is indifferent clean so that you may well have roade there From the east end of Haselin lyeth off a Riffe northnortheast and northeast and by north towardes Norwaye three leagues into sea untill within a league near to the Lowsegrounds he that must turne to windewardes here with
For to sayle to Elleboge or Malmuyen and Landscroone If you will sayl out of the Sound to Elleboge or Malmuyen goe from Ween southeast and southeast and by south and then you shall see the steeple or the towne lying before you sayle towards it in that farewaye it is most seven or eight fathom deepe when you come within the south Holmes it wil be five or six fathom deep it doth shoale up suddenly from the seven fathom to five but before the towne it is shoaler water you may anchor there in three four or five fathom if you will you may lye also at the end of the Head in three fathom there it is good lying but with a northwest winde it is a bad roade for it bloweth there open in If you will runne out againe to the southwards of the south Holmes towards Fasterborne or Steden you must take heede of the south Holmes which are foule round about From the north end shooteth off a riffe a great wayes Upon the east side at the south end it lyeth very farre off shoale there lyeth also the Northvliet Northvliet that is a ledge of rocks under water but you may perceive it through the water you shall leave it on the south Holmes side to witt on the starboard side of you but the Southvliet Southvliet which lyeth thwart of Old Fasterborne you shall leave on the larboard side so runne through betwixt them it is in that farewaye at the shoalest four fathom deep When you come off from Malmuyen and that the steeple of Coppenhaven come to the south end of the South Holmes then you are past the Northvliet When you sayle thus there through you must be very carefull to avoyd these foresayd grounds You may runne out also alongst by the strand of Schoonen and leave both the Northvliet lying on the starboard side you may sound that strand in four and five fathom as also the riffe of Fasterborne He that will sayl into Lands-croone Lands-croone must know that there lyeth a shoale before the havens mouth and must runne in about to the southwardes of it there standeth a little church on the north side by the water side and a Gentlemans house somewhat farther within the land bring that church over the house and then you are cleare of the shoale then saile in right with the poynt and anchor in three fathom To the northwards of old Fasterborne goeth in a deepe called Hull or Hulwater Hulwater it is a deepe haven for ordinarie ships which goeth in most northeast in three or foure fathom you may sound it in alongst by the footstrand of old Fasterborne in three fathom leaving old Fasterborne on the starboard side it is there large broad enough How men shall sayle out of the Sound through the shoales or grounds and into the Reefshol He that will sayle out of the Sound towardes the shoales or Groundes let him goe on south and by east or he may Sound alongst by the wood in five or sixe fathom and then hee shall not sayle a misse of the norther buye Norther buye for it lyeth in five or six fathom on the north end of the Middle ground to the eastwardes of the buye it is seven fathom deep but in the right farewaye thwart of this buye it is nine or tenne fathom deep the markes of this buye are when that end of the wood is westsouthwest from you then you are thwart of the norther buy and there standeth then a flat steeple a prettie wayes to the southwards of that wood there commeth also three hommocks to the north side of the town these are all marks of the norther buye From the Norther buy to the Middle buye the course is south and by east When you come by the Middle buye then commeth the southermost mill on to the southwardes of the towne of Coppenhaven and the flat steeple commeth within a handspikes length unto the sharpe steeple that are the markes of the Middle buye or second buye in the shoales or grounds it is here eight and nine fathom deepe From the Middle buye to the third Third buye and forth to the buye upon Casper Caniell the course is south and by east When the white castle commeth over the sharpe steeple they are the markes of the fourth buye or the buye upon the Casper Caniell the third lyeth at the south end of the Middleground it is not there verie broade but steepe on both sides the deepe thereaboutes is seven or eight fathom If you must turne to windewards there you must cast about so soone as it doth begin to shoale as well on the one side as on the other Buy upon Casper Caniel Fisher The fourth buye lyeth on the north end of Draecker upon the flat over against it lyeth a rock above water called the Fisher east by north from the buye there you may well sound the south holme for it is there shoale water Betwixt the third and this sourth buye commeth running out a channell from Copenhaven which men doe call Casper Caniell or the Kingsdeep From the fourth buye or Casper Caniell to Draker riffe the course is south south and by east the land of Draecker you may sound in three four and four fathom and a half The Riffe of Draecker Riff of Draker lyeth a good wayes without Draker it lieth off a halfe league east into sea The markes of the buye upon Draker-riffe are these When the steeple of Copenhaven commeth to the southwards of Draker to the wood then you are thwart of the buye The shoalest water that you shall finde betwixt this buye upon Draecker riffe and the foresayd fourth buye is five fathom lesse two foot For to sayl by night through the shoales or grounds go from the Island Ween south and south and by west so long untill that you come thwart of the point of the wood in four fathom then keep somewhat off from the shoare and go on southeast by east untill that you come in seven fathom and then forth southsoutheast untill you be over the Middle ground the first or northermost buye as is beforesayd lyeth in five fathom but you may well go over to the westwards of it in three or foure fathom keepe then somewhat off untill that you come in eight nine or ten and eleven fathom and sail then on south unto Casper Caniell there it will be by little and little shoaler to wit about 8 fathom Thwart of Draker it is uneven for to sound the one cast five and the other foure fathom but go your course except you knew that you where neerer the one shoare of Draker or the south holmes then the other Without Draker it will be againe 6 and 7 fathom deep Full southeast from Draecker about a good halfe league lyeth a stone three foote under water and is about 2 rods length from the greate where Cornelis Iansz Buysman from the streeck in
againe At the east side of Bag-holm men may anchor but there shooteth off a little ledge of rocks from the north end whereof they must take good heed Crabkerk From Bag-holme to Crab-kerke it is north about three quarters of a league this is an indifferent haven for southerly winds but it is little there can lye no more then two or three shipps From Crabbe-kercke to Bock up Ra it is north somewhat easterly a league betwixt them both runneth out the Crosse-sound or Cruysvoert westsouthwest and southwest and by west into sea which sound is very easy to be knowne at sea by three hils almost like the Drommels on the east side of Norway but not so high which lye there abouts within the land which are also called by some the north Drommels North-Dâ—oÌ„mels when they are northeast or thereabouts from you then you are open before the Crosse-sound Before the mouth of it lyeth a little Island nearest the south side from which lye off some rockes to seawardes the broadest and largost channell is alongst to the northwards of it you may wel also sayl through to the eastwards of the Island betwixt it and the land but there it is narrow yet cleane cleare without any dangers When you are within it you must goe in alongst eastnortheast and northeast by east so shall come into the Liet against Cruysenes a little to the southwards of Bock up Ra. Bock up Ra â—ock up Ra. is a little Island which you may sayle about on both sides alongst to the westwards of it is the common fare-way and also deepest When as you sayle about to the eastwards of it and come to the north end of Bock there it is very narrow and there right in the fareway somwhat nearer the east shoare then Bock lyeth a suncken rock there standeth allwayes a pole upon it for to avoyd it you must leave it on the starboard side and run alongst to the westwards of it Betwixt this Rock and Bock it is no deeper then sixteen foot Right to the westwards thwart of Bock lyeth an other Island under it you may also anchor in Bock-lieth To the westwards of this Island goeth through the Cobbelieth Cobbeliet which men doe sayle through with bare winds or when they must turn through because it is broader then on either side of Bock up Ra. From Bock to the Wattingstream Wattingstream it is north a league there you cannot sayle amisse If you doe not sayle against the land for there lye no dangers except at the west shoare lyeth a suncken rock close by the land whereupon remaineth at low water about ten foot water Upon the end of Watting stream the course is north west about a shot of a cast peece or a quarter of a league and then you come thwart of little Alefioerd Little Alifioerd which is a haven on the west shoare where is good anchoring both for a north south wind under a high round Island where you shall lye land-lockt From thence to the Reestone Reestone it is north about two leagues betwixt them both on the west shoare lyeth great Alefioerd Great Alefioerd which is also a haven both for northerly and southerly winds thwart of it the fareway is about two musket shot broad The Reestone is a rocke under water lying by the poynt where the two high hills stand which men doe call the Lethoorns Lethorns these are two high sharp hilles which men may see farre off as they sayle up or off that Lieth Upon the Reestone standeth allwayes a Pole that thereby men may avoyd it You may also sayl alongst to the eastwards of it but to the westwardes of it is broadest and the right fareway over against it on the west shoare lyeth Knorwyck knorwike a haven where men may also anchor From the Reestone to Werckenesse Werckenes the course is eastnortheast about a quarter of a league and then you leave the Island Asland lying on the larboard side to the northwards of you in it lye also two havens where you may also goe to anchor the one called Struys-haven Struys-haven Schoon-haven Ieltefioerd and the other Schoon-haven To the westwards of Asland you may sayle to Jeltefioerd run out there about northwest into the sea When you come out of the sea into Jeltefioerd then you come into the westwards of Asland against the Reestone into the Lieth At the south poynt of Asland lyeth Ielteschaer Ielteschaer a little round Island or rock whereupon standeth a great Iron ring when as men come up the Lieth and with calmes are in danger to be driven with the current to the northwards along by Asland then they bring with the boat a cable fast on it Men may wend round about the foresaid rock without any danger From Werckenesse to Hornesse Hornesse it is east a little distance when you come by it you may see the towne of Bergen lye before you you must anchor before it in the Wage in 11 12 or 13 fathom To the northwards of Asland lieth the Island Harle Harle which is about five leagues long when you come from the northwards you may runne about it on both sides and so come into the Waghe of Bergen The Harlefioerd goeth out about north and by west and northnorthwest betwixt Asland and the land of Harle How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Schuytenes to Bommelshead northnorthwest somewhat northerly 7 leagues From Bommels-head to Cruysoort n.n.w. 9 leagues From Cruysoort to Harle northnorthwest 13 leagues From Schuytenes to the Outseers west and west by north 4 leagues From the Outseers to Jeltefioerd or the Wage of Bergen north 26 leagues From Schuytenes to the Flye south and by east southerly 106 leagues From Schuytenes to the Tessell south and south by east 112 leagues From Schuytenes to Walcheren south 138 leagues From Schuytenes to the Holms before Yarmouth south by west or somewhat more westerly 113 or 114 leagues From Schuytenes to Flambrough head southwest by south 104 or 105 leagues De Cust van NOORWEGEN Vertoonde van Bergen tot aen de hoeck van Horrel From Schuytenes to Tinmouth the course is southwest 99 leagues From Schuytenes to Boeckenes w. by south southerly 72 leagues From the Outseers to the Flye south by east 106 or 107 leagues From the Outseers to the rocks Outweers north and by west somewhat northerly 43 leagues From Jeltefioerd or the wage of Bergen to Hitland west 63 leagues From Jeltefioerd or the Wage of Bergen to the North-end of Hitland west west by north 63 leagues From Schuytens to Hitland west and by north westnorthwest 73 leagues From Schuytenes to the north end of Hitland westnorthwest somewhat northerly 80 leagues How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth the Boek when you are to the southwards of Schuytener
Lexen is a baye before which lyeth a round rock making it there within a faire haven called the haven of Lexen the best haven of al the Liet Iohn Geurtson Boogart of Amsterdam hath at this owne charges for the commoditie of ships that come there caused to be made a great Iron ring men doe anchor either to the eastwardes or to the westwardes of the foresaid rock where they will in sixe seven or eight fathom and bring a hawser on the foresayd Ring the further men doe runne into the Bight betwixt the Rocke and the land the shoaler it is but all clean and clear ground Road under north Lexen At the norther end of norther Lexen is also a place where is good anchor ground fitt for to make road in Over against the haven of Lexen lyeth another haven called Moltow Moltow where the ships doe oftentimes anchor in the Harvest or beginning of the winter for to set sayle with an east winde because they can hardly get to sayle from Lexen with easterly winds A league to the southwards or to the westwards of these havens of Lexen and Moltow on the south shoare lyeth a little Island whereupon standeth a Warder called Swanholm Swanholm which men may sayle round about under that little Island it is good anchoring as wel for them which are bound to the eastwards as to the westwards in 4 or 5 fathom good clean sand ground The south side of the Liet off from Schaerswyke alongst to Hegwyke which is a league and a half two leagues by west the poynt of Agenes is most cleane with little fowle grounds but from Hegwyke alongst to Agenes the coast is fowle and rocky The north side alongst by Hitteren is also indifferent cleane except at the north end lye some rocks called the Terlingen which lye somewhat off to the southwards from the shoare into the Liet A little to the eastwards of Hemnesioird Hemnefioird over against Hemneschell an Orchard upon a high land there the Liet is at the narrowest no more then a halfe quarter of a league broad Hemnesfioird lyeth over against the north end of Hitteren it is a bay where many Sawes doe stand abundance of good Deales are cut laden To the northwards or eastwardes of the Terlingen at the north end of Hitteren in betwixt Hitteren and Lexen lyeth a haven called Deepsound Deepsound the Norway Barks comming from the southwards run in there along behind Lexen to the northwards From Lexen to the poynt of Agenes Agenes on the south side or to Euriland on the north side the Lieth lyeth alongst eastnortheast and northeast by east 3 leag Agenes is the northermost point of the Lieth you must go about by it when you are bound to Dronten Betwixt Norther Lexen Euriland lye two Islands the southermost is called Fossen Fossen the northermost Garten Garten to the southward of Fossen you may sail through alongst into the sea but not without a Pilot. For to sayle from Lexen to Agenes run alongst by the north shoare which is the cleanest the south shoare is fowle A cables length or a cables length and a halfe to the westwards of the poynt Agenes lyeth a suncken rock not farre from the shoare For to avoid it more other danger keepe alongst by the north shoare but take heed that you run not in to no bights or bayes so long untill that you can see the houses upon Agenes then sayl towards it then you shall not sayle within any dangers on the south shoare On the point of Agenes is also a great Iron Ring for to moore the shipps to there by it is deeper and steepe off-going sowle ground For to anchor there you must bee very close by the shoare before you shall finde ground then you must make a cable fast on the foresayd Ring close to the shoare it is about five of sixe fathom deep fowle ground On the north side of the Liet over against the poynt of Agenes lyeth Euriland Euriland a flat fayre greene land upon it standeth a little white Church about an English mile off from the shoare within the land almost like the little Church of Edou thwart of it is a good road cleane flat rising sand clay ground men doe commonly anchor there thwart of the first beakon in seven eight or nine fathom good clay ground 16 17 or 18 fathom men lye farre from the shoare With contrary windes or that men can not come about Agenes or taken with the night they doe anchor most commonly there By Agenes there runneth out alwayes a great strong current to the westwardes by reason the lands from thence to the southwardes on both sides are very high and the winde being southerly falleth there betwixt then both alwayes strong to the northwards men can not in sayling up get any thing there with turning to windewards but in sailing off they may get much by the current with turning to windewards A little about the point of Agenes on the starboard side is a great Bay called Salva Salva wherein is good anchor ground good lying but with northerly winds it is verie hard to come out there for those that are bound out or to the westwards From Agenes to the poynt of Rooberg the Liet lyeth southsoutheast about three leagues About halfe wayes or somewhat more on the west side lies another bay called Lenswycke where men may have roade Roobergh Roobergh is a somewhat flat poynt to the eastwards or to the northwards about this poynt is good road in sixe or seven fathom Roade A good wayes from the shoare to the westwards of the poynt the Norway Barks doe oftentimes anchor but the ground there is not cleane and therefore it is no good road for great ships Over against Roobergh lye divers Bayes and havens as Urkedal Bursen Bursen Bodwyke Bodwyke and other more where many Deales are cut and laden Rivier van Londen Pascaarte van ENGELANT Van t' Voorlandt tot aen Blakeney waer in te sien is de mont vande Teemse About a bow-shot northeast from the Holm lye two suncken rockes which at low water are uncovered When as they are even covered with the flood then you may saile in over the shoalest of the Barre into the Elf with a ship that draweth 11 foot To saile into the Elf of Dronten it is Pylots water there stand commonly two or three masts for beakons but there is no certainty of them that men may trust unto for they are oftentimes shifted sometimes they stand on the east side sometimes on the west side and also sometimes on both sides When you come a ships length or two within the beakons you shall come to a chindely poynt on the starboard side by which you must luff up to the Kay upon the Barre it falleth with a spring tyde almost dry but within it is deeper Of the
streames on these coasts From Stade to Dronten a south and by east and north and by west moon maketh high water with a spring it falleth a fathom and a halfe up and downe with an ordinary tyde scarce a fathom The tydes run not there alongst the land but the flood falleth thwart on against the land and the ebbe to the contrary thwart from the shoare to seawards Courses and Distances From Stemneshest to Gryp northeast and by east 6 leag From Gryp to the Islands of Momendall northeast 18 leagues From Gryp to Holyland northnortheast and northeast and by north 27 leagues From Gryp to Rust north and north by east 64 leag From Gryp to the north end of Hitland southwest and by west 115 leagues From Gryp to the south end of Fero westsouthwest 167 leagues From Grype to the east poynt of Island west and west and by north 233 leagues Of the heights of these lands The Islands Whitholme and Smeerholme lye in 63 degrees 54 minutes The Island Gryp in 64 degrees The town Dronten 64 degrees How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth the point of Stemmeshest or Heynst Flenseu Roofen Island Lemseu Low Island Harnsoe Luycko Thus sheweth the Islands of Roemsdale when the middle most of the three highest and the westermost is southeast from you about 3 leagues Stemneshest The Islands of Roemsdale Thus sheweth the Land between Stemmeshest and the Broad-sound when as you saile a seaboard alongst by the Roemsdaels Islands Schares These two figures belong at the crosses one to the other The land from Gryp westwards or southwards towards Stemmeshest like these two figures here above when as you saile alongst by it seven leagues without the land The tenth Demonstration In which The east side of England is shewed from the River of London to Welles BY two wayes men may saile into the river of London from the southwards alongst by the north Forland and from the northwards alongst by the Naes If you will sayle in there from the southwards then you must first shun the North Forland it is there shoale a good wayes from the shoare bring the north Forland also not more southerly from you then southwest that you do not run on against the north-grounds which lye farre to seawards Comming by the land run alongst by it but come not too neere it that you loose sight of the spyre of the steeple of Margat behind the land for then you should come too neere it but if you keepe so far from the shoare that you can see the foresayd steeple above the high land or keep it even in your sight then you cannot take hurt of the south grounds Comming thwart of Margat then you are past the foresaid shoals or south grounds Run then boldly towards the shoare and within two cables lengths alongst by it for to avoid the north grounds which lye farre to the southwards towards the land Sayle on so west all alongst by the shoare untill that the Reculvers which are two steeples upon one Church come one in the other and then you shall run in sight of the first buye upon the Lasts which lieth upon the foresaid markes of the Reculvers Reculvers being by it you can also see the other buy which lyeth like as the first also on the north side and over against it on the south side standeth a beakon there you must saile through betwixt them both leaving the buye on the starboard side and the beakon over against it on the larboard side From thence you may with little shippes or shippes of little draught but not with ships of great draught at high water run over the Swallow on westnorthwest towards Sheppy for it is there shoale water with ships of great draught you must runne through the Fishers deep towards Black-tayle You may also runne from Margat with small shippes alongst by the shoare upon the lead at high water even unto the Sheppy but in sayling alongst there you must cast your tides well for the flood falleth very strong into the Swallow and the ebbe to the contrary very strong out When you come by Sheppy Sheppy runne within two cables lengths alongst by it for to avoid the taile of the Spanjard The Spagniard untill that you be past Quinsbrough edge then off from the south shoare for to avoyd the Noere The Nore which is a sande that shooteth off from the south poynt of the River a good wayes to the eastwards upon the outermost end where of standeth allwayes a beakon whereby you may know it Run alongst to the northwards of it leaving it on the larboard side and alongst in the middle of the channell into the sea-reach for to avoid the grounds which lye off from the north shoare goe in so alongst towardes Gravesend To sayle with shippes of great draughts alongst by the north Forland up into the Thames you must when you are past the buyes upon the Last sayle through the Fishers deep Fishers-deep toward Black-tayle which lyeth from the second buye upon the Lasts unto the first buye in the Fishers deep northwest and northwest and by west which lyeth upon the north side of the sand which men doe call the Spanjard those two buyes lye a great wayes one from the other Sayling from the buye upon the Lasts it is a great wayes all shoale water so that you must runne over there with high water but comming neare the buye upon the Spanjard it is by little and little deeper water He that will saile over here must reckon his tydes well the flood falleth there alongst towards the southwest almost thwart over the deepe and the ebbe to the contrary The second buye in the Fishers Deepe you must leave on the starboard side the buye upon the Spanjaerd on the larboard side being past that you come against the Blacketayle to the southwards of the Shoebeakon into the right deepe The cast poynt of Sheppy shall then lye about south from you From the Shoe-beakon the course is southwest to the point of Blacktaile there runneth off a hooke which men might at unawares sayl within comming from the northwards in five or sixe fathom but if you keep from the shoar in seven fathom you cannot sayle within it From Black-taile to the beakon upon the Noere the course is westsouthwest leave it on the larboard side as before is said and runne in alongst the river in the middst of the channell betwixt both lands unto Gravesend For to saile into the river of London comming from the northwards For to saile into the river off London from the northwards you must come neere the coast to the northwards of Orfordnes which is to the northwards of all the sands there lye Albrough Dunwich Walderswike Sowle and Covehit all betwixt Orfordnes and Leystaf Covehit is a sharp steeple like as also Leystraffe but Sowle and Walderswyke Albrough and Orfordnes are flat steeples Sowle Sowle and
to the southwards and the flood to the northwards Courses and Distances From the north Forland to the north end of the Goodwin the course is south and by east one great leag From the north Forland to Kentish Knock northeast and by north and northnortheast 4 or 5 leagues From thence to the Orfordnesse north 11 leagues From the north Forland to the Gallopper northeast and by north 9 leagues From the Gallopper to Orfordnes northnorthwest 9 leagues From Orfordnes to the Naze southwest 8 leagues From Orfordnes or Abre to Leytstaff south and north 8 or 9 leagues From Abre to Abreknock eastsoutheast one great leag From Leytstaff to Yarmouth with in through the bancks south 2 or 3 leagues From the north Forland to the Wielings the course is east somewhat northerly about 27 leagues From the north Forland to the Mase the course is eastnortheast or somewhat moore easterly about 31 leagues From the north Forland to the Tessell or Maersdiep northeast somewhat westerly 47 leagues From the Naze or Harwitch to the Mase east 31 leag From Orfordnes to Tessell eastnortheast 37 leagues From Yarmouth or Leystaff to Walcheren or the Wielings southeast and southeast by south 32 leagues From the poynt of Cromer or Schield to the Tessell the course is east 40 leagues Of the heights of these lands The north Forland lyeth in 51 degrees 30 minutes Orfordnes lyeth in 52 degrees 14 minutes Yarmouth lyeth in 52 degrees 48 minutes How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Orfordnes Albrough Dunwitch Walderswyke Sowle Thus sheweth the coast of England betwixt Orfordnes and Sowle haven Sowle Covehit Leytstaff Thus sheweth the land betwixt Sowle and Leystaff Leystaff Yarmouth Winterton Winterton Admiralshouse The land to the northwards of Winterton untill past Haesbrough sheweth when you sayle alongst by it as is demonstrated in these two figures following the A A one to the other Castor Haesbrough Thus sheweth the land alongst the north coast of England betwixt Yarmouth and Cromer when you sayle through within the bancks De Cust van ENGELANDT tusschen Welles en 't Eylandt Coket Castor Winterton Haesbrough Cromer The eleventh Demonstration Where in The Coast of England and Schotland are set forth betweene Welles and the Island Cocket BEtwixt Wels Bornum lieth a banck You may ride under it in five or six fathom at halfe flood there is upon it no more then two fathom water He that will saile into Bornum Bornum must goe in at high water and he must bring the steeple against the Black-house and saile so in by the beakons leaving them on the larboard side These are all tyde-havens From Bornum to Chappell Chappell the course is westsouthwest 2 leagues to the northwards of it lyeth the Sonck which is a sand that falleth dry at low water You may sayle about it on both sides of the Sonck The Sonk unto Lin. For to saile into the easter channel of Lin Easter channell of Lin. then sayle about to the eastwards of the Sonck and bring that wood of trees over the poynt of Sitsein or Suytson and Chappell cast from you then goe in southeast and by south and you shall find the first buye then in south and by west and southsouthwest and by little little more westerly untill you come about the poynt there the buyes and beakons shall shew you the way When you come about the poynt then you may runne through the sands into the norther channell and sayle out againe by the same into sea by the buyes markes that are thereof This norther channell lyeth into sea northeast and northeast by east and is very well buyed and beakoned Wester-channell off Lin. You may also sayle into the westwards of the Sonck to witt south and by east in alongst by it and so runne to the first buye and then from the buye alongst by the beakons unto Lin before the towne When you come from the eastwards you may well run through within the Sonck alongst by the land close alongst by Chappell and in south and by west unto the foresayd first buye For to sayle from Cromer or Blakeney to Bostondeep Boston deepe you must goe on w. by n. untill you come by the land betwixt the Hommer and Lagernesse From the Soecke lyeth a long banck called the Flats The Flats n. into sea a league which at low water falleth dry at divers places You run with the foresayd West and by North course when you are by Cromer or Blakeney a little without the land alongst without or to the northwards of this banck at high water you may well goe over it the ground on the east side goeth up flat and playne run boldly to it without feare untill you come in foure or three fathom hee that useth his lead can take no hurt of it but on the inner side that is on the west side it is very steepe so soone as you be over the shoalest you shall get suddenly deepe water and good sand ground under it or within it it is good riding for easterly winds For to sayle into Boston deepe For to sail into Boston deep through within the Knock or Elle-knock you must keepe the sounding of the shoare in foure or five fathom so long untill that the poynt of Lagernesse be westnorthwest from you Betwixt the shoare and Elle-knock Elleknock remayneth at low water five fathom in the middest of the channell but Elle-knock falleth dry at low water When as Lagernesse is westnorthwest from you then goe on southeast through betwixt Elle-knock and the shoale which shooteth off from the shoare to the westwards of Lagernesse untill that you get againe depth off six or seven fathom in this going over remayneth at low water no more then two fathom but it floweth there about three fathom up and downe Being over it then goe on southwest alongst betwixt Longsand Longsand and the shoale which lyeth off from the shoare there it is deepe betwixt them both 9 and 10 fathom you may sound both sides as well the shoale which lyeth off from the land as Longsand in five fathom but the flats is somewhat steeper then Longsand For to sayle without Elle-knock into Bostons deepe comming as is before sayd to the west land you must looke out for the two steeples of Ingoldmills Ingoldmills standing somewhat to the northwards of Lagernesse bring them one in the other and then they shall stand about northnorthwest from you keepe them one in the other and goe on southsoutheast untill that the trees upon the poynt bee by west Lagernesse come without the poynt of Lagernesse and then you runne through betwixt Elle-knock and Dogshead Dogs-head that is a shoale without Elle-knock when the aforesayd trees come a handspikes length past or to the eastwards of the poynt of Lagernesse then goe on southwest and then you runne right into the deepe betwixt Elleknock and Longsand and so you shall
finde betwixt Elleknock and the poynt of Longsand five fathom depth being past Elleknock it will be eight nine and ten fathom deep If you will sayle out of the sea into Boston deepe and not alongst by the land as is before sayd then bring the foresayd trees a handspikes length without the point of Lagernesse which shall then stand from you about westsouthwest sayle in so right with them untill that the high land within Lagernesse or Winfleet begin to come even without the poynt of Lagernesse which shall then be from you somewhat more northerly then west then you are within the point of Longsand Or else there stand three little houses on the sea side about halfe wayes betwixt Lagernesse Ingoldmils when they come to be northwest from you those foresayd trees without the poynt then you are also within the poynt of Longsand goe in then southwest betwixt Elleknock and Longsand as aforesayd Alittle past Lagernesse lyeth a shoale or plate about the middest in the fareway but nearest Longsand when the trees upon the poynt to the southwards of Winfleet come in the second valley of the high land within Winfleet then you are right thwart of this shoale edge therefor to one side or other rather towards the shoale there is widest keepe boldly the sounding of the shoale run southwest alongst by it untill that the steeple of Boston come over the steeple of Butterwyke Butterwyke that is also a flat steeple but smaller then that of Boston standing in a wood of trees thwart of it runneth the shoale somewhat off with a poynt being past it goe on westsouthwest all alongst by the foresayd showld untill that the great steeple of Boston come over the second mill there it is good anchoring by the west shoare in five fathom at low water He that commeth there at low water must anchor and stay for the tyde untill halfe floud before that you may not sail further in from thence and then you shall not also find more then two fathom upon the shoalest From thence the Deep lyeth in alongst by the beakons about south to the third beakon being past that westsouthwest and then by little and little more westerly northerly but run all alongst by the beakons leaving them on the starboard side at last on north into the River Upon the poynt of the river standeth a house which is a sheephouse before that you come by it it seemeth as if there were no opening by reason that it is al even green land run in by it all alongst by the land being past it the River doth open it self Being come within the poynts you must run in betwixt two dikes a league up untill you come before the towne in the river it is at half floud everie where deep enough When as that you come a little within the houses of the towne on the larboardside there you must let fall your anchor and stay untill that the water begin to fall then you shall have floud enough for to drive to the Kay there you make fast with one cable it doth not begin to bee ebbe there before that water be fallen three foot An east and west Moone maketh in Boston deepe the highest water but before the towne an east and by south and eastsoutheast moone He that commeth from Boston and will sayle out at the deep with a high water let him look out for the foresayd high land within Lagernes when that commeth behinde the poynt of Lagernes then he may boldly set his course whether he desireth to be either to the eastwards northeastwards or northwards there is nothing then that can hurt him From Lagernesse to the Hommer it is about seven leagues most north betwixt them both about a league to the southwards of the Hommer lyeth a place called Saltfleet haven Plate by Saltfleet haven a little to the northwards of a sharpe steeple called Wilgrip Thwart of that foresayd Saltfleet haven about an English mile from the shoare lyeth a banck or Sandplate not verie great which at low water falleth almost drye you must runne about without it leave it lying towards the land from you but yet for need you may also sayl through within it For to sayle into the Humber For to sail into the Humber comming from the northwards you must sayle alongst by the shoare and runne about by the n. poynt but comming by the poynt you must keepe somewhat off from the shoare in 4 or 5 fathom for to avoyd a little taile which lyeth off from the poynt being about it runne to the little Island which lyeth a little by west that foresayd north poynt If comming from the southwards you desire to sayle to the Humber then bring the Pawle Steeple which is a high sharpe steeple standing on the North side of the Humber a little by south the North poynt of the Humber or over that foresayd little Island and sayle so right in with it untill that you come by that little Island being come by it leave it on the starboard side and run in close by it for to avoyd a great Sand called the Bul which lyeth off from the South shoare almost unto that little Island When that you come within that little Island then bring the two beakons which stand upon that little Island one in the other keepe them so standing Road before Grimsby sayle so on to the westwards towards Grimsby you leave the Buye upon the Bull lying then on the larboard side run along to the northwards of it In this faireway it is seven and eight fathom deepe You may not come neerer the Bull then in sixe fathome Before Grimsby you may anchor in three or foure fathome at lowe water it floweth there at least three fathom up down a westsouthwest eastnortheast Moone maketh before the Humber the highest water Within the foresayd Island at the north poynt of the Humber you may anchor in three or foure fathom There lye commonly Ships that are bound out and tarrie for the Wind. From Grimsby in alongst to Hull the course is west northwest to the end of the Banck or ballast Plate which you must leave lying on the north side On the south side lyeth also a little plate there standeth commonly a Beakon upon it that you must leave on the Larboard side run along to the Northwards of it being past it you may run alongst by the South shoare in 3 fathom The fareway there is foure five and sixe and thwart of the foresayd Beakon eight and tenne fathom When you come to the end of the Banke you must edge up to the Westwards about by the poynt on the South side but there runneth off a Flat which you must avoid Being a little about that poynt you shall see the Towne of Hull lye before you there you may anchor before it in sixe seven or eight fathom An east and west Moon maketh full sea before Hull He
by w. moone maketh ful sea The floud falleth alongst these coasts southsoutheast and the ebbe northnorthwest At Orcanesse Boecknes a southwest northeast moon maketh high water The floudes come about from behind Scotland from the westwards through betwixt Fayrhill Orcanesse make there about full sea with a southwest northeast moon From Boeckenesse the floud falleth south alongst the coast towards Lieth the ebb north to the contrarie In this fareway it is deep 40 50 and 60 fathom in 45 50 fathom you may see the land In this fareway in the sommer the first Herrings are caught Courses and Distances From Tynmouth to Staples north and by west 16 leag From Staples to Barwicke westnorthwest 3 leagues From Barwicke to S. Abbens-head n. n. w. 5 leagues From the Staples to S. Abbens-head n. w. 8 or 9 leagues From S. Abbens-head to the Bas west 4 leagues From the Bas to Inckieth west west by north 5 leagues From S. Abbens-head to the Island May northwest 3 leagues From S. Abbens-head to Fifsnes northwest by north 4 great leagues From Fifsnes to Doonde northnorthwest 5 leagues From Tinmouth to Scuytenes northeast 99 leagues From Tinmouth to the Naze northeast by east easterlye 103 leagues From Tinmouth to the Scawe eastnortheast 130 leag From Tinmouth to Holyland east by south easterlye 106 leagues From Fissnes to Stone-Bay north and by east 16 leagues From Redhead to Monros northwest 4 leagues From Monros to Stone-bay n.e. and by north 5 leagues From Stone-bay to Boecknes northnortheast somwhat northerly 16 leagues From Aberdine to Boeckenes northnortheast 12. leag From Boeckenes to Phyloort or Spyloort northnorthwest 3 leagues From Phyloort to the poynt of Elgyn west 10 leagues From the poynt of Elgyn to the Haven of Rosse or Luvernes west by s somewhat southerly 7 leagues From cape de Terbate to Catenes n.e. by n. 14 leagu From Catenes to Ilhoy westnorthwest 5 leagues From Boeckenes to Catenes northwest by northwest and by north 22 leagues From Boockenes to the Orcaneys north by west and northnorthwest 26 leagues From Boeckenes to Hanglip or the south end of Hitland north somewhat eâ—sterly 50 leagues From Boeckenes to Scuytenes east and by north somewhat northerly 72 leagues From Boeckenes to the Naze east somewhat southerly 88 or 90 leagues From Boeckenes to Boevenb in Jutland east by south 106 leagues From Boeckenes to Holylande s e. by e. 128 leagues From Boockenes to the Tessell s e southerly 143 leagues From Boockenes to the Holmes before Yarmouth southsoutheast 108 leagues From Aberdine to the Holmes before Yarmouth southeast and by south somewhat southerly 100 leagues Heights S. Abbenshead in Scotland in 56 degrees 12 minutes Boeckenes lyeth in the height of 57 degrees 55 minutes Catenes in 58 degrees 40 minutes The greatest or the outermost Island of the Orekneys in 59 degrees 8 minutes Eylanden van HITLANDT ofte Schetlant Fayer hil en Fulo Eylanden van HEBRIDES gelegen achter de noordwest hoeck van Schotlant Eylanden van FERO ofte Farre How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Thus sheweth Boeckenes when you saile alongst by it In this form sheweth the land Catenes when you saile alongst by it Thus sheweth the northeast poynt of Orkenes when you sayle alongst by it Thus sheweth the land of Scotland to the northwards Aberdyne when you sayle alongst by it 2 leagues from the land The thirteenth Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Coast of Fayre-hill Hitland and the Islands thereabouts as also the Islands of Fero and some Islands behind the northwest Corner of Scotland THe Island Fairhill Fairhill lyeth from the east point of the Orcanais northeast from Boeckenesse north and by west about seven and thirty leag On the west side of Fairhill is at some places foule ground but upon the southeast side is good anchor ground there you may anchor every where but there stretcheth a riffe on the east side of the shoare off southeast two leagues in to sea Fulo Fulo lyeth from Fairehill northwest and by north tenne leagues betwixt them both lyeth the southermost poynt off Hitland lying from Fairehill northnortheast 7 or 8 leagues and from Fulo east and by south 4 leagues The southwest coast of Hitland to witt from the southermost poynt to the northwest poynt lyeth northwest and by north eight or nine leagues On the same southwest side over against the Island Fulo lyeth a Sand-bay where men may anchor but on the east side of this Bay it is somewhat foule From that northwest or west poynt off to the north end the land of Hitland lyeth northeast by north southwest and by south twenty or one and twenty leagues Two leagues to the northwards of the foresaid west poynt lyeth the Haven of S. Magnus S. Magnus which is a broad Sound within it is good anchor ground in sixteen or seventeen fathom depth according as you shall be farre within the land On the north side lyeth a high rocke where you must run in to the southwards of And on the south side lyeth two or three rocks which you must leave on the starboard side when you sayle in there Even to the eastwards about the s poynt of Hitland lyeth a fayre Sand-bay where you may anchor in twelve or thirteen fathom from thence to Hanglip the course is northeast somewhat easterly 8 or 9 leagues Betwixt Hanglip Hanglip and the south poynt lyeth an Island which you may sayle about on both sides within it lyeth Hambrough Haven Hambrough haven or the Scottish Haven which is a lade place for the Hamburgers and Scots This Haven is also called Bremer Haven There lyeth also a high steepe poynt to the southwards of Hanglip to the southwards of it men doe runne into Broad-sound Broad-sound the chiefest Haven of all Hitland which is deepe and hath cleane ground there men doe lye landlockt for all winds From the Broad Sound lyeth a Sound in alongst to the northwards through the land which commeth out againe into the sound to the northwards and so maketh an Island of the land whereupon the high hill Hanglip lyeth When as you will sayle in there from the northwards that is to the northwards of Hanglip you must runne in nearest by the south shoare and edge to it betimes In this channell betwixt both lands lye two Islands or rocks the greatest lyeth nearest the north shoare and the smallest nearest the south shoare betwixt them both lyeth also a suncken rocke which at low water is uncovered and at high water you may know it by the breaking upon it When as you will sayle in here you must leave the foresayd greatest Rocke with the suncken rock on the starboard side and the smallest rock on the larboard side there is upon the shoalest three fathom and a halfe water Within this haven lye also two havens at the north point which
is the northermost Island lying behinde Scotland lyeth from Fulo about westsouthwest 37 or 38 leagues it lyeth by two other little Islands about a greate league one from the other The Islands of Lewis lye from Rona southwest distant sixteen or seventeen leagues and from the north end of Lewis to S. Kilda it is southwest and by west 16 leagues On the east side of S. Kilda is a good roade for a west and northwest winde This Island lyeth by the other little Island where of the two are not very great upon that which lyeth to the westwards you may see some houses stand and these two little Islands lye tenne leag to the westwards of the great Island of Lewis Upon the coast of Lewis lye also two rowes of great rocks like as if they where little Islands lying one from the other south north somewhat easterly about 7 or 8 leagues The southermost lye by 3 little Islands but the northermost lye by eight small little Islands or rocks The Island of Lewis is devided into many parts the which men may sayle through at many and divers places Lewis with the Islands belonging to it lye southsouthwest and south and by west about 29 leagues But on the east side goeth a broade Sound through of five or six leagues Men sayl in close by the Island of Lewis about southsouthwest untill past the Island Cheut From thence the Sound lyeth through betwixt the great Island Bragadull Lewis south south by west towards the west end of Lewis called the Ephts then you must leave Mulla and Ila with divers many other Islands on the larboard side Jona Ila Mulla Bragadul are 4 of the greatest Islands which are lying on the west coast of Scotland and lye close by the mayn land but there are many havens Sounds so that there you may sayle in and about them every where At the northwest point of Ireland lye also some Islands which you may sayle through round about them all Betwixt Rona Orkneys lye also some Islands which also you may sayle through betwixt and round about He that falleth with these Islands must be very carefull and circumspect for the most part of them are inhabited by wild and savage people In Lewis the Islands thereabout a southwest and northeast moone maketh the highest water likewise also without the north poynt of Scotland Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames In Hitland within the havens Sounds a southsouthwest northnortheast moon maketh full sea The floud runneth there to the eastwards and the ebbe to the westwards especially at the south end and north end of Hitland and so fall thwart through the Sounds and havens In the Island of Fero a north and south moon maketh the highest water Under the Islands of Fero goe very hard tydes with great turnings the floud commeth there out of the west westnorthwest the ebbe out of the east and eastsoutheast and fall so alongst through the Islands there you must reckon your tides there after when you will sayle from the one Island to the other there are two wels or Maelstreames the one at the south end of Suydry and the other a league within Scalhead at Quaelnes Although the tides doe run so strong through these Islands yet nevertheles it floweth not there foure foot up and downe How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Fairehill to the northeast poynt of Orcaneys southwest 9 or 10 leagues From Fairehill to the south end of Hitland southsouthwest and south and by west 7 or 8 leagues From the south end of Hitland to the Island Rona westsouthwest 46 leagues From the north end of Hitland to the rocks of Rocol westsouthwest 127 or 128 leagues From the south end of Hitland to Fero westnorthwest northwest and by west 61 leagues From the north end of Hitland to the south end of Fero west and west and by north 58 leagues From Hitland to the east poynt of Island the course is northwest and by west about 130 leagues From the north end of Hitland too Gryp northeast by east the north-north-end of 115 leagues From Hitland to Stadt eastnortheast 66 leagues From Fero to Rona the course is south and by east 45 or 46 leagues From the south end of Fero to Rokol southwest westerlye 85 leagues From Rona Lewis the course is southwest 16 leagues From the north end of Lewis to Saint Kilda southwest 16 leagues From the south end of Lewis to the northwest poynt of Ireland the course is southsouthwest about 27 leag From S. Kilda to the north end of Hitland northeast and by east 39 leagues Of the heights of these lands The south end of Hitland lyeth in 59 degrees 48 minu The north end of Hitland lyeth in 60 degr 50 min. The south end of Fero lyeth in 61 degr 15 min. The north end in 62 degr 20 min. The Islands of Rona lyeth in 58 degr 46 min. The north end of Lewis lyeth in 58 degr 18 min. The Rock Rokol lyeth in 58 deg 20 min. The northwest point of Scotland lyeth in 58 degrees 30 minutes How these lands doe shew themselves at sea When Fairehill is west and south 3 or 4 leagues from you it sheweth thus When Fairehill is west from you see Hitland northwest from you it sheweth thus When Fairehill is southeast and southeast and by east 3 or 4 leageus from you it sheweth thus When Fairehill is northwest and northwest and by west 4 leagues it sheweth thus Fairehill being 5 leagues southwest and by west from you sheweth thus When Fulo is northwest from you so far that you may even see it out of the top it sheweth thus When the southeast end of Hitland is westnorthwest from you then sheweth the land as in these three figures the AA BB one to the other Thus sheweth Hitland when it lyeth northwest and by west about 4 leagues from you Bremerhaven Point of Broadsound Hanglip In this forme sheweth Hitland betwixt Hanglip and Hamburger-haven Thus sheweth the land to the northwards of the haven of Broadsound Hanglip northwest from you Five leagues to the northwards of Hanglip the land sheweth thus being about a league off from it Hitland lyeth in there with a great bight with many Islands Thus sheweth Hanglip when it is northwest from you eight leagues When as the north end of Hitland is southeast and by cast from you then it riseth thus When S. Kilduyn is southwest about five leagues from you it sheweth thus When the Island Lewis lyeth east from you then it riseth thus and then you are without S. Kilda This Island lieth also upon the coast of Lewis S. Kilda 6 leagues southwest from you it sheweth thus S. Kilda northeast from you 4 leagues it sheweth thus S. Kilda southwest and by west 4 leagues from you it sheweth thus Fulo 4 leagues from you it sheweth thus This Island lyeth westsouthwest from Scotland
Thus sheweth the Island Barre or Rona when it is 4 leagues s s.e from you This land lyeth on the northwest poynt of Scotland towards Locherme The south poynt of Fero westnorthwest from you 5 leagues it sheweth thus The south poynt of Fero northwest 6 leagues from you it sheweth thus The first part THE SECOND BOOKE OF THE LIGHTNING-COLVMNE OR SEA MIRROUR WHEREIN Is set forth the Description of the Sea-Coasts of Norway Finmarck and Lapland and also the whole White Sea from Dronten to Nova Zembla Furnished with all the needfull Seacards sights of Land with divers changes as well in the courses distances as in the heights and purged from many faults Gathered together from the experience of divers Famons Seamen and lovers of Navigation never before brought to light By IOHN van LOON Practicioner in the Sciences of Astronomy Geometry and the Mathematiques IN AMSTERDAM Printed by Iohn Iohnson dwelling at the Signe of the Passe-card 1654. Pascaart Vande zeecusten van RVSLANT Laplant Finmarcken en Spitzbergen De Custen van NOORWEGH tusschen Dronten en Tromsondt The first part of the New LIGHTNING SEA COLUMNE OR SEA MIRROUR THE SECOND BOOKE Of the EASTERNE NAVIGATION Containing The Description of the Sea-Coasts of Norway Finmarck Lapland the whole White Sea The first Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Coasts of Norway from Dronten to the Island Tromsound as also Iohn Mayes Island and the New-found-land of Spitsburgh Nomen-dals Islands FRom the Island Gryp to the Nomen-dals Islands the course is northeast eighteene leagues but from Gryp to the Island Rust Rust north and north and by east four and sixteen leagues Betwixt them ly besides the Nomen-dals Islands also the Islands Holyland Holyland and Traenoch Traenoch Traenoch and Rust lye thirteen leagues asunder From Rust to Wero the course is northeast and by north nine leagues but to Loffoert northnortheast and by north three and thirtye leagues Betwixt Wero Wero and Loffoert Loffoert lyeth the Maelstrame Maelstreame where you may sayle through but at still water By the west poynt of Loffoert you may runne in and make roade under it And also you may runne through from thence within betwixt the Islands and the mayn land all along unto the North-Cape Betwixt the Islands Westerholl Sanien Sanien and Tromsound Tromsound you may also runne in at divers places and make road Thwart of these Islands lye here there in some places suncken rocks and foule grounds a great league more without the land He that saileth alongst this coast may be care-full there of Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames about these foresayd places On these coasts a southsouthwest and northnortheast moon maketh full sea The floud commeth there out off the northwest and westnorthwest and falleth alongst Finmark towards the North-cape Courses and Distances From Rust to Loffoert northnortheast and northeast by north 33 leagues From Loffoert to Sanien northeast easterly 36 leagues From Sanien to Suyro northeast and by cast 40 leagues Heights The Maelstream lyeth in about 68 degrees The Island Sanien in 70 degrees How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Loffoert east and by south Rust east and by south from you sheweth thus When the east end of Loffoert is southeast and by east from you it sheweth thus with the land to the westwards When Loffoert is southeast from you 6 or 7 leagues it sheweth thus When Loffoert is eastsoutheast from you it sheweth and the land betweene thus This belongeth to the Former The east end of Westerholl shewed thus when as you sayle alongst by it about 7 leagues off from it These two figures belong at the crosses one to the other Thus sheweth the land of Sanien when the 2 high hils upon the east end are southeast and by south the poynt with the cliff south and by west from you 4 leagues When as the two foresayd high Hils upon the east end are south from you then they are right one in the other The second Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Sea-coasts and Islands of Finmarcken From Sanien to north Kijn or north Cape FRom the Island Tromsound to Surroy Surroy it is east-northeast somewhat northerly 15 or 16 leag To the eastwards of the Island Tromsound goeth in the Tromsound betwixt the Island Fogelden Fogelden and Skyrfeu Skyrfeu as you sayle in there you leave the Islands Loppen Loppen Loppen-kalf Loppen-kalf lying on the larboard side without the other Islands within it are divers Islands bayes and sounds where you may sayle in and seeke road as Oxefioert Biurfioert more other Betwixt Loppen and Surroy men doe sayle through Suyersound and Stiernersound into the river of Altenbotten Altenbotten and then betwixt them they leave on the starboard side Niussioerd Oxefioerd Langefioerd On the larboard side about by the west poynt of Suroy on the land of Suroy lyeth a Haven where by is also a Fisher village both called Haeswyke Haeswyck Suroy is about ten leagues long and lyeth on the off-side eastnortheast Nine or ten leagues to the eastwards of the Island Tromsound about three leagues without the land and westnorthwest 5 leagues from the west-end of Surroy lyeth a shoale of rocks a little under water Showld John Huygen of Linschoten in this second voyage to Nova Zembla in the yeare 1595 sailed with his shipp upon it in faire weather and smooth water that the sheating of his stemme was beaten of two ships but after some beating the shipp turned off with the strong current It is to be thought that there lye more then men can see or as yet are discovered About six leagues east and by north from the east end of Suroy lyeth the Island Ingen Ingen. betwixt them both lye also Reef-holme Reefs-holm and Shipholme Shipholm little Islands which you may sayle about on both sides untill under Ingen or Suroy When as you come in betwixt Suroy and Ingen there lyeth thwart off from Suroy towards the other land a good haven called Hamerfeest Hamerfeest A little further in lye two high little Islands and over against them a road called Slechtnes Betweene Hamerfeest and Slechtnes Slechtenes before that you get Slechtenes lyeth a bay on the land of Suroy where is good road in 25 or 30 fathom close by the shoare A little past these Islands on the land of Suroy over against the river of Alten is a good road called Goeshop Goeshop beeing a fayr sandbay Between Ingen the north-cape or the Island Maggereu lyeth Homsbuy Holmsbuy an Island which you may sayle round about having on the northwest side a bay called Akefioerd Akefioerd where men may make road for southerly easterly winds on the southeast side is a bay called Knaarwyke Knaarwyke where men may make road and lye sheltred for westerly and northerly winds
Caarte van FINMARCKEN van t' Eylandt Sanien tot Noordkyn On the south side of Maggereu even about the east point lyeth Keelwyck a good haven On the same southeast side by the southermost poynt of Maggereu lyeth a little Island called Altensoleu the Sound betwixt that little Island the land of Maggereu is called Maggereu-sound Maggereu sound there is good road and shelter for almost all winds Men may run in through Suyer-sound to the westwards of Suroy within Suroy Ingen Helmshuy other more Islands to the southwards of them a long through divers channells to the southwards of Maggereu and come out againe into sea betwixt the North-Cape and North-Kyn From the north Cape westwards the coast lyeth alongst the Islands west and by south about 37 leagues and then from thence westwards it falleth away more southerly Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames Between Suroye and the river of Alten a southwest by west and northeast and by east moone maketh high water At the North-Cape a southsouthwest northnortheast moon To the westwards of the North-cape the streames come out of the northwest and westnorthwest and fall alongst Finmarck towards the North-cape Courses and Distances From the Island Tromsound to the west-west-end of Suroye eastnortheast northerly 15 or 16 leagues From the east-east-end of Suroy to Ingen east and by north 6 leagues From Helmshuy to the North-cape east and by north 6 leagues From the North-cape to North-kyn east and by south 11 or 12 leagues Heights The North-cape lyeth in the hight of 71 degr 30 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea When this poynt with the * is westsouthwest from you it sheweth thus Noortfoelen with the land to the westwards sheweth thus when the poynt * is southwest and by west from you The land to westwards Foelen sheweth thus when it is southwest and by south from you When southerfoulen is southwest and by south from you 3 leagues it sheweth thus Noortfoelen south and by west from you 3 leagues sheweth thus Thus sheweth Suroy as you saile alongst by it 5 leagues off Shipholm Island without Suroy When as Shipholm is southeast and the Island without Suroy is south abut four leagues from you then they shew themselves thus Thus sheweth the land Ingen when it is eastsoutheast 4 leagues from you Road of Ingen Thus sheweth Ingen when this Hill is 1 league south and by east from you This Hill lying upon the Island Lappen you may see over Suroy as you saile alongst by Suroy from the north end to the south end Thus sheweth the Island Lappen when it is south and by west from you 4 leagues Lappen south and by east from you 4 leagues sheweth thus Lappen sheweth thus southwest and by south from you 4 leagues When as Ingen lyeth south thwart from you about 4 leagues it sheweth thus and then Shipholme lyeth south and by west from you Long-Hill Thus sheweth Ingen when this Long-Hill is southwest and by west from you When Helmsey is south or somewhat more westerly about 3 leagues from you it sheweth thus When as Helmsey is south and south and by west 5 leagues from you it sheweth thus Helmsey being southwest seven leagues from you sheweth thus Southsouthwest Thus sheweth Helmsey being foure leagues off from it when the flat hill is southsouthwest from you Thus from sheweth the Island Stappen when it lyeth southsouthwest 4 or 5 leagues from you Thus sheweth Stappen when it is 5 or 6 leagues southwest from you The east end of Stappen sheweth thus when you sayle alongst by it North Cape south and by east The Mother with the Deughters southeast and by south Thus sheweth the North Cape sayling alongst by it the poynt being from you as above is shewed South and by east Noord-kaap The Noord-kaap south and by east from you sheweth thus When the Mother with the Daughters is eastsoutheast from you the land sheweth thus When the North-Cape is southeast and the Mother with the Daughters southsoutheast form you then they shew themselves thus De Custen van NOORWEGEN en Laplandt vande Noord-kyn tot aen de Rivier van Kola Thus sheweth the North-Cape sailing alongst by it about three leagues from land when you are close by the land you may see the Mother alongst above the land Nortkyn Mother with the Daughters Thus sheweth the North-Cape when as the Mother with the Daughters are southsouthwest foure leagues from you then the North-Kyn lyeth southsoutheast from you as is here above demonstrated Southwest and by south Southwest southwest and by west Thus sheweth the North-Cape the poynt being from you as standeth there above Written and then you may see the Mother from the hatches appeare even above water Thus sheweth the North-Cape when it is west and by north from you and that you are 3 or 4 leagues without North-kyn Southsoutheast Thus sheweth North-kyn being southsoutheast eight or nine leagues from you then lyeth the north cape nine or ten leagues southwest from you and then between both you may see yet more land in the southsouthwest The third Demonstration In which Are shewed the Sea-coastes betweene the North-Cape and the River of Kola EAst and by south about 11 or 12 leagues from the north-Cape lyeth north-Kyne Northkyn From north-Kyne to Tannebay it is eastsoutheast 10 or 11 leagues between both it is all a cleane coast without Rockes or foule grounds a high steepe craggie land without any strand When as you come sayling alongst past North-Kyne towards Tannebaye you shall meete first with the poynt of Slechtnes a plaine poynt lying out verie easy to be known and then Omega a Fisher village standing on the Sea side even there to the eastwards of it goeth in the Tannebay Tanebay which is a great deepe River which lyeth in first south afterwards southwest farre within the land doth devide it self into two parts at the mouth of the River it is at last two leagues or more broad and all over verie deepe He that is bound into the Tannebay must run in alongst by the west shoare because he must lye by the west shoare on the eastside is no road or place where men may anchor On the foresayd w. side are manie points bayes to see to as if they were roads but you must saile past them all so long untill that you se on the same w. shoare a rounde hil whereupon standeth a Warder a little past that stand some Fishermens houses upon a low hommock twhart of these houses runneth of from the land a low flatt point you must runne in behind that point anchor before those houses with an anchor to seaward a hawser fast on the land A little to the eastwards of Tannebay lyeth the poynt the land of Matkorf Matkorf from thence to Wardhouse the coast lyeth southeast and by east southeast and most southeast by south sixteene leagues betwixt them there is much
league to the southwards of it lyeth Salensi Daelna Daelna Silensi that is to say the farther Silensi but betwixt them both a little to the northwards of Silensi lyeth yet a great indraught which lyeth in at least two leagues into the land and is about so wyde as the River Tye before Amsterdam there may lye a great multitude of shippes it is there broade and large enough and all over good anchor ground A little to the northwards of this in-draught lieth a little Island or rock somewhat high about which you may sayle within to witt through betwixt these rockes and the land but may make no road under them Salensi Daelna Daelna Silensi is a great broad bay before it lye three Islands which are to see to gray of colour as the mayne land To the northwards of these Islands upon the poynt off the bay standeth 3 great Warders and a little to the southwards of the Islands on the mayne land lyeth a steepe hill by which markes this bay is very easy to be knowne If you will sayle into this bay comming from the northwards alongst the shoare by the foresayd great in-draught a little to the northwards of this baye you must looke out for these foresayd great Warders leave them on the starbord side sayle in close by them through betwixt that poynt and the Islands first westsouthwest somewhat within and then more southerly untill behind the Islands and anchor there in five six or seven fathom you may also sayle further to the southwards into the baye so deepe as you will there it is all over cleane When you come before the channell it seemeth to bee very narrow but it is broad enough To the southwards of these Islands is also a channell which is very narrow but yet for need you may sayle out there The southermost Island that is whereupon the Fishermen dwel is fast to the northermost with a shoale whereupon is at high water 10 or 11 foot water but at low water you cannot goe over it Two little leagues to the southwards of Salensi lyeth the Island Daelna Olinie Daelna Olinie that is to say the Furthest Olinie it is an Island almost of Fashion like Bliesna Olinie at the north end high at the south end lower and upon the end very steepe it hath in the middest but some what neerer the south end then the north end a low valley where at high water the sea doth almost run alongst over it Behinde this Island not under the Island but under the mayne land are good roades For to come in from the northwards behind this Island it is a broad large and very deepe Channell without any dangers but if you will sayle in behinde it from the southwards then you must runne in close by the Island for to avoyde a foule and stony riffe which lyeth off from the maine land halfe wayes to the Island and so shoale that it falleth dry with the spring tydes at low water About halfe wayes the Island nearest the south end is a point lying out from the mayne land twoards the Island to the northwards of it men doe anchor in 6 7 or 8 fathom When you come in from the northwards you may so soone as you come within the points lusse up towards close about the point of the main land into a bay anchor there in eight six five or foure fathom according as you sayle far in there it is very easy lying In these roades under the mayne land it is all cleane flat rising ground but under the Island it is deepe and the ground rising very steep therefore it is not good anchoring there Betwixt this Island Daelna Olinie Silensi lye 3 little black Islands where is very easy road under them in 8 7 and 6 fathom From Daelna Olinie to Rinde Rinde are five leagues Rinde is a very faire Haven before it lye foure little Islands where men may goe to anchor behinde them behinde these Islands this Haven hath two bayes upon the point betwixt them both standeth a great Crosse the southermost baye is farre the greatest into it commeth also a river or off water where men doe catch Salmon The middlemost Island which is the northermost save one is the greatest and highest upon which standeth a great Warder the northermost is somewhat long and small so low that at high water the sea runneth up a good wayes upon it on both sides and so maketh that Island smaller Betwixt that Island and the maine land or the north shoare of the Havens mouth lyeth a suncken rock which you must leave in comming in on the larboard side and runne in close by the main land this channel is so narrow that you cannot sayle in it except you have a large wind at low water there remaineth no more then 9 or 13 foot water To the southwards of that great Island lyeth another Island that is indifferent high and the southermost of them all betwixt that and the point of the maine land lyeth in the souther channell which is broad and deep enough but when you seyle in there you must run nearest the land for to avoid a suncken rock which lyeth at the foresaid poynt of the maine land These channells both from the southwards and from the northwards lye in both alongst the shoares when as that you come then within the Islands you may anchor there all over where you will there it is broad and large and every where cleane cleare Men doe anchor commonly under the greatest Island thwart of the great Warder and also behinde the norhermost Island in five foure or three fathom there it is very easy lying but with a southeast winde the sea commeth a little rowling in but there can goe no great sea Farre within the southermost bay almost before the river lyeth a rock but above water Without the greatest and the southermost Island lyeth a little Island or great rock somewhat round you may sayle out and in betwixt the southermost and the greatest Island alongst to the n. wards of that little round Island that is you must leave the southermost Island with the outermost little round Island both on the starboard side and the greatest Island with the Warder on the larboard side when you sayle out this is a very narrow channell but very cleane and cleare so that there is nothing to bee avoyded but onely a little suncken rock which lyeth at the north end of the outermost little round Island and falleth dry at low water neverthelesse it is not good to use it except it were for need that you could not doe better He that is bound into this haven must run close alongst by the shoare for to get sight of the foresayd Islands for by reason that the inner land is high the Islands lye so under the land that men can hardly see them when they bee any thing farr off from the shoare A halfe
land and joyned to America untill the north and north-east of Yce-land yet it is the opinion of some men as likewise of my self that it is joyned to Spits-bergen and that because of the rivers which come from the north foreby Spits-bergen which rivers ye can perceive when ye are on the highth of fourscore and three grades and because they ebbe towards the north it may be beleeved that there is a passage but as yet unknown To know the Land Ye can see the south-east coast of Green-land when ye are the matter of six or eight miles from it and when ye see it then ye are hard by the Yce Of the Tides and flowing of Streams The Streams or rivers come out of the north from Spits-bergen and floweth alongs Green-land They ebbe on fourscore and three grades towards the north and floweth towards the South Situation and Courses From the South-end of Hitland to the south-west-corner of Yce-land west northwest and a half stroke westlier 195 miles From the south-west-corner of Yce-land to the clift of Reykenesse north-ward 5 miles From the clift of Reykenesse to the haven of Hanifioert east south-east 12 miles From the south-west-corner of Yce-land to Staten-hoeck west south-west somewhat westly 186 miles The Heights The Cape of Old-Green-land or Staten-hoeck lieth on 60 grades The south-west-corner of Yce-land lieth on seventie four grades and 5 minutes The Mouth of the Strait of David lieth on 71 grades THE SECOND DEMONSTRATION which Containeth the description of IOHN MAYENS ISLAND IOhn Mayens Island lieth from Hitland north-ward according to the common Hollands Compas or as others say north northwest upon the half stroke yet it is better to sail somewhat westlier as to fall a little eastly because they must be on the west-side of the Neering for if they fall easterly then they must needs sail about the north of the same where they have too great calmnesse and sometimes whirlwindes that fall in a sudden from the mountain called the Beeren-berg or in English called the Bears-mountain In the Spring of the year on the east-side of this Island is not so much yce as on the north-side For the sea on the north side which is never above ten miles navigable is in the Spring commonly alwayes frozen The winde blowes there commonly out of the Southwest both harder and oftner as out of any other place In the South-bay a south-south-east and a north-north-west moone according to the common compas makes a full Sea The floud flowes there from the south towards the north and ebbes contrarily The first day of August at the north-end of the aforesaid Island did the Sun rise in the northeast with the one half of his bodie under and the other half above the Horizon and the last day of July was he wholy under On the North-end of this Island is a very high mountain commonly called the Bears-mountain The Bears-mountain the which if ye behold it from the north seemeth to be cloven but if ye behold it from the east or west-side it seemeth round falling as it were smoothly downward except at the northeast corner where it stretcheth it self outward The North-corner is hillie and rough it seemes somewhat low because of the high ground that lyeth about it from thence the matter of half a mile southward the coast is hillie stay and shallow so far from the wall as a little canon can carry is it about 20 fathoms deep a little more southward is there a small foot-strand of stonie ground so that upon some places ye could make shift to bring your chaloup or boat and this stretches it self the mater of a mile in length southward In or upon this strand there are three Yce-hills The three Yce-hils high and stay those are congealed of the snowwater which fals in the sommertime from the top of the mountain two of them lies near to the north-North-end of the shore From thence further southward is the wall for the matter of a quarter of a mile or scarce so much hilly and stay as it is at the north-end and from thence is there another shore about half a mile in length thereon likewise can ye bring your boat From thence come we to the Southeast-corner of the Beats-mountain which is likewise hilly and stay as the aforesaid wall so that it is impossible to come up on it at some places higher other some lower oneven it is commonly 25 or 30 fathoms high from the water and within goeth it in some place somewhat stay upward to the Bears-mountain At this corner lie some little rocks separated from the land whereon are a great many of severall sorts of fowls ye can row to and about these rocks with your boat A little about this corner there lie likewise such rocks without the wall Divers rocks between these rocks there is a commodious haven with a little Sand-bay Sand-bay where ye can easily bring up your boat whilest ye anker there ye are freed from the sea for it is there commonly calm water although it storms without Ye cannot perceive that there is a haven there till ye be within the rocks from these rocks westward about a short mile is the wall stay and rockie as before yet not so high all alongs the coast is there many sharp rocks standing as it were out of the wall from the land off as well by the shore as by the stay wall the matter of a musquet-shot or thereabout ye have water some sixtie fathoms deep When ye have passed this stay shore then ye come to a flat ground of black sand which is about a mile in length about a little canon-shot from the wall ye have six fathoms water with black sand on the ground this strand is commonly called the great Hout-bay The great Hout-bay or Wood-bay because there is sometimes found much old broken wood hereby landwards in lies divers flat hills of black The black hill earth and few stones here is the land at his smalest for being on the top of this hill and ships sailing on every side of it ye could make them hear your voice both at once Westward from the end of this great Hout-bay where the land lieth south-west to the south is there another rockie wall alike to the aforesaid so far as a piece of canon can carry further have ye another flat called the small Hout-bay The small Hout-bay with an even shore like to the first A quarter of a mile Seawards in by the South-end of that small Hout-bay there lieth a rock which to look to seemeth to be a ship with topsails up A rock like a ship vvith top-sails hereabouts is it flat water Southward from this small Hout-bay there lie many rocks and hills in the sea there is likewise a stay rockie wall between this wall and the rocks is a passage that runs in sea south south-east on called the Bears-gat The Bears-gat where within four fathoms
an half without feare Three leagues to the eastwards of Uytstee lyeth a high poynt called Goessebeer Goesbeer from thence to Sandhammer is a league From the point of Goessebeer runneth off a great shoale farre to seawards and lyeth alongst the coast unto neare Sandhammer you may sound it in six eight and ten fathom as you will When you runne over it in tenne fathom then lyeth the north-north-end of Bruntholm about east by south from you and the poynt of Sandhammer north Under the Sand-hammer Sand-hamer is good anchoring for a west westsouthwest westnorthwest northwest winde in five or sixe fathom When you come out of the northeast you may runne along by this coast with a northwest winde in 7 8 9 or 12 fathom unttill past Goesbeer for to avoyd Brunt-holm The point of Goesbeer and the north end of Bruntholm lye northwest and by west and southeast by east about five leagues asunder but Uytstee and the foresayd north end off Bruntholm lyeth westnorthwest eastsoutheast 9 leagues assunder For to sayle from Falsterborne about to the northwards of Bruntholme you must go on east so long untill that you have the length of Uytstee then forth east and by north and then you shall sayle yet neer enough to the poynt and shoale of Goesbeer come no nearer it then seven or eight fathom But to sayle From Fasterborn to the southwards of Brontholm the course is east and by south somewhat southerly two and twenty or three twenty leagues alongst the south side off Brontholme eastsoutheast The Island Brontholm Brontholm is clean round about except on the southeast poynt there runneth off a foule riffe called Brewers rif which men must avoyd On the northeast side you may runne alongst by it upon your lead without doing amisse in 12 or 13 fathom alongst the southwest side in 8 or 9 fathom Men may anchor round about Brontholm Roade under Brontholm at divers places as before Rottum to the northwards before the Castle thwart of Sandwick Suaux and Nex Before the Village betwixt Rottum Rottum the castle that standeth upon the northwest poynt is good anchoring for an east or northeast winde in thirteen fourteen and fifiteen fathom but not verie cleane ground Thwart of the Castle it is good lying for an eastnortheast east eastsoutheast winde in 18 20 also 14 15 fathom sand ground but nearer the shoare the ground is not varie cleane the nearer to the shoare the fouler ground Under the northwest poynt before Sandwick Sandwick there is good anchoring for southwest windes and you may come neare unto that poynt From the northwest poynt to the other poynt the shoare lyeth eastsoutheast and westnorthwest On the east side is good anchoring before Suaux and Nex but before Nex it is not verie clean By Nex Nex runneth off a little riffe from the shoare which is steepe on both sides but if you come no nearer it then in tenne fathom you can take no hurt of it to the northwardes of Nex lyeth also a great rock He that will anchor before Nex let him anchor so that the flat steeple which standeth above Nex doe stand betwixt the w. w. by s from him and that the north poynt bee north and by west and the south poynt be southsouthwest from him there it is two and twenty fathom deep and cleane sand-ground At many other places it is otherwise stonie rough ground with southwest west winds you have there a weather shoare The Eertholmes lye from the north-north-end off Bruntholm east and by north west by south three leagues asunder and from the southeast end south and north five leagues In the Eertholms is a little Haven but by reason that is not used it is unknowne Betwixt the north poynt of Bruntholm Shoale by Bruntholm the point of Sand-hammer but nearest to Bruntholm lyeth a shoale of six fathom where sometimes Fishermen doe lye to fish it is not verie great but hard stonie ground From Sandhammer the coast lyeth northnortheast north by east two leagues to Somer-haven this is a round bay within it is very good anchor ground From thence the coast lyeth about north 6 leagues unto Ahuys From the north poynt of Brontholm to Ahuys the course is north somewhat westerly about 13 or 14 leagues But to Hanno north and by east 13 or 14 leagues Ahuys lyeth upon a river where sometimes is before the towne 10 or 11 and sometimes also no more then 4 or 5 foot water according as the water commeth off out of the land upon it is a great fishing where in the sommer time are great store of good Els taken To the eastwardes of the mouth of the River runneth off a stony flat from the shoare and to the southwards of the river a foule stony riffe right off from the shoare alongst by the foresayd flat so that there lyeth in a channell betwixt the foresayd flat and riffe which is called the Eastergat Through this foresaid riffe lyeth in a channell untill into the Eastergat on against the slatte which is called the Southergat If you will sail into this southergat comming from the southwards then runne to the west shoare to the southwards of Ahuys untill you come in 5 or 6 fathom and then you shall see upon the north shoare north and by west or somewhat more westerly from you a cape or beacon standing a little from the strand within the land of fashion like a mill without wings Bring this beacon to the west side of the high Hill which lyeth somewhat further into the Land to witt even in the going off the highest of the hill keepe these markes so standing and sail in right with them untill that Ahuys commeth over that tree which standeth there at the north end of the wood or that the white Countrie-church come to the northwards of the little houses of Ahuys then goe on northwest or bring that foresayd white-countrie-church in a little valley a little to the northwards of an old ruined castle where of there standeth yet some of the walls upon the north side of the River and sail so on untill that Ahuys come to stand in the middest of the River anchor there in two fathom and an halfe or three fathom there is the roade there can goe no sea In this southergatt it is two fathom two fathom and an half and sometimes also at least 3 fathom deep For to sayle into the Eastergat Eastergat Ahuys comming from the southwards keepe in sixe or seven fathom and runne so to the north shoare and then you runne alongst without the riffe that lyeth off by south the rivers mouth from the west shoare untill that Ahuys doe stand right west from you then there commeth a great tree to the wood that standeth upon the west shoare keepe that so standing and runne in right with it untill that foresayd
fathom deep soft clay ground but towards Reefcoll it is shoaler If you cast the lead often sayling alongst that coast you shall finde more bankes You may boldly saile alongst this coast by night or darke weather in eight ten or twelve fathom off from Reefcoll untill about the Rosehead Thwart of the Rose-head it is farre flat and round as riffe ground When you come past or about Rosehead it is very deep When the Rose-head is southsouthwest from you about a league there it is thirty fathom deepe but very uneven and full of bancks and the ground white grosse sand Rose-head being southeast from you it is eight and twenty fathom deepe with red stony ground almost like as if it were riffe sand Rose-head being west from you there it is sixteen fathom deep and white sand-ground Courses and Distances From the poynt of Sandthamer to Somerhaven the course is northnortheast and north and by east 2 leag From Somerhaven to Ahuys north 6 leagues From Ahuys to Hanno east 6 leagues From Hanno to the Rocks the course is east and by south 8 leagues From the Rocks to the Outlyers north by east 1 leag From the Outlyers to Cristianopell northeast and by east 7 leagues From the Rockes to Calmer first northeast and by east and then northnortheast 16 leagues From Calmer to Scheggenes northnortheast 4 leagues From the Rocks to Southerorden the south end of Oeland east 9 or 10 leagues From Sand-hamer to the Rocks eastnortheast somewhat easterly 16 or 17 leagues From the north poynt of Brontholm to Ahuys north and by west somewhat northerly 14 leagues From the north poynt off Brontholm to Hanno north by east 14 leagues From the north poynt of Brontholm to the Rock northeast somewhat northerly 16 leagues From the north poynt off Brontholm to Southerorden northeast and by east a little easterly 23 or 24 leag From the south end or east end off Brontholm to the Rocks northnortheast 19 leagues From the east end of Brontholm to Southerorden northeast 24 leagues From Southerorden to Reefcoll south and by east 22 leagues From Southerorden to Rosehead southeast 28 leagues From Southerorden to Quinsbrough-Deepe southeast and by east 48 leagues From Southerorden to Dermemell e. by s 48 leag From Southerorden to Sevenberghen east 48 leagues From Southerorden to Derwinda east and by north and eastnortheast 60 leagues From Southerorden to the south end of Gotland eastnortheast and northeast and by east 23 or 24 leagues From Southerorden to the Great Karell northeast somewhat northerly 27 leagues From Fasterborne to Elburgh east and by north and east 3 leagues From Elburgh to Wtstee east 10 leagues From Wtstee to Goesbeer eastnortheast 3 leagues From Goesbeer to Sandhamer northeast 3 leagues From Fasterborn or from the riffe to Brontholm east and east and by south 20 leagues From Fasterborn to the northwards of Brontholm east and by south 20 leagues But to the southwards of Brontholm east by south somewhat southerly 23 leagues From Wtstee to the north poynt off Brontholm eastsoutheast 9 leagues From Meun to Brontholm east and east and by north 21 leagues From Steden to the north ends of Brontholm east 24 leagues From Fasterborn to Whitmond southeast 15 or 16 leag From Fasterborn to Dornbosh southsoutheast 14 or 15 leagues From Meun to Whitmont southeast by south 11 or 12 leagues From Meun to Dornebosh southeast 9 leagues From the Jell to the poynt of Dornbosh north 2 leag From Dornbosh to Whitmont the course is northeast by east4 leagues From Whitmont to Jasmont eastsoutheast 3 leag From Jasmont to the Peert southsoutheast 4 or 5 leag From Dornbosh to the north end of Brontholme northeast and by east 19 leagues From Whitmont to the north end of Brontholm northeast and by east 15 leagues To the south end east and by north and eastnortheast 15 leagues From Jasmond to the south end of Brontholm northeast and by east 13 leagues From the Peert to the south end of Brontholm northnortheast 14 leagues From Jasmond to Comyn eastsoutheast somwhat southerly 7 leagues From the New-deepe to Colbergen the course is east east and by south 16 or 17 leagues From Comyn to Colbergen eastnortheast 6 leagues From Colbergen to Coslyn eastnortheast 3 leagues From Coslyn to Ruwolde northeast and by east 5 leag From Ruwolde to Garshead northeast by east 4 leag From Garshead to Reefcoll eastnortheast 4 leagues From Reefcoll to Lyba east and by north 7 leagues From Lyba to Sernevis east and by north 5 leagues From Sernevis to the Rose-head the course is east east and by north 4 leagues From Colberghen to Garshead northeast and by east 12 leagues From Reefcol to Rose-head the course is east and east by north 17 leagues From the south end off Bruntholm to the Swin south somewhat westerly 15 leagues From the south end of Bruntholm to Colbergen southeast and by south 16 leagues From the south end of Bruntholm to Reefcoll the course is east and by south 24 leagues From the south end of Bruntholm to the Eartholms north 4 great leagues From the north end of Bruntholm or from the Eartholms to Rose-head the course is east and east and by south 40 leagues How most off all the chiefest poynts and places off the East sea do lye distant from Brontholm From Bruntholm to Der Memell east 64 or 65 leagues From Bruntholm to Der Lyba east and by north somewhat northerly 67 or 68 leagues From Bruntholm to Derwinda eastnortheast 80 leagues From Bruntholm to Houbrough or the south end of Gotteland northeast and by east 50 leagues From the north end of Bruntholm to Southerorden the south end of Oeland northeast by east somwhat easterly 24 leagues From the south end off Bruntholm to Southerorden northeast somewhat northerly 24 leagues From the north poynt of Bruntholm to the Rocks or out rocks northeast somewhat northerly 16 leagues From the north point of Bruntholm to Hanno the course is north by east 13 or 14 leagues From the north end of Brontholm to Sandhamer northwest 6 or 7 leagues From the north end of Bruntholm to the point off Goesbeer northwest by west 5 leagues From the north poynt of Bruntholm to Wtstede westnorthwest 9 leagues How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Brontholme sheweth it selfe thus when you come from the west The south end of Oeland sheweth thus when it is thwart off from you The Eartholms being northnortheast from you shew themselves thus The Eartholms being east from you shew themselves thus In this forme ariseth the Eartholms being north from you Thus sheweth Whitmont when you sayle alongst by it being three leagues off from it Thus sheweth Jasmond when you sayle alongst by it being three leagues from the land Whitmont Here under is a great bay a league long Dornebosch Thus shew themselves Whitmont and Dornebosch with the land betwixt them both when it is about southsouthwest from
best road and ground that is thereabouts When you come out of the sea and fall with the land to the eastwards or to the northwards of Terlyba you shall see within the land a black wood and the houses in a ragged valley of Sand-hills From Terlyba to Derwinda the course is northnortheast sixteen or seventeen leagues betwixt them both the land lyeth in a bight so that the coast alongst by the shoare lyeth not so right especially four or five leagues by south Derwinda there it falleth away into a great bight which men do call Sackerwyke Sackerwyke and also with more smaller bights and bayes towards Terlyba Caarte van PRVYSSEN en Coerlandt van Rygshooft tot der Winda For to know this coaste off Coerland For to know Coerland then remember these places here under written At Derwinda standeth a Castle with three Towers which is covered above with red tyles and under it is white about a league to the southwards of Derwinda lyeth the Bakeovens Bakeovens which is next to Domesnes the best land to be known of Coerland it ariseth first when you beginne to see the land in a white Sand-hill the top whereof is full of trees but when you come so neer the shoare that you can see the other land also then there ariseth more land with hommockes so that then it is not so easy to be known About foure leagues to the southwards of it in Sackerwyke lyeth yet a hommock or hill full of trees with some little hommockes to the eastwards of it when you are thwart of Derwinda you may even see it half wayes up to the top but not well from below This hommocke is called by some Duke D'alves Castle Duke de Alves Castle and lieth most alone the land as well to the southwards as to the northwards of it is most al even and plain land About six leagues to the southwards of the foresayd hommock and 5 or 4 leagues and an half to the northwards off Terlyba lye also two high hommocks close one by the other the land to the southwards of them towardes Terlyba is to see to farre off when you are thwart of these two hommocks or somewhat to the northwards of them as if it were all broken land thwart of this about 5 leagues from the land or when you can but even see the land from below it is 30 fathom deep When you begin to come about Derwinda Banck by Derwinda within 2 or 3 leagues off the land there lyeth a banck of 12 13 and 14 fathom some say that west and by north from Derwinda there should be no more upon that banck then 5 or 6 fathom water it is about a halfe league broad betwixt the banck and the land a league without the shoare it is againe 20 and 24 fathom deep If you will anchor before Derwinda then bring the foresayd Castle about eastsoutheast from you then it commeth almost behind the high land anchor in 5 fathom from the shoare there is the best roade Of the Depths and grounds about these Coastes Betwixt the Heele and the Rose-head but neerest the Heele there it is 33 fathom deepe and the ground is there white sand At the Heele in the roade it is 25 fathom deep the ground black sand and going off to 30 and 40 fathom Betwixt the Heele and Quinsbrough it is very deepe comming neere the Heele it is steepe but towards Quinsbrough and the Nerung it goeth up plainly flat How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From the Rose-head to Axternes southeast 4 leagues From Axternes to Vernorden southeast 1 league From Vernorden to the Heele southsoutheast 1 league From the Heele to Danske south by west southsouthwest 5 leagues From the Chest or Wissell off Danske to the Deepe off Quinsbrough east by north 13 or 14 leagues From the Deep of Quinsbrough to the poynt of Brusteroort north and north and by west 4 or 5 leagues From Brusteroort to the Deep of der Memell northeast by north 16 or 17 leagues From the Rose-head to Quinsbrough deepe eastsoutheast somewhat southerly 19 or 20 leagues From the Heele to Quinsbrough deepe eastsoutheast easterly 12 leagues From the Rose-head to Der Memell eastnortheast somewhat easterly 29 leagues From the Rose-head to Sevenbergen northeast by east 33 leagues From the Rose-head to Derwinda northeast 53 leag From the Rose-head to Dageroort northeast by north 80 leagues From the Rose-head to eastergore north and by east 45 leagues From the Rose-head to Houbrough the south end of Goteland north 35 leagues From the Rose-head to the south end of Oeland northwest 28 leagues From the Rose-head of Hannoe the course is northwest and by west and westnorthwest 43 or 44 leagues From the Quinsbrough Deep to Houbrough the south end of Gotland northnorthwest 48 leagues From Quinsbrough-deepe to Southeroorden the south end of Oeland northwest somewhat westerly 48 leag From Der Memell to Houbrough northwest 37 leag From Der Memell to Heylighena north and by east 4 leagues From Heylighena to the point off Sevenberghen north and by east 5 leagues From Sevenberghen to Der Lyba north and by east 4 or 5 leagues From Der Lyba to Derwinda northnortheast 16 or 17 leagues From Der Memell to Brusteroort southwest by south 16 or 17 leagues From Der Memell to Danske southwest 32 leagues From Der Memell to the Rose-head westsouthwest somewhat westerly 29 leagues From Der Memell to the Eartholms or the north end of Brontholm west 64 or 65 leagues From Sevenbergen to the Rose-head southwest by west 33 leagues From Sevenbergen to Southeroorden west 48 leagues From Derwinda to the Rose-head southwest 53 leagues From Derwinda to Bruntholm westsouthwest 80 leag From Derwinda to Houbrough west somewhat southerly 37 leagues From Derwinda to Eastergore the course is west and by north 29 leagues From Derwinda to the Gotsche sand n. w. 31 or 32 leag From Derwinda to Dageroort north somewhat easterly 31 leagues How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Heele Vermoorde Aexternes Hanckeheers Thus sheweth the Land betwixt the Rose-head and the Heele Loockstede Rosehead Thus sheweth the land betwixt Quinsbrough deep and Brusteroort Thus sheweth it selfe the coast of Coerland about Sevenberghen when you sayle alongst by it a league without the Land The coast of Coerland from Sevenbergen alongst by Derwinda unto Luseroort sheweth as is portrayed in these six figures following the like markes belong one to the other as A A B B C C D D c. Sevenbergen Ter lyba Sackerwyck Hommock Hommock Sackerwyck Duke Dalves Castle Sackerwyke Backovens a league by south Derwinde This Hommock about three leagues by south the Backovens Luseroort Castle Derwinda Derwinda Backovens When Derwinda doth shew it selfe first being east from you it sheweth it selfe thus with the land as well to the northwards as to the southwards but when the Castle doth begin to come
the foresayd north point westnorthwest from you and that the Wolf lye then free from the mayne land you shall not misse to fall upon this shoale You may sayle round about Nargen Nargen and also anchor under it for northerly and westerly winds in 10 12 14 18 fathom From Nargen to the Island Wranger the course is east seven leagues The lying there of you may see in the following directions Of the Coast of Finland betwixt the Alands Haffe and Elsenvos Betwixt Uxe or Bostell on the coast of Sweden the Island of Aland Alandts goeth in the Alands Haff which men do call the North Bodem which lyeth up so farre to the northwards into Finland that a ship with good fresh way should scarce be able to sayle to the end off it in five dayes upon the farthest end of this North Bodem lyeth the towne Toreu there Sweden is parted from Finland At the outermost rocks off Finland on the Alands Haff lye Islands Ercke Castelholm and Corpe Ercke Castelholm Corps Ercke is the westermost of all and the outermost from thence goeth in the Corpe sound northeast alongst thwart off Castelholm and Corpe Corpe lyeth within the other Island and from Corpe you may edge over into the Liet off Abbo which commeth running off from Uttoy you may alsoo sayle up into this channell about behind Lipland and so come out into the North Bodem Uttoy is a great Island upon it standeth a great mast with a barrell for a beakon and lyeth from the Island Corpe east and west about nine leagues On the west side of Uttoy Uttoy goeth up the Liet of Abbo which lyeth in first north north and by east about three or four leagues and then you come on against a great Island And then it lyeth in alongst that great Island northeast unto the the Sound of Abbo Abbo Abbo lyeth at the end of that foresayd great Island This Liet runneth up alongst to the eastwards through betwixt the rocks about thirteen leagues within it lyeth a rock under water which is a Magnes Magnes or Load-stone also the grounde seemeth to be there of the vertue of the Load-stone or when you come thereabouts the compasses doe not stand but run and turne without any certain standing still untill that you be at least a league past it and then they begin to stand right againe From thence it lyeth east and east and by south all alongst through the rocks unto the Rough Island to the westwards of it runneth the channell of Luys into the sea when you are thwart of it sea you may see the land of Revel It is there betwixt them both to wit betwixt the Out rockes and Nargen or the land thereabouts ten leagues broad The Out-rocks of Luys and the channell of Uttoy lye east west about 21 or 22 leagues distant although it be there betwixt them both all broken land and full of rocks yet nevertheles there are no havens nor channels fit for ships to come into From Luys Luys alongst without the Rocks to the channell of Elsenvos the course is east and by north 15 or 16 leagues but Nargen or the Wolf and channell of Elsenvos lye northnortheast southsouthwest about 16 or 17 leagues asunder How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Derwinda to Lyserorte northeast 4 leagues From Lyserorte to Domesnes eastnortheast 12 or 13 leagues From Domesnes to Round east and by north somewhat easterly 8 leagues From Round to Duynemondt or the mouth of the river of Rye southsoutheast 15 leagues From Domesnes to Rye or Duynemond southeast 20 lea From Duynemondt to Lemsael or Sales northeast 14 leagues From Duynemond or the mouth of the river of Rye to the Island Kin north and by east 14 or 15 leagues From Round to the Island Kinne east by north east 7 leagues From Domesnes to the south end or the road of Oesell northwest and by north 6 great leagues From Domesnes to Ambroeck north and by east 7 leag From Round to Ambroeck northwest 8 leagues From the south end of Oesell to Arentsbergh northeast 8 leagues From Luseroorte to Howbrough west by south somewhat westerly 40 leagues From Lyserorte to the poynt of Alant or the Islands north and by west somewhat westerly 52 leagues From the south point of Oesell to Hondsorte northnorthwest 12 leagues From Hondsort to the poynt of Dagerorte northnorthwest 8 leagues From Dagerorte to Syburghnes east and by north 7 leag From Syburghnes to the Oxeholme and the Grasholme southsoutheast 4 or 5 leagues From the Grasholme to the great tree upon Oesell south 5 or 6 leagues From the northeast poynt off Oesell to Parno eastsoutheast 20 leagues From Arensbergh to the northeast point of Oesell east and by south 8 or 9 leagues From Ambroeck to the northeast poynt of Oesell northeast somewhat easterly 9 or 10 leagues From Round to the northeast end of Oesell north somewhat westerly 13 leagues From Lemsael to Parno north and by east 11 league From Dagerorte to the Rose-head southwest and by south 80 leagues From Dagerorte to Eastergore southwest and by west 39 leagues From Dagerorte to the Godtsch sand w. s.w 26. leagues From Dagerorte to Boechschaer northwest and by west 18 leagues From Dagerorte to the poynt off Alandt or the Islands northwest and by north 26 or 27 leagues From Syburghnes to Oetgensholm east and by n. 7 leag From Oetgensholm to great Roge east 4 leagues From great Roge to Surp east 4 leagues From Roge to Nargen east somewhat northerly 5 leag From the south end of Nargen to the Island the Wolf east 4 leagues From Revell to the Wolf north somewhat easterly 5 lea From Oetgensholme to the Out rocks of Luys north by east 15 or 16 leagues From Syburghnes to the channell of Abbo or Uttoy northwest and by north 20 or 21 leagues From Uttoy or Abbo to the channell of Luys the course is east 22 leagues From Luys to the channell of Elsenvos east 16 or 17 leag From Nargen to the channell of Abbo the course is westnorthwest 32 or 33 leagues From Nargen to the channell of Elsenvos northeast and by north 17 leagues From Nargen to the Out-rocks of Luys northwest by north 13 leagues From the Wolfe to Peltingschares eastnortheast 20 leagues From the channell of Abbo to Boeschaer southwest somewhat southerly 16 leagues From the Island the Wolf to Wranger east and by south 3 leagues How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Domesnes Doembergh Lyseroort Coerland sheweth it selfe in this forme betwixt Lyseroort and Domesnes when you sayle alongst by it Domesnes Doembergh Lyseroort Derwinda Backovens Towards Der Lyba Thus sheweth the coast of Coerland from Domesnes past Derwinda and the Backovens towards Der Lyba When you sayle about Domesnes then Oesel sheweth it selfe thus The little Island Ambroeck The Island Round when you sayle alongst by
off a riffe an the north side of the haven a good wayes from the shoare come no nearer it then in seven or eight fathom When you are thwart of the south poynt about a halfe league from the land and will sayle alongst to the northwards of Gotland you must not sayl on more northerly then northwest as well for to avoyd that riffe of Boswyke as for to sayle a weather the Karels Four leagues northeast from the Karel lieth the Island Reefholm Reefholm thwarte of it men doe runne into Westergorte you may sayle anchor round about it A little to the northwards of it lyeth the northwest point of Gotland Two leagues to the northwardes of the high poynt lyeth the towne Wisbuy about seven leagues northeast from the Karell Men were wont in old tyme to lye there behinde a greate head or Chest Wisbuy Wisbuy hath beene in tymes past a famous marchant towne where was wont to be driven greate trade of marchandize but it is now through the will of God altogether fallen down and come to nothing The Hance towns haven a long time there held their staple The old Sea laws were made there and also the old famous Read-carde Men may see yet to this day many old ruinous houses of costly marble and hewen stones whereby men may partly perceive and Judge what manner of staltenisse there hath been From Wisbuy the coast lieth forth northeast by east towards the end of Gotland about nine leagues But from the Karell to Gotshe sand the course is northeast one twenty or two and twenty leagues there is a little Island whereupon dwelleth no people and standeth full of trees you may sayle round about it which hath a white strand From the northwest point thereof shooteth off a little riff likewise one from the south point a good waies off into sea towards the north end of Gothland On every side of Gotsche sand you may anchor in six seven eight nine ten and twelve fathom all clean and good anchor ground but these foresayd riffes you must avoid It lieth northnortheast six leagues distant from Faro the north end of Gotland when you ly there under it at anchor you cannot see Gotland The Copper stone lieth from Gotsche sand north west and by west distant three great leagues Upon the south end of the east side of Gotland standeth a high tower called Howbrough and thereafter the south end of Gotland also is called Howbrough By it goeth in a little river before which you may anchor in six or seven fathom Five leagues northeast from the aforesaid south point lieth Heyligh-holm which is a good haven but by reason it is but little used it is therefore also but little known Two leagues to the eastwards of Heyligh-holm lieth the haven of Narwyck upon the east side of the Haven lieth a long rock by which you must run in and leave another sharp rock on the larboard side within the haven you may anchor in four or five fathom Two leagues to the eastwards of it lieth Sandwyk which is a good haven for a west northwest northeast and southeast winde and lieth in about north a south winde bloweth there open in On the east point which is a low bare point lieth a Holme which is fast to the land upon it standeth a Warder From this point runneth off a little sandriffe which you may sound about in five or six fathom Within at this Holm is a bridge of Masts which lyeth off a little from the shoare If you will anchor there in the Haven then run in alongst by the east shoare untill you come within the bridge and anchor there nearest shoare so that the foresayd east poynt do stand southeast or southeast and by south from you in four fathom four and an half or five fathom there is cleane clay sand ground and very easy lying for west north and east winds A league to the eastwards of Sandwyck lying the Island of Eastergore Eastergore about halfe wayes betwixt both the ends of Gotland n.e. from the s w poynt this is a bare Island without trees Under this Island is very easy road for all windes as wel for them that are bound to the eastwards as to the w. wards Comming from the westwards or from Sandwyck alongst by the land then is the northw poynt which is a high bare gray piont hiddē behinde a point of the maine land of Gotland so that it seemeth a farre off to be no Island but comming near it it openeth it self that you may see large enough thorough betwixt them sayle in there betwixt them both in the midst of the channell it is there clean and clear but somewhat uneven of ground to wit eight ten twelve and fourteen fathom but you need not feare If you will anchor under it for northeast or east winds then anchor betwixt the land and the Island so that the aforesaid bare gray northwest poynt stand north and the southermost east from you in nine or ten fathom Or if you will anchor for a south southwest or west winde then run further in about by that aforesaid bare gray poynt bring it south-southwest from you and anchor there in seven eight nine or ten fathom there it is cleane ground of small white black sand A little to the northwards of the Island is a great Bay on Gotland there you may also anchor in seven and eight fathom for westerly windes If you will sayl in or out to the northwards of Eastergore then come not very near the Island because there lieth off a riffe from the east point farre into the sea which is a great half league without the land not deeper then two fathom a half stony and very uneven and is to be throught that nearer to the land it is shoaler and fouler From the southeast side runneth off also a flat a good wayes to Seawards at some places not deeper then three four five fathom and also very uneven whereof you must take heed Foure leagues north and by east from Eastergore lyeth a haven called Sliet or Sliet haven lying in north and north and by west behind some little Islands there it is good lying for easterly westerly n. winds Upon one of the norther must little Islands standeth a ruinous church You must come in there alongst by the shoare from the southwards From thence to Farosound the coast lyeth north and by west two leagues Farosound you may run into in two and three fathom water there standeth a Church with a flatte steeple upon the land From Farosound lyeth off a foule dangerous riffe a league and halfe or 2 leagues into sea called Salfonteyn you must take very good heed there of when you will run about to the northwards of Gotland From Farosound to Gotschesand the course is north-northeast about 7 leagues Of the Depths and groundes about these Coastes Betwixt the south ends off Oeland and Gotland in the
fareway it is uneven for to sound sometimes men have two and twentie three twentie sometimes againe eight and twentie nine and twentie thirtie fathom all black mingled ground sometimes stones so great as pease of colour like black earth When Howbrough is northnortheast 7 leagues from you there it is fifteen fathom deep stonie grounde from thence on northeast 2 leagues there it is twenty fathom deep foule stonie ground Neare about the places so far from land that you cannot see Gotland are bancks where it is not deeper then twelve fathom The like unevē grounds are also thwarte of the southend of Oeland as hath beene said in the former but betwixt them both is deeper water If you come in the farewaye from Rye to Brontholm betwixt the south endes of Gotland and Oeland and must lye by with contrarie windes when you are in ten or twelve fathom and then sayle towards Oeland you shall get deeper water If you lye by betwixt Oeland and Reef-coll and that Reef-coll come to bee southsoutheast and south and by east from you so farre without the land that you cannot see it then you shall get also the like uneven ground of tenne and twelve fathom redde grosse stonie sand also blackish grosse sandie stone ground If you bee nearest to Oeland you shall get in tenne or twelve fathom pittes in the tallowe so that it seemeth that those grounds off Oeland doe run over unto or neare Reef-coll The like grounds and unevenesse doe seeme to lye over the sea also from the south end of Gotland towardes Rosehead for when the south end of Gotland commeth to be about north from you although it be fourteene or sixteen leagues from you you shall finde depth of sixteen twentie fathom soft grounde like as off from Oeland but if Gotland be more easterly or westerly from you you shall have deeper water When you are about a league by west the southwest poynt of Gotland so that it be southeast or eastsoutheast from you about a league then the Karels lye about north from you which you may even see in cleare weather there aboutes it is shoale water a good wayes off from the shoare When the west poynt or steepe poynt is about north from you a little to the eastwards or to the westwards of it there is tenne twelve fourteene sixteene and eighteene fathom deepe a great wayes from the land but when that poynt commeth to be northeast eastnortheast or east from you there it is above fortie fathom deep Betwixt the southwest poynt of Gotland and the north poynt of Oelandt it is also verie deepe so that there you cannot cast ground with fortie fathom When you are northwest and northwest and by north about two leagues from Houbrough there you have great redd stone sand black stones in it so great as beanes Betwixt Gotland and the Sweeds schares in the farewaye it is four and thirtie and sixe and thirtie and eight and thirtie fathom deepe and close by Gotland five and twentie fathom When the tower of Houbrough is westnorthwest from you so farre as you may see it from the poope there it is thirtie and one and thirtie fathom deepe but being northnorthwest from you it is shoaler five and twentie and sixe and twentie fathom Betwixt Howbrough and Eastergore lyeth a banck of four and twentie fathom grosse redd sand so farre without the land that you cannot see the land out of the top To the eastwards of it lyeth another banck of fourteen fathom gray and white sand when you are over it you shall have no ground in fortie fathom Two leagues without the land by west Eastergore there it is about one thirty fathom soft ground He that sayleth from Brontholm alongst by Oeland towards Eastergore let him not spare his lead but sound often for these aforesayd bancks and groundes thereby you may well make some reckoning If you should make reckoning to come by night with Gotland on the southeast side and have no good sight then come no nearer the land about the north end or south end also by Eastergore then in twentie or four and twenty fathom and so you can take no hurt by night By day you may come neare enough to it at many places in seven eight or tenne fathom How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Houbrough to Eastergore northeast 12 or 13 leag From Eastergore to Faro-sound north by east 7 leag From Faro-sound to Gotsche sand northnortheast and north and by east 6 leagues From Houbrough to the Karels northnorthwest 7 leag From the Karels to Wisbuy northeast 7 leagues From the Karels to Gotsche sand northe 21 or 22 leag From Houbrough to the north end of Oeland northwest 14 leagues From the Karels to the Sweedes Jonckvrow west and by north 13 leagues From the Karels to the channell of Stockholme north a little more westerly 23 leagues From the Karels to Boeckschaer northeast northerly 46 leagues From Gotsche sand to Boeckschaer north east and by north a little more northerly 20 or 21 leagues From Gotsche sand to the south poynt of the Alands haff north and by east 33 or 34 leagues From Gotsche sand to Wttoy northeast and by east 36 leagues From Gotsche sand to Dagerorte eastnortheast 26 leag From Gotsche sand to Derwinde southeast 31 or 32 leagues From Eastergore to Dagerorte northeast and by east 39 leagues From Eastergore to Derwinda east and by south 29 leagues From Eastgore to Quinsbrough deepe south and by east 52 leagues From Eastergore to Rose-head south and by west 45 leagues From Houbrough to Hondsorte eastnortheast north east and by east 50 leagues From Houbrough to Lyserorte east and by north somewhat easterly 40 leagues From Houbrough to Derwinda east somewhat northerly 37 leagues From Houbrough to Dermemell southeast 37 leagues From Houbrough to Quinsbrough deep southsoutheast 48 leagues From Houbrough to Rosehead south 35 leagues From the north end of Gotland to Derwinda eastsoutheast somewhat southerly 28 or 29 leagues From Scheggens to the Sweedes Jofuer northnortheast 7 leagues From the Swedens Joufer to Idesound the channell off Westerwyke or Silbuy north and by west somewhat westerly 7 leagues From the Swedes Joufer to Northeroorden the north end of Oeland east and by north 3 or 4 leagues From Northeroorden to the channell of Westerwyke north west 8 leagues From Northeroorden to the Barsound north and by west 15 leagues From Northeroorden to the Havering or the channell off Nycopping north 18 or 19 leagues From Northeroorden to Hartsoe north and by east 20 or 21 leagues From Northeroorden to Landsoort northnortheast a little more northerly 21 or 22 leagues From Hevering to Landsoort east and by north 6 or 7 leagues Hou these lands doe shew themselves at sea West poynt Houbrough Thus sheweth the west point or northwest point of Gotland when you come from the southwards When Gotschen sand is
east side a hooke which lyeth to the eastwards running to nothing allmost against Newport this bank is three or foure fathom and upon the east end five six fathom The fourth is alsoo in two banks the eastermost is called Sandele Sandele or Oudemoers bank Oudmoers Banck and the westermost Cal bank Calbank of some called alsoo Small bank which lyeth alongst by the Broad-bank but that outer end lyeth at least two great leagues of The shippes that will goe before Dunkerck cannot get alongst by Flanders doe runne about without these bankes untill they come against Broad-banke and then runne in alongst by it 5 or 6 fathom The Channell is 15 fathom deep and every one of these foure bankes hath a dry Poelder When 2 Steeples that are somewhat flat to the southward of Newport stand a handpikes length asunder then are you thwart of these foure bankes here before mentioned which are not deeper at low water then one fathom and at spring-tydes fall almost dry Betwixt all these bankes you may anchor in 9. 10. 11. and also in 12 fathom you may runne over them in 4 fathom but when you are to the westwards of them you shall finde it deeper to wit 8. 9. and 10 fathom The Broers banck Broers banck is three cornerd and lieth close by the land thwart of Broers and the Cloyster Ten DuyneÌ„ and lyeth of from the shoare about westnorthwest a league into the sea when the Cloyster Ten Duynen or the Broers lyeth south from you then you are at the innermost part of the Broers-bank you may runne through betwixt the land and this banck in foure fathom at low water but men doe run commonly about to the westwards of it when they sayle through within the bankes alongst the Coast of Flanders A little to the westwards of Broers-banck lyeth the Cams-banke Cams-banck which is three fathom deepe and lyeth in many Rasses you may run through betwixt the land and this banke also in 8. 9. and 10. fathom and alsoo may ride there for alt winds By the land betwixt this bank and Broers-banck it is 5 fathom deepe When you run through betwixt this banke and the land then you come alongst by the Quade bank untill you come before the Haven of Dunkerck When you are a good wayes past the head of Dunkerck about s w. from the Splinter then you runne over a shoale of two fathom called Wilbaert Sound Wilbaert Sound being over it you shall have againe then 11 12 fa. When Borburger Steeple commeth in the valley of the sand-hill then you are thwart of this bancke by these markes you may sayle through these bancks northnorthwest into the sea and come against the tayle of the Broad-banck in foure fathom When as that you doe edge againe somewhat towards the land in twelve thirteene or fifteene fathom then you may sayle through betwixt the Broad and the Small banâ—ke on eastnortheast or east and by north untill you are past the Cloyster Ten Duynen or the Broers-Banck which lyeth off from the Cloyster about a league into the sea To the eastwards past this banck it beginneth to be shoale water against Newport foure or five fathom being past Newport you must edge towards the land in eight or nine fathom keeping close to the land and then you shal run through betwixt the land and the Geere which lyeth alongst towards Oostend When you come against Oostend then you are cleare of the bancks and then you may run into the sea for to goe into the Wielings Markes of the Flemish bancks There lye yet five long banckes alongst Flanders When Graveling is southeast from you then you are thwart of the south end of these bankes and when Newport is southeast from you Then you are thwarr of the north end of them they are very long and betwixt each goeth a wide Channell through of eight nine twelve fifteene sixteen eighteene nineteene and twenty fathom deepe each of a severall depth The outermost or westermost banke called the Cliffe The cliffe lyeth from Callice cliffe northnortheast about foure leagues and a halfe and is three fathom and a halfe deep betwixt this and the other goeth a wide channell throug of three and twenty and 24 fathom deep The second called the Ruyting The Ruytinig lyeth from Callice cliffe northeast and by north about foure leagues and is there five or six fathom deepe but upon the south end of it is a Poelder of a fathom and a halfe When the south end of Winocxbergen commeth betwixt the two flat steeples to the westwards of Dunkerck then are you thwart of this Poelder There stand three or foure mils to the eastwards of Dunkerck when the outermost commeth over the east end of the towne that is also a good mark of this Poelder or shoale and then the steeple of Dunkerck shall be from you s e five leagues Betwixt this and the third goeth alsoo a channell through of 12 and 13 fathom The third called the Dyke The Dyke lyeth from Callice Cliffe northeast and is deepe foure five fathom upon the south and north end of this Bancke are Poelders the southermost is deepe one fathom and lyeth also upon the markes of Winocxbergen about northwest somewhat westerly from Dunkerck is called the Polder of the Dyke or Dyke-Polder the other Polder or shoale of this bancke is about foure fathom and two foot deepe and lyeth n. w. from the Cloyster Ten Duynen These bancks are very dangerous for the Ruyting lyeth allmost in the fare-way and at low water they have no more then two fathom depth The fourth banck called Kettell-banck lyeth from Callice-Cliffe northeast and by cast and is deepe three foure five and six fathom Upon the south end is a shoale of one fathom water at low water at spring-tydes these Polders fall dry Alongst by this goeth also a channell through of 19 and 20 fathom To the eastwards of the Kettel-banck to wit betwixt that and the Broad-banck goeth throug a great channell of 19 and 20 fathom In all the channels betwixt the foresaid banckes men may turne to windwards every where from one bancke to the other anchor betwixt the bancks where they will The south end of the Broad-bancke Broad banck lyeth from Callice-cliffe eastnortheast and hath one shoale upon the south end of one fathom and a halfe is throughout three and 4 fathom deepe The north end is deep 6 7 and 8 fathom and lyeth so far to the northward untill Newport be northwest from you or the Cloyster Ten Duynen bee northnorthwest 5 or 6 leagues from you The Coast of England from Dover to the north Forland Betwixt Callice and Dover amiddest in the fare-way or somewhat nearer the French side then the English lyeth a narrow bancke of foure leagues long lying about n. n. east and southsouthwest alongst the land of Blacknesse being called the Vaen and by the Dutchmen called Vrow-sand
of 5 6 7 and 8 fathom depth and runneth to the southwards towards the land of Bulleyn West and by south from Callice-cliffe and south and south and by east from Dover is the shoalest of it at low water not deeper then sixteene or seventeene foot On both sides of this banck as well alongst to the eastwards as to the westwards of it it is 20 22 23 and 24 fathom deepe Men may anchor before Dover for a north and northwest wind right against the Castle in tenne fathom is the best road and cleane ground For to sayle into the Downes from the southwards you must run about by the south Forland within two cables length alongst by the land and anchor thwart of the middlemost Castle in 7 or 8 fathom The southermost poynt of Gooding and the south Forland lye n. e. and s w. asunder Betwixt Goodding Goodding and the Valley in the land off the north Forland called Ramsgat lye two shoals whereof the westermost is called the Quernes and the eastermost the Brakes For to sayle from Dover through within the Goodding betwixt the Goodding and the Brakes to the north Forlant you must goe on north and by east so long untill that the mill upon the north Forland come to the west side of the Valley in the north Forland then goe yet north and by east and northnortheast untill that the little steeple upon the North Forland come to the East-side of the foresayd valley then you shall bee to the northwards of the Brakes and then the little flat steeple on the south Forland commeth too or right over the third white Chalck-hill to the Northwards of the south Forland that is a direct long marke for to sayle through betwixt the Brakes and Goodding as well when you come from the Northwards as from the South-wards For to sayle through within the Goodding from the Northwards you must not come nearer the Brakes Brakes then in seven fathom and set the south Forlant southsouthwest from you and sayle then so right with it and then you shall runne alongst the best deepe When as the flat steeple upon the North Forland standeth in Ramsgat ot the Valley then you shall be thwart of the Brakes and when the mill commeth in Ramsgat you shall be to the southwards of the Brakes When you lye in the Downes and that the inner poynt of the cliffe of the south Forland lye southsouthwest from you then the Quernes Quernes lye north and by east from you and the end of Goodding n. e. from you The north end of Goodding and the poynt of the north Forland lye southeast and by east and n. w. and by w. a league a halfe asunder For to come from the northwards into the Downes through betwixt the Brakes and the Quernes For to saile through betwixt the Brakes and the Quernes there standeth a Church upon the high land of the south Forland to the northwards of it which is a flat steeple the church somewhat great of body there are 3 Castles upon the strand of the Downes you must bring the foresayd Church with the flat steeple right in the middest betwixt the two southermost Castles and then you are in the fareway in the middle of the channel and that wil serve for a leading mark to run through betwixt the Brakes and the Quernes and the course lyeth through s s west If the winde bee southerly that you must turne to windwards through runne not further over to the eastwards then that the foresayd church come within 2 ships length of the southermost castle for if you should bring them neerer or together then you should run upon the brake and being cast about run not further over the westwards then that the foresayd church come within two shippes length of the three for if you should bring them neerer or together you should run upon the Quernes and these markes will serve to turne to windwards through betwixt the Brakes Quernes either from the northwards or the southwards The Brake is steep being 5 s close alongst by the side of it and in the middle of the channell is but 15 foot at low water soo that it is deeper by this side of the Brake then in the middle of the channell As you turn to windwards and run over to the eastwards towards the Brake as soon as you must cast about or els you should be against the Brake the Querne is flat but neverthelesse as soon as you finde it shoaler in running over to the w. wards the Querne then 15 foote you must cast about again Thwart markes of a tayle of sand lying of from the Goodding and so turn through About halfe a league from the north end off the Goodding to the southwards lyeth of a flat tayle or spit of sand to the westwards from the Goodding a great musket shot of and falleth dry a good wayes of at low water which maketh the channell there betwixt the Goodding and the Brake very narrow the thwart markes of this tayle of sand are these up within the land a litle to the southwards of Ramsgate stand 3 or 4 high trees together when these trees doe come right over the southermost end of the cliffe that lyeth alsoo a litle to the southwards of Ramsgat then you are thwart of this foresayd tayle of sand as soon as you shall bee past it then you shall have more roome to turne to windwards and may run further over to the Goodding For to run about a seaboard of Goodding For to sayle from Dover without the Goodding to the north Forland you must keepe the poynt to the westwards of Dover without the south Forland and goe on northeast untill that the north Forland come n.w. and by west from you then you may boldly run to the north Forland and anchor before Margate or where that you shall think it best but thwart of the steeple where the mill standeth by is the best roade Or when the poynt of the north Forland lyeth southsouthwest and southwest and by south from you there is alsoo good riding in 8 or 9 fathom Betwixt Margate the Reculvers mē may anchor every where in sixe or 7 fathom at halfe flood Betwixt the Querns the north Forland men may also run through to Sandwich there runs of a litle stone-banck from the shore called the Fourefoot betwixt that and the Quernes it is at halfe flood two fathom deepe The Quernes are lately growne much lesse and shifted soo that the north ende of them is allmost gone Of the tydes courses of the Streames Alongst the coast of Flanders on the Land a south and north moone maketh full sea In the fareway without the Flemish banckes in the sea a s w. moone maketh high water In the middest betwixt the heads a s w. Moone At Dover a south north moone In the Downes a southsouthwest moone At the n. Forland a south n. moone Alongst the Flemish
upon your lead by it there is at high water three fathom and at low water no more then one fathom The Rettires is a stony bancke lying in the middest of the River of Seine lying over towards the poynt of Honfleur at low water it falleth at some places drie at halfe flood it is to the southwards three fathom but to the northwards 2 fathom deep When the land of Caen is without the poynt of Seynhead and you sayle then with it south on then you runne to the westwards of it or alongst without it Or else if you keepe Struysaert a handspikes length without the poynt of Seynhead then you runne alsoo without it When the easter gate of New-haven commeth over the easter head and the easter mill sayle then so on keeping them so then you runne in right to the northwards of the Rettires and alsoo you can take no hurt of the banck that lyeth towards Seynhead At Habell or New-Haven men must goe in at a high water and within lye everie tyde drie The river of Seine must be sayled into upon the tide when the most or the strongest of the flood is spent then you may sayle alongst by the land upon your lead untill yo may see in open into the river of New-haven when then the souther Castle commeth over the easter-head and the mill run then right in upon it but it is best to anchor halfe wayes betwixt the Castle and Seynhead and there to stay for a Pilot If there come none off then sayle from thence right with the Castle that standeth upon the head there it is deepest water To sayle from New-haven upwards towards Roan is not well to be done without a Pilot you must goe with the tyde through the first travaille or banckes which lie from New-haven to Honfleur s east alongst by the souther-land and from thence alongst the north side of the River to Quillebeuf being come there you are through the first travaille You must alsoo bee well advised and take good heed for the strong spring by the Normans called La Barre which everie tyde commeth on soo strong with the flood that anchors and Cables have enough to doe to hold a ship For that and other dangers more it is not good nor convenient to sayle up the River without a Pilot. Two great leagues to the southwards of the River of Roan lyeth a Tyde-Haven called Tochet Tochet on the west side of the entry standeth a beacon by it you must goe in or you may sound it in by the Eastershoare Southwest or southwest and by south from the poynt of Seynhead about six or seven leagues off lye many banckes a good wayes in sea you may sayle on both sides of them as well to the eastwards as to the westwards into the Fosse of Caen Fosse of Caen. which lyeth in most south and lyeth in a Baye At the west side lyeth a chindle where men may ride within it it is wyde and broade and sandy strand the East land is sand-hills and farre flat in sixe seven fathom there men may goe in sounding with the sounding Pole From Seynhead to Cape de Barfleur or Cape de Schierborough Cape Schierborough the course is West and by north nineteene leagues About foure leagues to the eastwards of it lye the Islands of Saint Marques men may sayle round about them but it is not there very cleane A league to the westwards of the Island of Saint Marcus lyeth La Honge S. Marcus La Honge a flat Tower to the westwards of it lyeth the poynt of Barfleur betwixt both is a great baye where men may lye in six or seven fathom land-lockt for a n. n. west winde A northeast winde bloweth there open in From the north-poynt or C. de Barfleur which lyeth northnorthwest from you Suncken-rock when you lye in the road lieth off a banck or little riffe yet a shippe may go over it Northeast a league and a half off from the foresayd poynt lyeth a rock under water where shippes may not goe over From C de Barfleur to Schierborough it is northwest and by west foure leagues that is a little Tyde-haven To the westwards of the poynt of Barfleur lye some foule grounds if you keepe the high land of Schierborough without the Cape de Wyck Cape de Wyck you shall not come too neare them Before Cape de Wyck is a good roade in six fathom a little to the east-wards of the two high rockes in a sand-bay Before Schierborough lye some rockes or little Islands which are cleane round about to the westwards of it lyeth a Tyde-haven called the Fosse of Moberille before it on both sides lye 4 or 5 high rocks at high water men runne through betwixt them and soo into the Haven A great league and a halfe to the westwards off it lyeth Cape de Hague Two leagues west and by north from Cape de Hague Cape de Hague lyeth the Island Aldernay or Ornay betwixt them goeth the Race of Blanckert through The Coast of England Road under the Nesse The poynt of Dongie nesse lyeth from Dover south west and by west distant 8 leagues At the east side of the Nesse in Romans Bay thwar of the Romans-Tower is a good roade for west s west windes For to anchor there runne so farte in the Bay that the poynt of the Nesse be south and south and by west from you anchor there in about 7 or 8 fathom you may alsoo anchor on the west side of the Nesse for a northeast winde soo that the poynt lye east and by north from you For to sayle in to the Camber of Rye Camber of Rye comming from the west you must keep Beachy without the poynt of Fairlee and run soo towards the Nesse and beingh come in faire by it run in without two Cables length alongst by it unto the end of the Nesse then edge up to the westwards and leave the beakons upon the starboard side untill you come before the Castle Camber that standeth upon the souther chindle there you may anchor in foure and five fathom From thence alongst even unto the Town of Rye it is all set with beacons which stand alongst by the east side of the Deep unto the Daries wich at low water fall dry In sayling unto Rye you must leave all the beacons unto the starboardside and run indifferent close alongst by them Road under the Beachy The poynt of the Nesse and Beachy lye west south west and eastnorth east distant 7 leagues Beachy is by the seven white Cleeves the best knowne land that a man can see any where To the eastwards of Beachy men may anchor for westerly windes in sixe or seven fathom soo that the poynt besouth and south and by west from you Of the Tydes and Courses of the Streames Before Callice and Blacknesse the flood falleth first one quarter to the land afterwards n. n. e. Betwixt Blackness
the west Beachy sheweth thus when you come from the west De Custen van BRETAIGNE Waer in vertoont wort alle gelegentheyt tusschen Caap de Hague en t' Eylant Heyssant The second Demonstration Where in Is decyphered the Coast of Britannie from the Island of Ornay to the Island of Ushant TWo leagues west and by north from Cape de Hague Cape de Hague lyeth the Island Aldernay or Ornay betwixt them goeth the Race of Blanckert The Race of Blanckert through Aldernay or Ornay Ornay is about three leagues long and lyeth east west The east end is cleane men may sayle reasonable close alongst by it but the west end is very foule There lye some little Islands close by the west end being passed them men may sayle towards Iarsey without any feare To the southwards of the foresayd little Islands at the west end lyeth of a ledge of rockes within it on the south side it is cleane except at the south poynt that is also foule Hee that will anchor on the south side of Ornay must be mindfull thereof anchor a little to the eastwards of the Tydehaven From the west end of Ornay lyeth a great multitude of rockes west and by north westnorthwest off three leagues into the sea Upon the outtermost and westermost end lyeth a great high rock with many other smaller rocks about it Halfe wayes betwixt this great rocke and Ornay lyeth another great rock but not soo high as the foresayd westermost from it lye off a multitude of rokes towards the outermost which fall dry at low water but at high water many lye under water These two great rockes are called by the French Les Casquettes and by the Dutch the Kiskassen and by the English the Caskets Catskets Close by the west end of Ornay towards the Caskets lye other two great ranes of rockes called the Barroches Barroches From the east point of Ornay to the east end of Garnesey about to the southwards of Ornay the course is westsouthwest 9 leagues but from the Caskets to the west end of Garnsey southwest and by south 6 leagues Road under Garnsey If you will anchor under Garnsey comming from the Caskets then runne on to the northeast poynt of Garnsey and so farr to the eastwards of it untill you get sight of the castle that standeth upon the rock on the east side of Garnsey Or if you come about to the westwards of the Caskets then goe on southeast or somewhat more southerly untill the northeast poynt of Garnsey be south and by west from you sayle then towards it till you shall come in sight of that foresayd castle upon the rocke Bring that over the south poynt of Garnsey and sayle in upon that marke betwixt the Island Arem or Harm and Garnsey untill you come by the foresayd Castle betwixt these Islands it is on both sides full of rockes where of you must take good heed especially on the larboard side towards Arem when you are come by the castle you may anchor within or without it where you please without the Castle in 12 or 13 fathom or within the Castle that is betwixt the Castle and Garnsey in six or seven fathom at low water It doth flow there six or seven fathom up and downe which men must reckon upon Under the south side of Garnsey men may ride for northwest north northeast windes If you come from the west or from the Caskets you must runne close about by the southwest poynt called C. de Gruse and alongst by the south side of the Island well halfe wayes the Island and anchor there where you think good in eighteene or nineteen fathom If the wind shift to the southwest or to the westsouthwest then you may runne about by the south poynt unto the foresayd Castle and anchor there either without or within it as here before is sayd From the aforesayd south poynt lyeth off a little ledge of rocks where of some rocks lye above some under water these you must avoyd when you sayle about by it South by west and southsouthwest about eight leagues from Garnsey lyeth a great ledge of rockes more then a league great called Rockeduves Rockeduves About 2 leagues southeast from Garnsey lyeth the Island Sarck Sarck there men may anchor round about it in five and twenty six and twenty and seven and twenty fathom From the north end lye of some Rocks where of some lye above and some under water At the south end hereof lye alsoo some rockes but all above water Betwixt Garnsey and Sarck lye two other little Islands Arck and Arem Arck and Arem or Harm there men may sayle through betwixt them The Island Iarsey from Garnsey southeast distant 7 leagues round about this Island are good roades at divers places All alongst the north side men may anchor in 10 11 fathom At the same north side somewhat within the west poynt lye some great rockes a good wayes of from the shoare called the Pater nosters Pater noster or Pierreleg At the southwest poynt lye many rockes which lye of a great wayes into the sea to the northwards of them to wit betwixt them and the westermost poynt at the west side of Iarsey men may anchor at divers place in ten eleven twelve fathom At the south side of Iarsey is also a good road for a northwest w. n. w. Windes At the east side lyeth Saint Catherines baye S. Catherines Bay there is alsoo very good roade for westerly windes The west end of Iarsey and Saint Maloes or the Island Sisember before S. Maloes lye south and by east and north and by west eight or nine leagues asunder About halfe way betwixt both right in the fareway lye a great number of high rockes together which containe in circuit in sayling about seven or eight leagues Mankies Rockes called the Mankierrs they lye farre towards Iarsey some above and many under water soo that it is not without great danger to runne through betwixt Iarsey and the Mankiers When men will sayle through the Race of Blanckaert bound for S. Maloes they run commonly through betwixt Sarck and Iarsey may alsoo sayle to the eastwards of all the Islands and shoals alongst the coast of Normandy towards S. Maloes in manner as followeth When men come a little past the C. Voorha they shall meet thwart of the Island Iarsey with three or foure high rockes called Le Beuf Le Beuf men may runne to the westwards of them and so through betwixt them and the Island Iarsey or els to the eastwards of them alongst by the mayn land even as they will towards the riffe of Mortefaim that lyeth upon the coast of Normandy southsoutheast 8 leagues from Cape de Voorha Over against or thwart of the Riffe of Mortefaim lyeth a rane of rockes lying east and west more then a league in length called Beufkin
shipping For to sayle in at the west end of Wight you must runne right in with the Needles For to sayl in at the Needles they are high sharpe Rockes as Masts lying at the West end of Wight bring then the innermost poynt of Wight or the Castle that standeth upon the chindle over against that poynt called Hus castle a little without or to the northwards of the Needles sayle in there upon untill you come to the Needles leave them then on the starboard side of you and run in within a cables length alongst by them for to avoyd the bancks which lye off from the chindle to the northwards of the Needles of the west end of Wight almost to the Needles Betwixt the bancks called the Swingels and the Needles it is not very broad and at low water 5 fathom deep When you sayle in here you must cast your tydes well The fore-flood falleth strong upon the bancks When you are then come within the Needles then edge a little more off from the shoare unto Hus Castle that standeth upon the Chindle for to avoyd some Rocks which lye alongst by the Island under water Being come within the Castle or Chindle there it is wyde broad leave two third parts of the channell on the larboard side and one third part on the starboard side sayle soo in untill you come before the village Newton anchor there in nine or ten fathom or else sayle forth if you will about the poynt of the Cowes and anchor there before the haven of Newport in tenne or twelve fathom there is the best Roade and the best lying of all the Roades in Wight The Haven or Roade before Newport lyeth from the foresayd Hus Castle upon the Chindle northeast and by east and eastnortheast about two leagues asunder From the Needles of Wight west and by south about three leagues lyeth the poynt of Saint Albons-land called Peverell poynt Peverel poynt from it lye off some little Rocks to the eastwards A little too the northwards of that poynt is a Bay called the Bay of Sandwitch Sandwitch Bay there is a good road for them that are bound to the Westwards If you will goe to ryde there comming from the westwards you may take the sounding of Saint Albons land and runne aboard the poynt in foure or five fathom at a halfe flood and you shall take no hurt of those little rocks Being gotten about the poynt edge by it up to the westwards towards Sandwitch A little to the northwards of Sandwitch in the Baye lyeth a round Hommock and thwart of it somewhat within the land standeth a mil bring that mill to the south side of the round Hommock and sayle soo in untill you come in foure or three fathom and anchor there soo deepe or shoale as you will there it is good lying for southwest winds A little league north and by east from the foresayd poynt right west from the Needles of Wight lyeth another poynt called Handfast poynt Handfast poynt to the northwards of it lyeth a litâ—â—e Towne called Studland before it is alsoo a good roade Upon the outermost part of that poynt is a hole through the land where men may see through and a little without the poynt standeth a high steepe rocke like a Mast allmost like the Needle at the west end of Wight For to come to ride before Studland Studland you must sayle about the second poynt with the hole or the steepe rocke in foure or five fathom and goe in westnorthwest towards Studland a little to the southwards of it lyeth a little valley bring that westsouthwest from you and goe towards the shoare in foure or three fathom and a halfe there is the best roade lying there you may see the foresayd hole in the poynt A league to the northwards of that foresayd poynt with the hole lyeth the haven of Poole Poole for to fayle in there comming about the foresayd second poynt with the steepe rocke you must goe on northwest or somwhat more northerly and then you shall see right a head of you a high flat hill which standeth higher then any other land thereabouts keepe that betwixt the two shoares and run in so right with it If you must turne toe and againe then spare not to use your lead and runne not further over to the westwards then that the flat hill come to the west-land soo soone as it beginneth as it were to touch it you must cast about or else you should be fast aground And after you have cast about runne not further over to the eastwards then that the foresayd high flat hill commeth even to the east sand-hill which is a high gray and sharp sand-hill lying at the East side If you keepe these foresayd markes in this manner you shall have there going in at halfe flood water enough there remaineth upon the shoalest at low water ten and eleven foote but it floweth there no more then five foot up and downe It floweth there twice in a tyde A southeast and northwest Moone maketh there full sea Also a south by east north and by west Moone once more that commeth to passe by reason of the sore-ebbe that commeth out of Wight When you come within the entry go then northnortheast on and keepe the beacons that stand on the east land on the starboard from you and runne indifferent close alongst by them The shoares are on both sides steepe and the channell is not wide without the channell it is shoale or flat This is Pilots water From the west end of Wight to the poynt of Portland Portland the course is westsouthwest eleven leagues but from Dunnose the southwest poynt of Wight west and by south thirteene leagues Road under Portland If you will goe to anchor under Portland comming from the west then come within two cables length or a shot of a cast peece about by the poynt of Portland and being come about the second poynt edge up to the westwards untill you come before the castle and anchor there in 7. 8. 9. 10. or 11. fathom soo that the poynt of Portland doe lye south and by east and southsoutheast from you there you shall lye landlockt for a south and south and by east winde With a southwest and a s s.w winde men must be very mindfull of terrible rippeling of the race of Portland which beginneth a little to the westwards of Portland and endeth a little to the westwards of S. Albons The ground in that race is also very uneven shoale sometimes seven otherwhiles ten and also fifteen fathom deepe About a league to the northwards of the road of Portland lyeth a little Towne called Waymouth Waymouth with a tyde-haven before it men may anchor in foure or five fathom Of the Tydes and Courses of the Streames At Beachy by the shoare before the seven Cleeves the flood faâ—leth east and by south the ebbe west and
and soft you can take no hurt of it although you sayled right against it The east poynt of the Cardinall and the entring off the Haven of Morbeam lye northnorthwest and s s.e one from the other Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames Without Ushant a westsouthwest and eastnortheast moone and within the Trade a southwest by west moone maketh full sea At S. Matthewes poynt a southwest and northeast Moon maketh highest water Jn the broad Sound betwixt Ushant and the Seames a w. s.w and e.n.e. moone maketh the highest water The floud falleth very strong upon Ushant and to the southwards of it through the Mullens Thwart over the Trade towards the Backovens Likewise in through the Broad Sound unto Brest Also alongst by S. Mathews point towards the Fourne or Backovens with great rippeling He that commeth sayling about Ushant must reckon thereupon In the Race of Fontenay a southwest and by south and northeast and by north moon maketh full sea The floud falleth very strong through betwixt the Keyser somwhat thwart over towards the Lavender with very great rippeling over the Calfe that is the ledge of Rocks which lyeth off from the Lavender from thence forth north and north and by west inwards to S. Mathews point With calms men must take very good heed not to be miscaried away with the current With stormy weather out of the north or south it is not without danger to come in this channell especially with an ebbe or out-fall On these coasts of Britaigne and the Islands there abouts a southwest and n.e. moon maketh the highest water but within the havens rivers indraughts bayes a s w and by w. and n.e. and by e. Moone or a poynt later according as the havens or rivers doe lye deepe in the land Men doe not reckon there any setting or running of the streames for the floud commeth through the swelling of the great Ocean right against the coasts and so runneth onely into the havens the Ebbe contrariwise goeth thwart from the shoare to seawards when it falleth soo that men cannot perceive any course off streames except it bee a little through or about some points off Islands On these lands as on all the coast off Britaigne a n. e. and southwest moon maketh high water and within the havens rivers and in-draughts a poynt or two later according as they lye far within the land On the Coastes and Islands a s w and northeast moone maketh high water within the Havens Rivers a point or two later according as they lye farre within the land Of the Depths about these places and in what depths men may see the land The Backovens or the land of the Foure men may see in 50 fathom Ushant being about s from you you may see in 50 fathom Southwest from Ushant 5 or 6 leagues off it is deepe 75 fathom and then you may see the land from the poop In the Broad Sound it is 45 fathom A little without the Seames about a league it is deepe 50 fathom Men may see the Seames and the Sheetes or Slaeplakens in 60 or 65 fathom Betwixt Ushant and the Seames in the fareway it is deepe 55 fathom Thwart of the Pennes and the Glanons men may see the land in 55 and 60 fathom Bell-Isle men may see from below in 55 but under the top in 60 fathom How these landes doe lye one from the other and from other lands From the Fourne to S. Matthewes poynt s s.e and s e and by south 4 or 5 leagues From S. Matthewes poynt to Croydon or Claesdowne e. southeast 3 leagues From S. Matthewes poynt to the Race of Fontenay or the Keyser south and by east 6 leagues From Ushant to Portland northeast 53 leagues From Ushant to the Steart northeast and by north 39 or 40 leagues From Ushant to the Lizart north 29 leagues From Ushant to Silly northwest and by north and n.n.w. 34 leagues From Ushant to Cape Cleare in Ireland northwest 78 leagues From Ushant to the Island of S. Michaels s w and by w. 360 leagues From Ushant to the Cape Finisterre southsouthwest westerly 121 leagues From Ushant to Cisarga southsouthwest 110 leagues From Ushant to Cape Prior s s.w 105 leagues From Ushant to C. de Pinas south 93 leagues From Ushant to Laredo s s.e 104 leagues When men sail away s and by east from Ushant then they run a little without the Seames From the Race of Fontenay to the Pennes southeast somewhat easterly 10 or 11 leagues From Fontenay to Oldyarne e. s.e 7 leagues From Oldyarne to the Pennes southeast and by south five leagues From the west end of the Seames to the Pennes e. s.e by east 13 leagues From the Seames to the Band or Craghe of Oleron s e and by east 68 leagues From the Seames to the Bayon in France southeast somewhat southerley 102 leagues From the Seames to S. Sebastians southeast and by south 102 leagues From the Seames to Bilbaw southsoutheast easterly 96 leagues From the Seames to Saint Andero southsoutheast 92 leagues From the Seames to Cape de Pinas or Tores south 81 leagues From the Seames to Ribadeus s by west 89. leagues From the Seames to Cape de Ortegall southsouthwest southerly 84 leagues From the Seames to C. Finisterre southwest by south southerly 112 leagues From the Seames to Silly Northnorthwest five and forty leagues From the west Pennes to the east Pennes or Glannons eastsoutheast 6 leagues From Glannons or Gloyland to Groy east and west nine or 10 leagues From the east end off Groy to the west end of Bell-Isle the course is southsoutheast 5 leagues From Glannons or Gloyland to Bell-Isle s e and by e. somewhat easterly 13 or 14 leagues From the northwest end of Bell-Isle to the southeast end the course is southeast and by east 5 leagues From the West Pennes to Bell-Isle eastsoutheast 21 leagues From the east end of Bell-Isle to the east end off the Cardinall east and by north 4 leagues From the east poynt off the Cardinall to the entring off Morbeam n.n.w. 4 leagues From the west Pennes to Viverus southsouthwest 84 leagues From the west Pennes to Sysarga southwest and by south 102 leagues From Groy to Viverus southwest and by s 90 leagues From Groy to Cape de Finisterre s w 123 leagues Heights Ushant lyeth in 48 degr 30 min. The Seames lye in 47 degr 58 min. The Island Bell-Isle lyeth in 47 degr 5 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea When Ushant is south by west from you 4 leagues it sheweth it selfe in this forme Ushant being s and by e. from you 4 leag sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth Ushant being s e. from you 4 leag Ushant being south and by east from you 3 leagues sheweth it selfe thus Ushant being east from you 2 or 3 leagues sheweth it selfe thus Fontenay Oldyarne The Pennes Thus sheweth the Sheets or Slaeplakens with the Pennes as you sayle alongst by
them and that thay are about 4 leagues thwart from you Ushant being east and by south and e. s.e 3 or 4 leagues from you sheweth it selfe in this forme Thus sheweth Ushant when it is east and by south from you foure or 5 leagues When Ushant is 4 leagues east from you it ariseth in this forme Ushant being e. n. e. and by e. from you 5 leagues ariseth thus Ushant being e. n. e. from you 2 or 3 leagues sheweth it selfe thus Ushant being e. n. e. and by e. from you so farre as you may even see it from below ariseth in this forme When Ushant is northnortheast from you it sheweth thus Ushant being n. e. by east 3 or 4 leagues from you sheweth it selfe as is here demonstrated Thus sheweth the land betwixt the Pennes and the Glannons when it is n. e. and by e. 5 or 6 leagues from you This hill is very easy to be knowne it overtoppeth in height all the land thereabouts The Pennes are then n. n. west from you 4 or 5 leagues Thus sheweth the land of Glannons when you sayle alongst by it The land to the eastwards of Gloyland or Glannons sheweth thus when you sayle alongst by it Groy being e. n. e. 5 leagues from you sheweth it selfe in this forme Groy being north e. from you sheweth it selfe in this forme Thus sheweth the w. poynt of Groy when it is three or foure leagues northeast from you Thus ariseth Bell-Isle when the n. w. end is east from you 4 leagues When Bell-Isle is northeast from you 4 leagues it sheweth thus When Groy is northnortheast from you 4 leagues it sheweth thus When the north w. poynt of Bell-Isle is east and by north from you 4 leagues and the south e. poynt is east and by south and east south e. then is sheweth thus When as you sayle towards it and you come neare the land then the peeces which lye off from the n. w. end at last come to be fast unto Bell-Isle De Custen van POICTOU XANTOIGNE En een gedeelt van Bretaigne van Boelyn tot aen de Rivier van Bourdeaux The second Demonstration Where in is Contained the Description of the Island of Boelin to the River of Bourdeaux FRom the east poynt of the Cardinall to the River of Roche Barnard the course right northeast there lyeth a little Island about halfe wayes betwixt the Cardinall and the foresayd river ot rather nearer the Cardinall then the River for when men are by the River they can but even see the foresayd little Island men runne with the foresayd course of northeast close alongst to the westwards of that little Island and shall fall a little to the northwards of the river run then within a Cables length alongst by the shoare unto it untill that the river doe open it selfe and then sayle in amids the channel give the rocks a birth that lie at the easter shoare Being come within the rocks you may anchor there or else sayle on against the shoare on the starboard side so may save ship and goods without anchor or cable if there should be such need At low water with an ordinary tyde there is about eleven and with a spring nine foot water with an ordinary tyde it floweth there about a fathom but with spring 2 fathom up and downe the entring of the river lyeth in east by south A little to the eastwards of the rivers mouth lyeth a great rock which at high water is covered Hee that commeth from the River of Nantes and is bound to Roche Barnard is not well acquainted there betwixt both let him runne so farre to seawards of the Cardinall when hee is to the westwards of the Four untill that hee run about a seaboard of that foresayd little Island lying halfe wayes betwixt the Cardinal the River of Roche Barnard then goeth he surely cleare of all the foule ground and other dangers men may sayle close alongst by it to the westwards but to the eastwards of it lye many Rockes and shoals Hee that will sayle alongst to the eastwards or to the northwards of it must leave about 2 third parts of the water to the Island and one third part towards the land so runne through betwixt them but must looke out well Betwixt the rivers of Roche Bernard and Nantes lieth Old-downes Croisill or Croswyck and Poelgem Croswyck Croswyck hath two poynts within the northwest Poynt lyeth the great village of Croswyck which hath a thick tower there is a great in draught like a haven where men may goe to anchor in five six or seven fathom to the westwards of it standeth also a flat Church upon the high land The land of Olddownes Old-downes lyeth a little to the northwards of the Church Poelgem Poelgem is a village to the eastwards of Croswyck with a high sharpe Tower About two leagues from the land southwest and by south from Croswyck and west and by southsoutherly from the e. point of Poelgem lyeth a great bank called the Four The Four which at some places falleth dry at low water and lyeth from BellIsle near about east lyeth the longest way southwest and northeast If you will sayle from Bell-Isle to the river of Nantes For to sail into the River of Nantes then goe away from the east end of the Cardinall or from the eastermost rocks that lye of from the Cardinall directly e.n.e. towards the west poynt of Croswyck for to saile a weather of the foresayd Four so long untill it begin to shoale and that the sharp tower of Poelgem commeth against the highest of the east poynt of Croswyck then you runne alongst to the northwards of the foresayd banck goe then e. s.e or according as the wind is east by south e. s.e unto the Rock with the hole called Pierre-perce Pierre-Perce but so that you come not very neare at low water the land somwhat to the westwards of Poelgem for it is not cleane alongst by it Betwixt the Four and the point of Croswyck it is in the fareway 8 9 and 10 fathom deepe From the poynt of Poelgem eastwards lye some little Islands and Rocks which are very foule come not very neare them nor the shoare thereabouts If it should happen that you should turne to windwards for at low water there falleth many of the rocks dry when you come neare the rock with the hole then run alongst to the northwards of it and run in very close by it leaving it on the starboard side of you for to avoyd the foule grounds which lye off from the poynt of Poelgem towards this rock Close alongst by this rock it is foure fathom deepe Being past this Rock with the hole then runne all alongst by the north shoare unto S. Nazare S. Nazare in three or foure fathom at low water but you must take heed of a rocky poynt somewhat to the westwards of S. Nazare
leagues From S. Martens Island to Ortegall the course is w. s.w somewhat southerly 99 leagues Heights The Island Use in 46 degrees 44 min. The north poynt of Oleron in 46 degrees 10 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Heys being southeast by south from you that a man may see it from the Compagne sheweth out of the Masse thus Heys being northeast from you sheweth thus Thus sheweth the Island Use or Heys when you sayle alongst by it being two leagues off from it Heys being e. s e. from you and that a man may see the tower from the Compagne sheweth thus you are then upon 31 fathom depth Olone Thus sheweth the Land of Poictou betwixt Heys and the Islands of S. Martens when you sayle alongst by it foure leagues a seaboard the Land This Coast lyeth southsoutheast Thus sheweth the west end of the Jsland of S. Martens This belongeth to the former figure from the w. end of S. Martens Island sheweth it selfe thus when the steeple is e. and by south from you 3 or 4 leagues of the coast lyeth here e. s e. and w. n. w. When S. Martens Island is north and by east from you it sheweth it selfe thus La fos de Loys S. Marten Abbey S. Iohn When men sayle out or in at Porthus S. Martens Island sheweth it selfe in this forme When the Tower of the Island S. Marten is e. s e. 3 leagues from you then the land sheweth thus S. Martens S. Maria. Thus sheweth the south side of S. Martens Island when the Tower or w. end is north and the e. end n. e. three or foure leagues of from you The w. poynt of Oleron or Olderdon sheweth it selfe thus when it is e. from you two great leagues Thereabouts it is twenty fathom deepe Down Downyland Olderdon or Oleron sheweth thus when as you have the trees north by the Tower which is then south e. from you When you are before Porthus about two or 3 leagues from land then doth Oleron and Olderdon arise in this forme Caarte Vande Rivier van Bourdeaux tot aen Bayone en voorts aen Coninx rede The land betwixt Olderdon and the river of Bourdeaux sheweth when men sayle alongst by it as it pourtrayed in these 5 following figures the letters of one sort belong one to the other as AA BB CC DD. The Island Olderdon Sales Thus sheweth Sales when it is east and by north from you being about a league without the land High sand-hill Cordan The third Demonstration Which Containeth the Description of the River of Bourdeaux to S. Sebastiaen or Coninx reede FRom the Band or Crage off Oleron to the Tower of Cordan or the Poâ—e-head or the mouth off the River off Bourdeaux called the Garrone the land lyeth south s east and s and by e. 13 leagues To the northwardes of the mouth of the river of Bourdeaux lye five or six high white Sand-hills but to the southwards off it it is somewhat low land blacke little Sandhilles being growne with spiry grasse From the Tower of Cordan off to the northwards towards the high Sand-Hills which lye upon the north land lieth a sand-bancke called the Piper Piper men may sound alongst by it on the west side in seven fathom but upon the northend it is very steepe and not farre off it is twenty fathom deep From the north-point off the River runneth off to the southwards a sand called the norther Asses and to the southwards of it lyeth another sand called the souther Asses Norther souther Asses through betwixt them both also alongst to the southwards of them men sayle into the River If you will sayle into the River comming from the northwards then you may run alongst by the shoale in 12 and 13 fathom untill that the tower of Cordan stand southeast by east from you runne then right in with it through betwixt the norther and souther Asses untill that the high white sandhil upon the north point of the river stand northnortheast from you men may so comming from the northwards runne in also about by the norther Asses by your lead untill that the Tower come to be southsoutheast and southeast and by south from you then goe towards the Tower and when the foresayd high sand-hil come to be northnortheast or northeast and by north from you sayle then right in with it untill that you have the sounding of the land run then in alongst by it towards Messie that is the point where all the mils stand When you shall saile thus towards the high sand-hill and that the Tower of Soulack commeth a great fathom to the northwards of the Tower of Cordan and the little mill of Royan Royan then are you also past the Piper may run in right east without feare towards Royan but you must reckon well your tyde for the flood falleth thwart over the Asses towards the Tower off Cordan and the ebbe in the contrary In this foresaid channell through betwixt the Asses remaineth at low water 3 fathom water upon the shoals For to sayl into the river alongst to the southwards of the Asses comming from the northwards that is the best channell you must do thus Bring the Tower of Soulacke east from you or somewhat more northerly and sayle in so right with it untill the tower of Cordan be north and by east and north north east from you Royan shall then stand north east from you or else if you come from the southwards then bring the tower of Cordan north and by east and north n.e. from you and sayle in so right with it untill Soulack come to be east from you Royan shall then stand n. e. from you sayle then right towards it comming near it sayle to the point of Messie When you are now within the Rivers mouth and come right against the point of Messie that is the point where the Mills stand upon then edge over towards the broken Castle called Chastillion Chastillion south east and by south that is eight leagues from Messie and then forth in alongst by the south land south east in unto Pouliack Pouliacâ— which is two great leagues In the fareway betwixt the Piper and the poynt with the Mills or Messie it is 10 11 and 12 fathom deepe but out of the fare-way either on the north side or south side it is shoaly to wit five six seven and eight fathom you must runne alongst close by the point of Messie there it is 22 fathom deep When as that Royan commeth to the west poynt where upon the mills stand keep it so standing and go away south east and by south towards Chastillion it is in this fareway almost all alongst 5 fathom deep but comming near the north or south side it is shoaly and at the nortst side it is full of sands where also men may well sayle through that are acquainted From Chastillion to Pouliack Pouliack it is
Ortegall lyeth a great rane off rocks betwixt them and the foresayd Cape men may sayle through in ten fathom From the Cape Ortegall to the C. Prior the course is southwest ten leagues betwixt them both lyeth a Towne called Sedaira by the Dutch Shippers called Siverus Siverus which hath a deepe haven lying in southeast The north side off the haven is rocky and fowle which you must avoyd and run close in by the westland which is a high land alongst by it is 12 fathom deepe within the havens mouth it is ten fathom deepe you may sayl in untill you come before the towne and anchor there in 6 or 7 fathom Five leagues to the westwardes of Sedeira lyeth the C de Prior C. Prior. which is a very ragged hill to see to a far off as if it where full of people Three leagues from the Cape de Prior lyeth the haven of Ferroll betwixt them both lye two little sand-bayes tâ—e southermost where in stand some little white houses is the greatest and lyeth a little to the northwardes of the north poynt off Ferroll when you come neere the Baye the haven beginneth to open it selfe it lyeth e.n.e. and e. by n. in amids the channell betwixt two high lands when you come in you must presently edge up to the northwardes by the north poynt and anchor there a little to the westwardes of the village it is flat and rocky ground When you come from the west or from the Groyne and will sayle into the haven of Feroll For to saile into Ferol from the southward then goe away from the little Island S. Blasius north and north and by west and run a good wayes about without the south poynt of Feroll which is very fowle and rocky untill that you see the haven open goe then yet so farre to the northwards of the southwards of the south poynt untill that the haven doe shut againe and run then right in with the foresayd greatest sand-bay where in stand the two or three little white houses to the northwards off the haven untill that you bee within the south poynt and the fowle grounds which lye off from it sayle then right to the north poynt of the haven alongst by it towards the south side untill that haven doe open it selfe againe and runne then as before alongst in the middest of the channell This haven is so narrow in the comming in that you may cast a stone upon the land on both sides and in that narrow it is 20 fathom deepe When you are in the havens mouth you may see through betwixt the Island Sisarga and the maine land to the s wards of it To sayle from Feroll to the Groyne For to sayle into the Groyne the course is south and south and by west 3 leagues when you come neere the westland you must give it a birth at least of foure or five Cables lengths because it is not very cleane When you come by the poynt where the Castle standeth upon you shall see then also a little Island with a little house upon it you may sayle alongst by it within a halfe cables length and runne about by it up to the westwardes untill you come before the Fisher village and anchor there in sixe seven or eight fathom From Cape de Prior to the Groyne the course is south and south and by west five leagues Eastnortheast from the foresayd Island where the Castle standeth upon goeth in a Sound southeast five or sixe leagues within the land to Bitanze Haven of Bitanze where you may anchor on the west side under a row of rocks in 10 or 12 fathon alâ—o you may sayle so deepe in that you can see no sea To the northwards of that Sound over against the poynt of the Groyne lyeth also an other haven or Sound called Ponte de Mas Ponte de Mas. on the north side lieth a row of rockes where men run alongst to the southwardes of them men may also sayle there so deepe in that they can see no sea A good wayes within lyeth a great bridge over the river He that commeth from the west off from the Island Cisarga is bound into the Groyne must give the north point or the west poynt of the Groyne where the tower standeth a birth of 4 or 5 cables lengths as before is sayd which point is rocky and fowle farre from the shoare and run then eastsoutheast and southeast about by the poynt and afterwardes s s.e unto the little Island with the Castle and about by it as is before sayd The little Island Cisarga Island Cisarga of the Dutchmen called Cesarie is fowle round about lyeth from the poynt of the Groyne due east and west distant 7 or 8 leagues from the haven of Feroll west and by south from the C. Prior w. s.w and southwest and by west and from the C. de Ortegall southwest and southwest and by west 18 or 19 leagues From the Island Cisarga south and by west and s s west lyeth Queres Queres a good haven also for great ships the west shoare is cleane but the east shoare is fowle therefore men must sayle alongst by the west shoare when they are betwixt the two lands then they must goe in amids the channell unto the poynt and then run up to the westwardes a great halfe league in and anchor there in 7 8 and nine fathom From the Island Cisarga southwest and by west and w. s.west 12 leagues lyeth the east point of Monsie called Cabo de Bylem C. de Bylem which is a high steepe poynt with many ragged rocks lying of loose from the land where of the greatest being like a tower doth shew it selfe black and is called the Munck There lyeth also a great rane off rockes right before the haven or sound of Monsie southwest and by south from the Munck at least two or three cables lengths long but the innermost end of it lyeth from the Monck south and by west When men fal with the land of Monsie it is all double land about the Cape de Finesterre lyeth a high white sand lying in within the land sand-bay Also men may see comming about the C. de Finisterre a ragged hill which runneth alongst so farre to the southwards that men may see it before the Mores Caarte Vande custen van Galissien tusschen 't Eylant van S. Ciprian en Camina He that is bound in for Monsie Mâ—â—s e. comming from Cisarga must goe in close alongst by the C. de Bylem or Bellem this poynt is altogether a ragged high sharpe land of steep rocks as before is sayd and when you are by that poynt then you must keep the Cape de Coriane a shipps length without the C. de Koto soo long untill that the Church of S. Maria come without the poynt of Monsie run then in at the easter channell s s.e upon these markes untill you be past the
southwards of therefore goe in eastnortheast alongst by south-land untill that you see the flat tower which standeth upon the south-land and then you must run over a banck right on with the poynt of Ponte Vedra within it lyeth the towne twhart off the flat tower men may anchor in 8 or 9 fathom This haven is at some places foure fathom deepe Five leagues to the s wards of the Islands of Blydones lye the Islands of Bayone Islands of Bayone when men come in out of the sea right with them then these Islands doe seeme to be all gray and black rockes and lye to see to as if they were three Islands although that the sea doe run through them but at one place betwixt each is a saddle or valley Within the land alongst over these Islands men shall see two high hills very easy to bee known the eastermost hath three high hommocks and the westermost two with valleys betwixt the hommocks a little to the eastwards off the eastermost hill men shall see a white Abbey stand against the high land whereby this land is very easy to bee knowne You may sayle within these Islands of Bayone either to the northwards For to sayle into Bayone From the northwards or to the southwards but at the north e. poynt of the Islands lyeth a rocke under water about a cables length off from them where of you must take heed anchor in 10 11 or 12 fathom on the east side of the Islands Hee that will sayle in to the northwards must run in betwixt the Islands and the maine land keeping neere about the middle off the channell but neerest to the Islands untill that the Sound off Vigo or Cannas bee open and then sayle in to the eastwards there is a broad Sound where men may anchor on both sides to wit on the south side before Vigo Vigo and on the north side before Cannas Cannas in twelve or thirteene fathom Also men may sayle further in about the south poynt of Rondella where men may save a shippe in the oaze without anchor or cables At the point of Vigo lyeth a little Island he that commeth in to the northwards of the Islands and is bound in for Bayone may sayle through betwixt that little Island and the point Vigo right in with Bayone to wit aâ—â—â—â—st a little to the westwards of the poynt untill hee â—â—me before the towne and anchor there in 4 5 or 6 fathom Betwixt that foresayd little Island and the poynt of Vigo it is at high water 4 fathom and a halfe at low water three fathom and a halfe deepe men must sayling through there give the poynt off Vigo a birth because of some suncken rocks that lye off from it When as men lye in the roade before Bayone in 5 or 6 fathom they may see the Islands of Blydones through betwixt the foresayd poynt of Vigo and that little Island From that same little Island lyeth to the westwards another little Island or rocke betwixt them both it is fowle so that men cannot sayle through betwixt them and from that westermost little Island lyeth a fowle riffe ot ledge of rockes s w off towards the point of the land off Bayone where of men must take very good heed whether you come from the n. wards will sayle through betwixt that riffe the Islands off Bayone or els come in from the s wards betwixt the Islands and the maine and will goe in for Bayone That riffe lyeth at low water in many places dry the outermost rockes thereof and the poynt of Bayone where the Castle standeth upon lye southeast and southeast and by east and northwest and northwest and by west an English mile asunder therefore he that commeth from the northwards and will goe into Bayone to the westwards off that riffe that is betwixt the riffe â—nd the Islands let him goe so long to the southwards 〈◊〉 that the Castle of Bayone come to be e. s.e and 〈…〉 by south from him and saile then towards it 〈◊〉 then he shal run farre enough alongst to the southwards of it At the south end of the Island of Bayone lyeth a great rock with a deale of small rockes round about it men may sayle very close alongst by them but at high water the outermost rocks lye under water where of men musâ— be mindfull close by the rocks it is 20 and 25 and 26 fathom deepe From the poynt of the maine land over against the south end of the Islands runneth off a ledge of rocks whereupon it breaketh very much when the sea is grown where of also men must take heed When you come from the southwards or out of the sea and will sayle in for Bayone about to the southwards of the Islands with a southerly or southwest winde then run right with the south poynt of the outermost land of Bayone Island of Bayone untill you come neere about a halfe league of the land and theÌ„ alongst by the shoare unto the outer point on the south side of the comming into the Bay where that foresayd riffe runneth of which lyeth off low give that riffe a birth and run in betwixt it and the foresayd rockes at the end of the Islands northeast or eastnortheast in according as you shall come in out of the sea leaving the riffe on starboard and the rockes with the Islands on the larboard side untill that you come to the end or to the n. wards of the riffe the north end or the outtermost poynt of that riffe at the s poynt and the poynt Bayone where the Castle standeth upon lye nearest e. and by north and w. and by south a little league asunder When as then you have the foresayd riffe on the south side upon your broad side or els are too the northwardes of it and that the Castle doe stand east or thereabouts from you goe then right in with the Castle leaving that foresayd other riffe which lyeth off southwest from the little Islands at the poynt of Vigo on the larboard side of you If you bring the poynt of the Castle not to the southwardes of e. s e. then you cannot take any hurt of the northermost riffe The outer rocks of that northermost riffe which shooteth off from the two foresayd little Islands and the riffe which shooteth off from the south poynt of the land of Bayone where men must sayle through betwixt lye one from the other southwest and southwest and by south and northeast and northeast and by north about an English mile asunder When you come neere the Castle then come not very neere the shoare which is not very cleane and when as then you come thwart of the innermost poynt of the Castle before that you begin to see the Towne of Bayone from behind the poynt you must looke well out before you for from that same innermost poynt and from the Castle there lyeth off a suncken rock about halfe a cables
sail intâ— the road of Tercera let him run faire by the land off the east poynt and alongst by it unto the 2 little Islands called the Ilheos which lye a little to the eastwards of the road about a bow shot one from the other Men may run alongst to the southwards off these Islands or to the northwards of them as they will and also betwixt them both Betwixt these little Islands and the maine land of Tercera it is a great cannon shot broad and 15 and 16 fathom deepe through betwixt the little Island it is 5 and 6 fathom deepe cleane sand-ground Somewhat to seawards of these little Islands lie 3 or 4 rockes above water called Los Frayles Lâ—â— Frayâ—es Being past these foresayd little Islands you must sayle to the westwards untill that you come neare to the foresaid point of Brasill a little to the eastwards of it you must anchor before the town of Angra in 10 or 12 fathom or else men lay their sea-anchor commonly in 16 and their smaller anchor towards the land in 8 or 9 fathom Men lye there landlockt for a s w and n.e. and also for an e.n. e. winde but a s e winde bloweth there flat open in On the w. side of the point of Brazill is also a great sandy Bay for to anchor in Before a village called S. Martin Three leagues to the eastwards of the Towne Angra lieth a bight called Porto Judeo there the Spaniards landed with their forces when they tooke in the Island from the Portingals He that will sayle from Tercera to Fayall let him set his course w. s.w to the E. point of S. Georges which is from thence ten leag asunder Further betwixt the Pico S. Georges through to Fayall are 16 leagues it lyeth most w.n.w. through betwixt them the Island Fayall lyeth to the westwards of the Island of the Pico a great league asunder off from it He that will anchor in the Road of Fayall let him anchor right before the Village of Fayall in 14 or 15 fathom there is sandground but there goeth a hard tide of flood and ebbe On the s w end of the Island Fayall lieth a little haven for to sayle in there you must run in by the s w point so long about by the shoare untill that you see the haven open saile alongst about by the s w point untill that you come in the narrow betâ—â—xt the rocks which lye of from the w. side so soone as you come within the rockes let presently your anchor fall in 5 fathom bring your hawsers on the e. side on land fast to the pales which are there made for the purpose the haven is little so that men may lie in it with no more then with 4 or 5 ships Further in it is shoale water Of the tydes courses of the streames On the foresayd coasts maketh high water a s s.w s w. and by s moon Courses Distances From C. Spartel to C. Cantin it is southwest southerly 85 leagues From C. Spartel to Madera west by south and w. s w. 200 leagues From C. Cantin to Madera west 130 leagues From C. Cantin to S. Vincent north 90 leagues From C. Cantin to Teneriffe s w by w. 148 leag From C. Cantin to C. de Geer s s w. 50 or 52 leagues From C. de Geer to C. de Non s s w. and south by west 27 leagues From C. de Geer to the point of S. Cruz s e 5 leagues From C. de Non to Ossin south 13 leagues From C de Non to C. de Bajador s w by w. 69 leag From C. de Geer to C. de Bajador s w somewhat westerly 110 leagues From Saffia to Madera and e. and w. 130 leagues Erom C. de Geer to Madera w.n.w. 123 leagues From S. Michiels to Tercera n.w. by w. 34 leagues From Tercera to the east end of S. Georges westsouthw 10 leagues From the east end of S. Georges to Fayall westnorthwest 16 leagues From Saint Michaels to the C. de Finisterre eastnortheast 247 leagues From Tercera to Roxent or the River of Lisbon e. at least 267 leagues From Tercera to C. de Finisterre eastnorth e. e. by n. 280 leageus From Tercera to the Lizart n. e. by e. 287 leagues Heights Masagam lyeth in 32 degr 46 min. C. de Cantin lieth in 32 degr 32 min. The land Mogodor in 31 degr 18 min. C. de Geer in 30 degr 10 min. C. de Non in 28 degr 32 min. C. de Bajador in 26 degr 10 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Casa Cavalgero Thus sheweth the land betwixt Masagam and C. Cantin Thus sheweth it selfe Casa Cavalgero when it is south from you 6 leagues When the northerne Corner of Saffia is southsoutheast from you 4 leagues it sheweth in this forme When C. Cantin is northeast and by east 6 leagues and the poynt of Saffia eastsoutheast foure leagues from you then they shew themselves thus Thus sheweth the land to the southwards of the south poynt of the Bay of Saffia when it is eastsoutheast 3 leagues from you Mogodor When you are westnorthwest or thwart off from Mogodor 3 leagues then sheweth it selfe thus It is a high and double land C. Taffelana When the Cape de Taffelana is northnortheast 3 leagues from you the land sheweth thus unto Cape de Geer C. de Geer When the C. de Geer is northnorthwest 3 leagues from you it sheweth thus and when the Bay is east and by south from you the land is with sand-hils Thus sheweth the Island Saint Michaels on the north side Thus sheweth the Island of Tercera when it lyeth e. and by s about 7 leagues from you When Tercera is 4 or 5 leagues from you then it ariseth thus the west end of this Island Tercera is higher then the east end thereby it is indifferent easy to be knowne Thus sheweth Tercera on the north side Brefil Road before Angera Little Islands Thus sheweth the Tercera on the south side when you sayle alongst by it Thus sheweth the Island S. George when it lyeth southsouthwest 7 leagues When the west end of S. Georges is south and by east and the east end southeast from you it sheweth it selfe thus being eight or nine leagues of from you When the Island Pico is southeast from you it sheweth it selfe thus the high Pieck you may see about 40 leagues of from it at sea The Island Fayal sheweth it selfe thus when it is south from you 8 or 9 leagues When the Island Gratios a lyeth westsouthwest 4 leagues from you then it ariseth in this forme Caarte Voor een gedeelte der Canarise Eylanden al 's Canaria Tenerifa Forteventura etc. De tyhavens Porto de Naos en Porto de Cavallos aen de Zuydoostzyde van Lacerota The second Demonstration In Which Are to be seene the Canary Islands THe chiefest Islands of the Canaries are 7 in number Lancerota Forteventura
When the Pico of Teneriffe is westsouthwest from you then are you open before this road of S. Cruz and when you lye in the road of S. Cruz you may see the Island of great Canaries southeast from you about 13 leagues On the northwest side of Teneriffe lieth the road of Garrichica from the northeast point Punte de Nago westsouthwest and southwest by west eight or nine leagues He that will anchor before Garrichica let him anchor to the westwards of the rock with the crosse called the Lion so that the foresayd rock do lie southeast and by east and southeast from him then he shall lie right before the towne and may see right into the street of the town through the Cloister of S. Dominicus there is clean ground in 36 or 40 fathom the Pieck lieth then over the w. side off the town nearer to the land or to the rock then in 35 or 36 fathom it is not cleane westwards towards the riffe Lapania it is also foule ground This is a dangerous road therefore every one that commeth here must be very carefull to have their anchors cables and sailes very preedy and ready for to shift roads as soon as it beginneth to be a storme There is also a little haven before Garrichica where men may lie with a few ships For to sayle in there you must have a Pilot. On the west side of the havens mouth lieth a rock under water but the sea breaketh alwayes upon it you may anchor within in the haven in five or six fathom and must bring two anchors out a head to seawards with a cable on the rocks and an anchor out a stearn on the land so that the ships cannot wend too and again the ground is there foule you must buye up your cables with buyes and cask for to keep them from the ground This is a good haven in Summer then it is commonly good weather but in the winter it is not good to com in there with a ship for the grown sea out of the n. west commeth running in there sometimes so forcible and strong that it is not possible to hold a ship although she had to anchors out It hath hapned certain years past that there was lost in the same haven a great many ships and a great many houses of the same towne washed away with the great water Betwixt Garrichica and the east end of Teneriffe are three lading places more for to lade wine at as Maramela Relecho and Oratama At the southwest end of Teneriffe lieth also another little haven or Bay where is much wines laden called Adessa there is also good lying except it be with a s w winde which bloweth there open in From Teneriffe to the Island la Palma the course is westnorthwest twenty leagues On the southeast side la Palma lieth a faire Bay with a town and lade-place called S. Cruz. He that commeth from the northwards and desireth to anchor in the road let him run so far in the Bay untill he be to the southwards or past the head or the bridge and anchor there in 25 or 30 fathom In winter time men must not anchor so near the strand because of the southeast or southsoutheast windes for then they should lie too near the strand Men lye there moored with two anchors for the sea winde with a small anchor out a stearn for to keep the ship right in the road there lyeth to the eastwards of the towne a high white rock with a crosse there is the best road A little to the northwards of the town is a faire sand-bay there is good anchoring in 20 30 or 35 fathom according as men will lye far off the Road is called the Rammell road When men lie in the road of Palma they may see the Pieck of Teneriffe lie eastsoutheast from them The Island Palma is very high and full of trees whereby it is easy to bee known On the southwest side of la Palma is another place where men lade wines called Tassa Corda About 5 leagues west from the west end of Teneriffe lieth the Island Gomera which hath on the n. e. side a good haven of 10 fathom deep where is good lying almost for all windes better then in any of the other Islands but there is nothing to lade Men may alsoo anchor without before the haven in 20 fathom but they must shift roads there as at Garrichica The road of Adessa in Teneriffe lieth right over against it east off from it about 5 leagues The road of Palma lyeth from this haven in Gomera northwest and by north 16 leagues The Island Ferro lieth from the Island Palma south and by west distant 13 leagues Of the Tydes On the Islands of the Canaries maketh at the most places the natural tyde to wit a southwest and northeast Moone the highest water Of the Courses of the Sunne From the west point of Forteventura to the Island of great Canaries east and west 19 or 20 leagues From the north poynt of the Canaries to Punte de Nago the northeast point of Teneriffe westn w 21 leagues From Punte de Nago to Garrichica westsouthwest and southwest and by west 8 or 9 leagues From Teneriffe to Isle de Palma w.n.w. 18 leagues From the west end of Teneriffe to Gomera w. 5 leagues From the Palma to Ferro south and by west 13 leagues From great Canaries to Salvages northn w 40 leagues From Garrichica to Salvages northnortheast and north and by east 30 leagues From Teneriffe to the Isle de Madera north 72 leagues From great Canaries to the east end of Madera north by west 85 leagues From la Palma to Madera north and by e. 60 leagues From Salvages to the Serters of Madera n. 46 leagues The outermost of the Serters lyeth from Madera 4 leagues From Madera to S. Michaels n. w. 136 leagues From the west end of Forteventura to the C. de Bajador south and south and by west 20 leagues From Lancerota to the Cape S. Vincent northnortheast 180 leagues From great Canaries to Cales northeast 240 leagues From great Canaries to the C. S. Vincent northeast and by north 210 leagues From great Canaries to Roxent northnortheast somewhat easterly 240 leagues From great Canaries to C. de Finisterre northnortheast somewhat northerly 307 leagues From Teneriffe to the Lizart northnortheast distant 467 leagues From the Palma to Cape S. Vincent n.e. 224 leagues From Madera to Cape de Geer eastsoutheast 128 leag From Madera to Saffia east 130 leagues From Madera to Cales eastnortheast 200 leagues From Madera to Roxent northeast 178 leagues From Madera to the C. Finisterre northeast by north somewhat northerly 245 leagues Heights The Island Lancerota lieth in 28 degrees 35 minutes The north end of the great Canaries lieth in 28 degrees 14 minutes The north end of the Teneriffe in 28 degrees 40 minutes Isle de Palma in 28 degrees 10 minutes Salvages in 30 degrees The southermost part of Madera in 32 degrees But the northermost in 32 degrees 30 minutes Porto Santo in 33 degrees How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Hil with the Mizen Thus sheweth the south-coast of Forteventura when the hill with the white Mizen is northwest and by north about a-league from you Thus sheweth the northwest side of great Canaries Thus sheweth Teneriffe when the Pico is westsouthwest from you and then you are open before the Roade of Saint Cruz. Thus sheweth Teneriffe when the Pico is southeast from you and then are you open before the Roade of Garrichica When la Palma is about east from you 16 or 17 leagues then it ariseth thus When Porto Santo is s and by w. from you about 9 leag then it sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth the Island Palma being south and south and by east nine or ten leagues from you Thus sheweth the Island Palma being southwest by south 4 or 5 leagues from you When Salvages is eastsoutheast five leagues from you it sheweth it selfe thus When Salvages is eastsoutheast five leagues from you it ariseth thus When Porto Sancto is about south 5 or 6 leagues from you then sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth the Island Madera when you come from the northwards that the middest of the Island is 10 or 12 leagues from you the southeast end is very ragged when you are neere by it the northwest end is a steep point going sloping downe Thus sheweth the Island Madera being southwest from you When Madera is westsouthwest from you 13 leagues it ariseth thus When Madera is south from you 16 leagues it sheweth it selfe thus FINIS
the world right over our heads and crosse wise through the Equinoctiall and to cut right through the Horizon North and South The Sun touching this Circle is at the highest and then it is just noone or the middle time of the day and likewise the stars when they come upon this Circle they are like the Sun at the highest of the Horizon and right South and as soone as they have past it they begin to goe downeward againe The 21 Point Of the height of the Sunne or Starres and what it is THe height of the sunne or Starres is nothing else but the distance or space that is between the Horizon and the Sun or Starre it selfe which to understand perfectly you must make that we suppose a point or prick to be right above our heads in the Heavens that is equally distant from the Horizon in all places which point is called the Zenith or the head point now seeing that the whole circuit of the heavens containeth 360 degrees and that the just halfe thereof is seen above the Horizon it is certaine that this point called the Zenith in all places is above the Horizon 90 degr whether you turn cast west north or south or any other way now when the Sun riseth above the Horizon and ascendeth higher and higher from it and commeth toward this point or Zenith we say that as many degrees as it ascended from the Horizon towards the aforesaid point or Zenith that the same is the height thereof as by example when he is risen halfe up from the Horizon towards the Zenith then he is 45 degrees and if he be risen a third part from the Horizon then he is 30 degr high and so forth the like is also to be understood of the height of the Stars The 22 Point How to measure or find the height of the Sun or of the Starres TO find the height the Mathematicians have devised divers fit Instruments whereof there are two that are most used at sea which are the Astrolabium and the common Crosse-staffe the use of the Astrolabium is plaine and well known unto all men for holding the instrument by the ring let the Sun shine through the holes of the eares the uttermost part of the Diall counting from below upwards sheweth how many degrees the Sun is risen above the Horizon as the former figure plainly sheweth The Crosse-staffe is used thus you must place the end of the Staffe underneath the eye then you must remove the Crosse too and fro untill the upper end of the Crosse standeth even upon halfe the Sun or Star and the under end just with the Horizon and then the Crosse will shew you upon the staffe how many degrees they are in height so you account after those numbers whereof ninety stand that the end of the staffe that is next to your eye the computation going backward from the other end of the staffe for otherwise if you reckon by those numbers that proceed forward from the end next your eye then it will shew you how many degrees the Sun or Star standeth from the Zenith or Head point of the Horizon as you may see by the figure ensuing The 23 Point How you must make a perfect Crosse-staffe and how you shall marke it THe Crosse staves are oftentimes made the one after the other by imitation or patterns and that many times without judgement or knowledge whether the pattern bee good or not whereof notwithstanding a man ought to bee very certaine for it is a matter of great importance and therfore I have here set downe two severall wayes easie to be understood how to make the same exquisitely and perfectly upon good reason good ground Make an even smooth board and paste good paper upon it then draw a strait line upon one edge or side thereof as you see in this figure a â—ine marked C A D then marke another line as you see it marked B C that B C A bee a right and just halfe square then take a good paire of Compasses and set one foot thereof in the angle marked C and compas therewith as you see B E A so that A E B may bee a right quadrant or fourth part of a Circle then devide it into two parts to E and then devide the other halfe which is A E into 90 parts or degrees as thus first devide it into 3 parts and then devide each 3 parts again into 3 and then it wil be divided into 9 parts which done devide each of them into two parts and those divisions or parts divide into 5 parts and then it will bee divided into 90 parts then take a straight line and lay the one end thereof upon the Center C and so forth upon every severall point which you have divided in the Quadrant and then draw lines from the Center C through all the foresaid points as long as the board will containe them as you may see in this figure which done then your instrument is fully made and prepared to marke your staves there upon Which to doe with your compasses take just the half length of your Crosse and set the one foot thereof in the Center and put the other at F and doe the like from D right to G which two points or pricks draw with a straight line unto each other as you see in the line F and G and then mark where the line F G is cut through by the lines that come out of the Center through the degrees or points of the quadrant for those cuttings through shew upon the said line the right marking of your Crosse-staffe that is you must marke your Staffe just as you see that these lines in F G are marked by the lines that come out of the center and passe through it whether the Crosse bee long or short you must follow the same order that you are taught in the figure the line H I is drawne for a shorter Crosse then the former and K L for one that is shorter then that viz whos 's halfe is just so long as the Line C K. The second manner of Framing your Crosse-staffe much excelleth the ftrst in perfection and curiosity so you divide it perfectly with your Compasses which is done in this manner Upon an hard even board which is pasted with paper draw a straight line as long as your staffe is and with point compasse take the just halfe or the length of your Crosse whereunto you mean to mark your staffe and prick it many times along in the said line as you can divide each of the said lengths into 11000 equall parts then look upon the table here after insuing which shewed you how many of those points or parts you shall marke for each degree and that you must doe in manner following from the end of the staffe which you will make the eye-end pricke just the halfe length of the Crosse and there make a Crosse stroke from whence prick for every degree so many
leagues From the Flye to Hitland the course is n.w. by north somewhat northerly 156 leagues From the Flye to Fairehill northwest by north about 151 leagues From the Flye to Scuytenes the course is north by w. somewhat northerly 106 leagues How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth the Schelling when you saile alongst by it about two leagues from the Land Thus sheweth Flyeland when you are two leagues thwart off from it Ameland sheweth it selfe thus when you are two leagues thwart off from it The second Demonstration Where in The Scholbalgh Lauwers both the Eemses the Weser the Elve the Eyder and other channels of the Sea betweene them SChiermonck-oogh Schiermonck-oogh lyeth from the east end of Ameland east somewhat northerly 3 leagues it is a little low plaine Island about 2 leagues long there standeth no speciall thing upon it to bee knowne but upon the west end two capes with a white sand-hill otherwise it is all with lowe blackish sand-hils or hommocks but higher then upon the east end and mingled with white the east end is a long flat strand with little low rough sand-hills When you bring the two capes upon the west end one in the other and runne so in you shall finde the outermost buye which lyeth without the channell at sea in 7 fathom or there abouts Sometimes there lye two and sometimes three buyes in the channell which you must leave on the starboardside and runne alongst to the eastwards of them being come within the channell you shall find also beacons on the w. shoare which you must follow all along untill you come to Ostmerhorn where you may anchor The lying in and depths of that channell do alter and shift oftentimes and sometimes much within a short time so that there is no certaintie to be written off it where unto men might trust Foure leagues to the eastwards of Schiermonckoogh lyeth the Island Rottum Rottum and betwixt them the little Island the Bosch A few yeares past through setting off spyrie grasse or heath there was grown two or three handsome sand-hils but are now againe altogether blowne away and altered into a plaine flat strande which the sea at high flouds doth altogether runne over Betwixt these Islands the Bosch Schiermonckoogh was wont to goe in a channell of indifferent depth called the Lawers which is now most cast too by the foresayd strand of the Bosch which is grown in all alongst unto the oogh so that there is no more remaining then a narrow shoale creek To the eastwards of the Bosch goeth in the Schille also an altering uncertain channell which is sometimes deepe and sometimes againe shoale and the channell shifteth too and againe so that there is no certaintie to be written of it whereunto men might trust The Island Rottum is a little Island about a league half long and very easy to be knowne the west end is high and steep the rest is low land with some little sand-hills Upon the east end stand two capes the greatest or the runner standeth upon the e. end upon the flat strand the smallest on the south side of the sand-hill There stand also two houses upon it the one upon the west end the other in the middst of the Island in a valley Borckum Borckum is also an Island easy to be knowne two great leagues long it ariseth commonly when you come in out of the sea in three parts as if it were three Islands when you come from the westwards it sheweth it self in foure parts for with high flouds the water runneth through in 3 places The Wor. Counsell of Embden hath caused to be set upon the west end a high thick steeple which men may see far off at sea on the west side of that steeple standeth a little low church From the west end of Borckum shooteth off a riffe a great wayes into sea called Burckum riffe To the southwards of it to witt betwixt Borckum Rottum goeth in the wester-Eems which is the verie best channell that lyeth in all this coast The Old or westerne Eems Bring the Capes upon Rottum together and they shall then stand southeast and somewhat more easterly if you come out of the sea sayle resolutely upon them then shall you find the outermost Buy then shall you have the Tower of Borckum e. and more southerly from you the west end of Rottum southeast by south lyes upon the tayle of Geltsacks plate Geltsacks-plate there is a white buy with a little flagge lyeth upon 6 fathom with low water and is marked in the Card with the letter a. From the first to the second the course is southeast by south is marked with letter b and is the first black buy upon 7 fathom on the south shoare let this buy in your sayling in lye on your starboard and the white on your larboard then have you from this foresayd black buy the tower upon Borckum east the Capes upon Rottum southeast by e. from you from the first black buy to the second third and fourth buy marked with the letters c d e your course is east and by south Comming from the w. neere the Lauwers or Bossandt keepe the stroake of the shoare upon 5 fathom till you are past it sayle then freely eastwards on so shall you run within through Geltsack plate in five foure and three fathom afterwards on eight fathom and soo come by the fourth blacke buy which lyeth in foure fathom Pascaarte vande EEMSEN Al 's de oude ofte wester Eems en de ooster Eems Pascaarte van't VLIE Al 's mede een gedeelt van't Amelander gat PascaerteVande EEMS ELVE Weser Eyder en de Hever al 's mede hoe die selvighe gaten van Heylighe landt gelegen syn The Borckummer riffe Borckummer riffe commeth on from without and is flatt on the end when as the Capes upon Rottum stand southeast off then come you over the riffe and shall come upon the tayle of the riff with low water with lesse then 7 dutch ells depth of water for it is flatte and broad on the inner side it is very high and steep and shootes with a brest inwards but you may cast your lead well upon it From the fourth buy till within the bending of Rottum the course is eastsoutheast is marked with f and lyeth upon 7 fathom from this to the buy upon the high plate and is the sixth buy marked with g and lyeth upon 7 fathom as also to the Huyberts buy h the course is east and by south when the Cape upon the south-side and the tower come together they stand southsouthwest from one another so are you even with the outtermost Huyberts buy goe then eastsoutheast on to the innermost Huyberts buy marked with i which lyeth also even as the first Huyberts buy in 6 fathom upon the west side of these buyes you have Huyberts plate which is now devided from
the north in east Friesland stand two towers one by another of which the one is stumpy and greate and the other low and small when these towers come with the north end of Bandt a little Island upon the WATT even one with another then have you the Buy upon Conings plate they are good longst Marks and when Iuyster tower commeth northnortheast from you they are good thwart Marks of the same buy From the buy upon the Conings plate to the buy upon the Westernbalgh the course is southeast till you get the two Capes upon Bandt together that is the buy southsouthwest from you from the first buy upon the westernbalgh to the second the course is southwest even as the whole westernbalgh is you shall not misse if you keepe both the Capes upon Bandt together to run out of the balgh but at last a little more westerly From the balgh beacon to the beacon upon Eems-horn the course is south and north to sayle through the channell from these beacons forth to the Knock the course is southsoutheast from thence to Loegen east About a half league within Juyst betwixt the beacon upon the High Horne and the buye upon Kings-plate on the east side of the Easter Eems lyeth Memerbalgh Memerbalgh Jt lyeth in most north that is a good road for small shipps that are bound to the westwards or out into sea Within the balgh he that runneth in by the High Horne shall finde good road for small ships that are bound to the eastwards which lyeth in south Comming from the eastwards you may sound Iuyst riff which is flat on the off side without in the point of the riffe is a shoare or Deadbalgh with 2 points betwixt them it is 3 fathom and an half deepe A southsoutheast and a northnorthwest moone maketh without in the Easter Eems the highest water To the east of Iuyst lyeth Buys the shortest and smallest Island that is upon all this coast It riseth up in two Hommocks where of the one Hommock which is the most easterly is the highest and sharpest Betwixt Iuyst Buys goeth in the Buysdeepe Buysdeep the Wor. Counsell of Embden was wont to set it with buyes but it is done no more in regard it doth so oftentimes shift Two great leagues to the eastwards of Iuyst lyeth Norderny Norderny betwixt them both lyeth that little Island Buys Norderny is to be known by a broad flat tower which standeth upon the west end but sometimes men can hardly perceive it About the midst of the Island nearest the east end lyeth a high white sand-hill thereby it is best to be known Further the land is all full of Hommocks Betwixt Norderny and Buys goeth in a channell called the Norder-deepe or Norderny A great league to the eastwards of Norderny lyeth the Island Baltrum â—â—ltrum which is about two leagues long a little shorter then Norderny Upon this Island standeth no speciall thing whereby men may know it but upon the east end a high sand-hill which is sharp above the west end is low sand-hills When the foresayd high sand-hill is southeast and by east from you then it is round to see to Upon the west end there goeth a swamp through Betwixt Baltrum and Norderny runneth in a channell called the Whichterie Whichtery there is no certainty to be written of it that men may trust to sometimes there is 2 fathom water more sometimes no more then 4 or 5 foote The Island Langeroogh lyeth a league to the eastwards of Baltrum which is soure great leagues long and hath on the off-side a faire strand three or four sand-hilles where by men may know it which lye from about the middest of the Island unto the west end a good wayes one from the other the tops of them are plaine and slat Betwixt Langeroogh and Baltrum goeth in the Acumy Acumy wherein lye 2 buyes It is no channell for great shipps it lyeth out alongst by the foote strand of Langeroogh first northeast then somewhat more easterly but it is not to be trusted to because it altereth and shifteth very often Betwixt Langeroogh and Wrangeroogh lyeth the Island Spyckeroogh â—â—â—â—â—erâ—â—gh which is about a league long At the e. end there was wont to lye a little Island easy to be known called Luttick Spyckeroogh which is now altogether gone Upon Spyckeroogh standeth nothing whereby men might know it but it is a black land with Hommocks Nobbes like to the other Islands Betwixt Spyckeroogh and Langeroogh goeth in the Oxebalgh Oxebalgh Wrangeroogh Wrangeroogh lyeth two great leagues to the eastwards of Langeroogh which is a great league long being a little plaine white Island Upon the east end lye high broad white sand-hills Upon the west end the â—arle of Oldenbourgh hath caused to be made a great thick tower with 2 spires when they stand one right in the other then you are by the outer buy of the Weser the aforesayd tower men may see two kennings off at sea Betwixt Wrangeroogh and Spyckeroogh goeth in the Harrel The Harrel about southsoutheast but it is not to be trusted because it shifteth very often The Acumy and Harrell are set both with buyes by the Wor. Counsell of Embden These channell serve not but for small ships like as all the other lying betwixt the eastern Eems and the Weser The Land lyeth from Bornriffe to Wrangeroogh eastnortheast and westsouthwest 29 or some will have it 30 leagues For to sayl into the Iade or Western Weser with a southerly winde runne to the strand of Wrangeroogh in foure fathom with a westerly winde runne no further then five fathom and lead it in so by the strand of Wrangeroogh in 4 or five fathom untill you come a good wayes within or to the end of foote strand of Wrangeroogh there you shall finde the first buye in 5 fathom at low water Menserchurch shall then stand south from you Thwart of this first buye the redde sand is very steepe which you must leave on the larboard side and the buye on the starboard side when you come in Thwart of this first buye commeth a tayle shooting off from the south shoare that is the innermost point of the Stonebalgh which men might at unawares sail within in three fathom and an halfe or foure fathom the first buye is laid upon the point of this tayle The Stonebalgh goeth in to the eastwards of Wrangheroogh the south side where of is steep but the north side flat which men may sound In this Balgh it is ten foot deepe at low water From the first buye to the second and alongst to the third the course is east the second buy lyeth in two fathom and an half The third that is the Jade buye lyeth in three fathom upon the shoalest of the High-waye It is very uneven betwixt the first and the third buye you shall get wise depth of five or six fathom and then again
two fathom or two fathom and an half For to sayle from the Iade to the Weser then sayle by the third buy over the shoalest of the High way on eastnortheast to the Mellembuye and you shall finde at low water upon the foresayd shoalest place or by the third buy no more water then nine or tenne foote and being over there you shall get againe deeper water and then you are in the Weser Reckon well your tydes for the ebbe falleth very strong northnorthwest out at the Iade and the flood to the contrarie very hard inwards so that you can hardly stemme the tyde when the weather is somewhat calme whereof you must be very carefull For to sayle up into the Iade leave the foresayd third buye on the larboard side and go from thence most south up unto the poynt of the Dyke called Hormerscheel when you are come by the Dyke there the Iadeis wide and broade without the foresayd Dyke standeth a beacon or two for shipps that are bound over the Wadt If you will sayle further up into the Iade then keep the west shoare untill you come thwart of the church without a steeple which standeth by the Dyke there you must leave the west shoare because of the Aentâ—n or Ieppe plate which shooteth off from the Veer alongst the west shoare and sometimes lyeth drye at low Water The west shoare lyeth most southeast somewhat southerly A south and north moon maketh the highest water upon the Jade and it floweth with an ordinary tyde a fathom and an half up and downe The Weser For to saile up the Weser come no nearer Wrangeroogh then seven fathom being in seven fathom then edge off from the shoare into 11 fathom and you shall there finde the first buye at the comming into the Weser lying in seven fathom upon the taile of the Redsand Menser Church that is a flat Church without a steeple in Vroukens land is then southsoutheast from you Being thwart of the first buye and that the west end of Wrangeroogh is southsouthwest from you then you runne over the taile of the Red-sand in five fathom From the outtermost buy to the second third fourth fifth the course is due east which lye all in 7 fathom the south side to wit the Red-sand nearest each a point different from Menser church so that Menser church lyeth from the second south and by east from the third south from the fourth south and by west and from the fifth southsouthwest The fifth buy is called the buy upon the Head for to know that from all the other buyes there standeth a staffe upon it of a halfe fathom long With a white knotte upon it Over against the buye upon the Head lyeth a white buye on the white grounds Betwixt all the foresayd buyes you must reckon wel your tydes the floud commeth out of the north west and falleth alongst over the Red-sand and the ebbe to the contrary The right deep thwart of these foresaid buyes in the comming in is eleven fathom but thwart of the buye upon the Head five fathom at low water Right before the We lyeth the Middle-plate Middle plate the Eastermost or the Innâ—â—side beginneth right to the northwards of the buye upon the Head by the white grounds lyeth alongst the reach of the third buye to reckon from without and is on both sides flat for to sounde about On the west side of the foresaid plate lyeth a white buy about from Menser Church which you must leave in comming in on the larboard-side For to sail from the buye upon the Head out again to the eastwards of this plate unto the Elve Then sound it out about the white grounds in 4 or 5 fathom untill you be out in the sea For to saile further up into the Weser the course from the buye upon the Head unto the sixth buye is southeast northwest Menser Church shall then lie from you southwest and by south the Weser is thwart of it about 20 fathom deep From the sixth buye to the seventh that is the buye upon the Cours or the Wapperbuye or the southwest buye because Menset Church lyeth southwest off from it the course is southeast The Jade buy lyeth about south or south by west from this buye From the buye upon the Cours unto the Mellem buye the course is yet southeast which you might sail within ar unawares in sixe fathom Menser Church lyeth off from it southwest and by west From the Mellem buye to the buye upon Bollenziele the course is southeast somewhat easterlie you must reckon your tides there verie well because the floude falleth exceeding hard into the west shoare Langworder church lyeth right south by east from that buye upon Bollenziele Buye upon Bollenziele over against it upon the point of the blackgrounds lyeth a white buye come no nearer to it at half floud then four fathome and an half you might unawares sail within that point in sayling in in four fathom From the buye upon Bollenziele to the beakon upon Bollenziele the course is southsoutheast or southeast by south Langworder church lyeth about south from that beakon you must leave it on the starboard side comming in within that beakon upon Bollenziele is a good roade for a westerly winde From the beakons upon Bollenziele to the first buye upon the flat the course is southeast till you come somewhat beneath the beakon then alongst eastsoutheast The marks of the first buye upon the Flat is when you can see through the belholes of Langworder steeple then you are thwart of the first buye Langworder Church is then from you somewhat more southerly then southsouthwest From the first buye upon the Flat to the second the course is eastsoutheast Betwixt these two buyes stande five beakons on the larboard side upon the black grounds From the second buye upon the flatt to the Meyland the course is southeast and by south Being come thwart of Wadnis or the Meyland sayl then close along by the green shoare untill you come within Blixem there is the roade for great ships that are bound to sea Like as upon the Iade so also upon the Weser a south north moon maketh the highest water it floweth there also 2 fathom and a half up and downe To the eastwards of the Weser lye the south grounds South grounds of the Elve there go in 2 faire deep Balghs or Creeks of 10 12 13 fathom The Til called also Broadbalgh is the westermost and lyeth so far to the westwards that men can but even see the New-worke from thence If it should happen that comming to the eastwards of the Weser you should be beset upon the souther grounds being a lest shoare be in danger then saile to the south grounds in 4 or 5 and 6 fathom but not much nearer also for they are somewhat steepe When you running so along by these grounds upon the same course shall get 8 9 yea 10
or 12 fathom soft ground Easter Til. then that is certainly of the Broadbalgh or Wester Till take then the sounding of which side that you will and sound it about by the grounds in 4 or 5 fathom and you shall find amongst the sands smooth water and good roade and may lye sheltered for all winds The wester Till lyeth in first eastsoutheast alongst by the north shoare it is deepest on the south shoare you cannot sail within any tailes in sailing out but you may in sayling in when you come somwhat further in lyeth up more to the southwards there are divers Balgs or channells where men may saile through that are acquainted The Easter Till or Broadbalgh lyeth betwixt the Wester Till Wester Til. the Hondtbalgh which runneth in seven fathom into the eastermost point or the old Schorhorn that is a taile which lyeth off a good wayes and which you might at unawares sail within in seven fathom comming from the westward This Till lyeth in also like as the other first eastsoutheast but a little further in more easterly Here also you may take the sounding of which side or shoare that you will Being com within you shall get smooth water of the sands for all winds In this channell is not lesse then 7 fathom water The Hondtbalgh Hondtbalgh lyeth right into the westwards of the Steep-buye or Schorhorn If you will goe in there with small shipps for to saile over the Wadt into the Weser then goe when you have the Steepe buye in southsoutheast The Hondtbalgh is without indifferent wide keepe that course untill you come thwart of the beakons which you must leave on the starboard side you may well sound in about the off-side of the Schor-horne but not the west side by it lye plates which you might saile foule of in 9 fathom in comming in but on the Schor-horne you cannot doe amisse Holy land The Island Holyland and the outermost buye in the Weser lye one from the other south somewhat westerly and north somewhat easterly When it is cleare and good sight you may see Holy land when you lye in the Weser by the buye upon the head Holyland and Bornrisse lye one from the other southwest and by west and northeast and by east according to the common opinion two and thirty leagues When you come from the westwards and begin to get Holy-land in sight it sheweth it selfe with a high reddish steep point which is slat above For to anchor or make roade under Holy land comming from the westwards then runne to that land in tenne or twelve fathom When you saile towards the south point and come somewhat near the land you shall espie a rock like unto a small tower close by the high land called the Monck Monck which is almost so high as the high land About southsoutheast an English mile or a little more from that rock under water Rock under water If you keepe your self in eight and nine fathom then you run without this rock and cannot take any hurt of it When the Monck is covered of the other land then you are thwart of this suncken rock When the soresayd Monck commeth a handspikes length past or without the other land there is the road good anchoring in ten or eleven fathom the ground is there faire and cleane except it be of wracks of lost shipps or lost anchors which are there may Lying there in nine tenne or eleven fathom you have shelter for a westfouthwest northwest and north windes From the point where the Monck standeth by shooteth off a little riffe from the shoare which men may sound in 3 fathom you may also runne in 5 fathom from the shoare and saile cleare of the foresayd suncken rock to wit through betwixt the suncken Rock and the little riffe but if you runne into deeper water to wit in 7 fathom you shall runne right upon the suncken Rock In 8 or 9 fathom you doe runne about without the suncken Rock From the north side of Holy-land lyeth off a filthy Riffe almost a league into sea so that you cannot come nearer the whole north side then in nine or tenne fathom If you will goe about to the northwards of Holy land being come so farre that the east end of Holy land come to be south and south and by east from you sayle then freely unto the Scholvers point Scholvers poynt that is a flatt point which you may sound in five six and seven fathom If so be that you will runne in eight fathom off from it you shall runne above two great leagues from the shoare The right fareway bewixt the Hever and Holy-land is not more then nine or tenne fathom deepe When you come about the point to the roade and that Scholvers point lye northeast and the Rock southwest from you there is good lying in five fathom Scholvers point is the point where the South Haven South-haven lyeth within which lyeth from the high land about east into sea From the outermost end of Scholvers poynt lyeth a banck of three fathom unto the poynt where the Monck alsoo standeth within it is very good lying for ships of little draught that is called the south Haven of Holyland A southsouthwest and northnortheast moone maketh there the highest water Of the Elve The Roade of Holy land and the outermost buye of the Elve called the Schortunne or the Steep-buye lye right southeast and by east and northwest and by west 8 leagues asunder which lyeth right to the northwards of the Schor-horn that is the outermost poynt of the New-workes ground on the south side of the Elve the right deepe of the Elve runneth in alongst to the northwardes of it On the north side of the Elve lye the north ground which lye somewhat flat far off to seawardes upon the northwest side The south end of the north-grounds Mirdle of Vogelsand called Voghelsand runneth from the foresayd buye a good wayes west and by north into sea with a narrow tayle of perfect hard sand about a halfe league broad which waxeth by little and little the farther from the shoare the deeper Three leagues from the foresaide buye there is upon it eleven fathom water when you saile on north from the steep-buye you runne over it in three fathom or three fathom and a halfe but it doth soone deepe againe in five seven eight tenne fathom soft ground that is in the creeke of the North Elve North-Elve To the southwardes of that a foresayd Voghelsand in the right fareway of the Elve for him that commeth from the westwardes it is also somewhat soft ground and fourteene and thirteene fathom deepe to the southwardes of it towards the souther or Steepe grounds the ground is againe very hard and the grounds very steep you may not come nearer them especialy by night or darke weather then in eleven or twelve fathom if you come nearer to them you might sayle foule of
buttell All the depths here before mentioned are reckoned at halfe flood From Bruns buttell to the buye upon Salfhorne or Friburger-sand the Course is east and east and by north alongst by the north-land From Salts-horne to the buy against the Steur east and by south eastsoutheast from the Steur to the buye upon Gringer-oortssand southeast and southeast and by east that lyeth against Bilenburg more then halfe wayes in the deepe Betwixt this buye and the buye upon the Steur lyeth another buye in the fareway From the buye of Gringeroort to the buye upon Stader-sand southeast and by south and southsoutheast This buye you must leave on the starboard side From Stader-sand to Willems-fliet or the buye upon the Luye it is southeast and southeast and by south and from thence to the buye upon Terloo eastsoutheast From thence to the buye upon Hanneball the course is east and west From Hanneball to the buye upon Blanckenes sand east and east and by north you must keepe that buye right with a great tree and then runne alongst by the north land untill you bee past the buye From Blancknesse sand unto the buye in the bight the cours is eastsoutheast from thence unto the Eeckhout east and by north in the right channell it is there 3 or 4 fathom deepe there lye the great ships for to lade unlade The Eyder Six leagues to the northwards of the Elve lyeth the Eyder with many shoals lying farre out without the land chiefely and most on the south side on the north side of the deepe alongst by the land of Eyderstee lieth a long sand called the Broad-back or New-grounds on the south side lye Blavoort the Iron Hendrick the Hound and Hecksand To the southwards of Blavoort the Iron Hendrick about a league to the southwards of the mouth of the Eyder goeth yet a Deep in called the North pipe where men may saile in and come out againe by the Hound upon the Eyder In this Eyder lye on the south side of the Deepe seven black buyes which you must leave all in sayling in on the starboard side and on the north shoare which you must leave on the larboard side The outermost buye lyeth from the steepe buye right north and from Holy-land east or a little moâ—e northerly seven or eight leagues When you fall with the land with that course you shall espye to the northwards of the Eyder upon the land of Eyderstee a sharpe steeple indifferent high called Gardingen bring that over or to the south side of the little sand-hils lying on the north side of the Eyder called the Souther-Heads they shall then stand from you northeast and by north or a little more easterly sayle right in with them so you shall fall with outermost buy when that then the sharpe steeple of Weslinburen standing to the southwards of the Eyder in the land of Ditmarsen commeth to be east or a little more southerly from you then you have the length of the foresayd buye then S. Peters Church upon the Eyderstee to the westwards of Gardingen not farre from the sea side shall stand from the northn east Thus or comming out of the southwest upon the foresayd markes of Gardingen and the Souther-heads you shall run over the shoale of Blavoort which men do call alsoo the taile of the Hound lying off from Blavoort almost halfe waies to Holy-land It is also by some called Blavoort or comming from the northwards bring the foresayd steeple of Weslinburen east or a little more southerly from you saile so right in untill that Gardingen commeth to the foresaid southerheads or that S. Peters church bee northnortheast from you in doing so you shall not misse also the outermost buy From the outermost buy to the second third fourth it is al one course eastsoutheast the second lieth upon the shoalest of the channell at low water in 16 foot the the third in 4 fathom and the fourth in 5 fathom These three last lye alongst the north side of Blavoort on the south side of the deepe In sayling in You must leave them all on the starboard side runne alongst to the northwards of them From the fourth to the fifth that is the buye upon the Hound the course is east which lyeth thwart of the Hound on a point which lieth off from Heckesand which in comming in men might at unawares sayle within alongst to the southwards of the buye therefore you must leave that also as well as the former on the starboard side and sayle alongst to the northwards of it Betwixt this foresayd buye upon the Hound and the fourth lyeth another buye upon the north side of the deep upon the southermost poynt of the New-grounds which you must leave on the larboard side runne about to the southwards of it From the buye upon the Hound to the sixth the course is northnortheast and two fathom deep From the sixth to the seventh and last buye northeast and by north and the deepe alongst to the northwards of it three fathom Being past the last buye follow the beakons which stand alongst on the north shoare untill you come to Hulck runne close alongst to the southwards or to the eastwards of them for to avoyd a tayle of sand which commeth off from the east shoare which men might unawares sayle within into a Dead-creeke From the Hulck to Schulperzile the course is east southeast In that reach the beakons stand on the south side upon the Ballast-plate and you must run alongst to the northwards by them leaving them on the larboard side From Schulperzile to Tonningen the course is northnortheast Before Tonningen the Eyder is at the shoalest and at low water no deeper then one fathom and a halfe From thence further in towards the Newtown called Frederick stadt there is depth enough The depths here before mentioned are all to bee understood at low water From Tonningen towards Wollersum the Eyder lyeth alongst northeast and by east From Wollersum towards Harebleck northnorthwest From Harebleck towards Reymers-bode northeast From Reymers-bode towards Nyenzyle eastsoutheast From Nyenzyle to the Nyen-veere south Betwixt the fourth buye upon the Eyder and the fifth that is the buye upon the Hound over against the buye upon the southermost poynt of the New-grounds stand two beakons a little to the southwards of the foresayd two buyes the westermost upon the east poynt of the Blavoort or the Iron Hendrick and the eastermost upon the taile of the Hound Betwixt these two beakons goeth in through a deepe southeast or southeast and by east where you may sayle through alongst by the beakons upon the Iron Hendrick which you must leave then on the starboard side untill you come into the end of the North-pipe which lyeth from thence about west into sea You may sound in at the North-pipe comming in out of the sea by the south shoare in 3 4 fathom untill you come to the foresayd beakons
Ameren-Born He that commeth off from Holyland and is bound to the northwards need not feare so much for the shoale for it shooteth out most by the land The Haven of List About eight leagues to the northwards of Silter-deep lyeth the Haven of List which runneth in by the north end of the Island Silt. For to sayle in there comming from the southwards runne so long to the northwards in six or seven fathom that you may see a little Island without the poynt which lyeth within these outer Islands upon which standeth a house called Ieurtmans house when that house commeth a mast length without the poynt of List then goe in east and by south and eastsoutheast keepe those markes so standing untill that you bee within the poynt off List edge then up to the southwards about the poynt and anchor before the Vuchts house there it is nine and ten fathom deep At the entring of the channell lyeth a plate or sand called Haef-sand Haefsand that you shall leave on the larboard side when you come in it is on the off-side very flat and good for to sound when you come from the northwards For to avoyd that when you come from the northwards edge off so far from the shoare that the red Cliffe come without the sand-hills or that you may see it plainely Then you may goe well over Haef-sand with a ship that is not of a very great draught Likewise when you come out at the channell of List and are bound to the northwards sayle so farre out that you may see the Cliffe and then you may goe over the foresayd sand which lyeth from the south end of Rem a good wayes into sea On the south side of the channell of List lye also two sands or banks alongst the shoare not very farre without the strand the innermost or northermost is called Barling-sand Barling sand and the outermost Rust or Rusting Rust or Rusting that lieth to the southwards almost thwart of the red Cliffe betwixt these sands and the strand of Silt goeth in the Land deep For to sail in there comming from the southwards you must seek betimes to the strand of List about the red cliffe because of the Rust which lyeth off from the north end of List a little without the strand When that you have the sounding of the shoare and are come somewhat within that red cliff there shall meet you a flat from the shoare which you must somewhat avoyd and then you may sound very well keep all alongst the foot strand there you can take no hurt of it From the Inner poynt of List shooteth off alsoo a little riffe where of you must take heed When that you are come within the Innermost poynt of List then you may anchor where you please If you will goe to Lutke Tonderen then leave that sand which lyeth to the southwards of Iuresand on the starboardside and runne through betwixt them both He that is bound to Hoesem or Silt over the Wad must leave that sand on the larboard side Upon Vooren stand two or three trees these you must keepe over the westermost church or steeple and run so alongst unto Vooren Betwixt the Rust and Barling-sand goeth a faire deep channell through called the New deepe right in alongst to the southwardes of Rock-sand Rocksand that is a shoale which lyeth to sea-wards of Rust and Barling-sand For to sayle in at that New-deepe bring the white cliffe upon Silt east and east and by north from you and run in so right with it and you shall fall right in the New-deep betwixt these two bankes leaving Rocksand or the Maber on the larboard side of you run in so alongst by Rust but come also no nearer to it then in foure fathom untill that you come into the Land-deep but comming against the shoare and getting shoaling of the strand run in alongst by the foot-strand on inwardes as is rehearsed in the description of the Land-deep Betwixt Haef-sand or Haes-sand and the Island of Rem goeth in yet a little Land deep of about a fathom a halfe water The Island Rem is three leagues long and very flat on the off-side so that you shall scarce see that land in 6 or 7 fathom Banck of at sea About eight or nine leagues a seaboard of the Island Silt lyeth another banck along the shoare of eight or 9 fathom and is about two leagues long about so long as the Island is Betwixt this Bancke and the Island it is thirteene fathom deepe being in nine fathom a sea-board the Island Silt then lyeth Holyland about south from you Knuyts-deep or Riper-deep From the channell of List to Knuyts or Ryper-deep the course is north and south about seven leagues but Ryper-deepe Holyland lye north somewhat westerily and south somewhat easterly one from the other for to sayle into Knuyts or Ryper-deep comming from the southwards run about by the flat of Rem and Manu towards the south end of Phanu called souther head or Souther-heigh and so you shall see two Câ—pes upon a drye sand somewhat to the southwards of Southerhead bring those Capes a little through one another to wit the innermost or longst a little or a hâ—ndspikes length to the northwards of the shortest or outermost and then they shall stand eastnortheast from you keep them so standing and sayle right in with them and so you shall finde the outermost buye lying on the north shoare in foure fathom in the channell called Old Ruper-deepe leave that buye on the larboard side and then goe inwards east and by north east and east and by south unto the second buye you must runne also about to the southwards of it for thwart of it commeth a shoale shooting off from the north shoare from the outermost Cape towardes the second buye which you must avoyd Or keepe the sounding of the south shoare called Coersand Coersand and run by your lead first east and by north then east and at last east and by south in by it you shall finde there upon the shoalest not lesse then ten foot at low water and common tyde there within it is again 6 7 and 8 fathom deepe Being past the Capes then luffe up to the northwards about the sand where the Capes stand upon and anchor there where you please there it is wide and broad and also deep and steepe so that there you can take no hurt The Ryper ships that are bound out doe lye there for to stay for a winde Behinde the Island Manu it is 6 and 7 fathom deepe there also men may ride from thence you may go up the deep to Rypen but not up alongst to Rype with great ships close to Rypen the deep endeth so that there is a shoaleneck betwixt both where there is no more then 6 foot depth With small ships you may also sayle about behind Rem towards Iursand there is a low water about 7 foot water
that is the ground of Doggers sand The Holmes Holmes is a plain pointe going downe steepe on the northeast side upon the middest of the hill standeth a square church without a steeple When that highest of of the land is southsoutheast from you and that you can but even see the north end of it then it is fifteen fathom deep grosse rough sand with some little stones amongst it Two leagues northeast or as some say somewhat more easterly off from the north pointe of the Holmes to wit betwixt the north poynte and the Holmes and the easter pointe lyeth a stone banck in manner as the Trindell of Lesolde upon which there is no more then twelve foot water so that there remaineth about two third parts of the water betwixt that Stonebanck and the north poynt and the other third parte betwixt the Easter poynte the aforesaid Stonebanck there have divers shippes beene lost upon it The foresaid Easter poynt lyeth about four leagues to the eastwards of the Holmes is also a high steep poynt as if it where the Holmes Right thwart of this caster point shooteth off a riffe almost a league off into sea which you may sound about in seven fathom Some say that men may sayl through betwixt that riffe and the land From the Holmes to Robsnot or Robbeknuyt the course is northeast nine or ten leagues A little to the westwards of Robsnot in the bight towards the eastern poynte nearest to Robsnot stand five churches with flat steeples There lye also two blewe lands betwixt the easter poynte and Robsnot in the high you may see also a cloven hill or sand-hill before you come to Robsnot It is there all alongst a flat strand To the eastwardes of the Holmes goeth in a little river called Misdorp A little to the westwardes of that white cliffe or of Robsnot goeth in also a little River where upon lyeth a little towne called Werlom Robsnot Robsnot or Robbeknuyt is a high round hill upon the toppe where of standeth a church with a sharpe steeple The land falleth away to the eastwards from this point with a great bight towards Hartshals Thwart of Robsnot it is farre off slatt fifteene fathom depth is almost three leagues from the shoare There also thwart of Robsnot about soure leagues from the shoare lyeth a banck of nine fathom lying alongst the shoare Thwart of Robsnot lyeth also a rock about a league from the land From Robsnot to Hartshals Hartshals it is northeast by east four leagues there standeth a flat steeple betwixt both nearest to Robsnot there you may see the high land of Lackley alongst over that high land Hartshals is a long smooth hill which is at the east end somewhat steep Thwart of Hartshals lyeth a shoale or stony ground about an English mile from the shoare upon which as men saye there have beene shippes lost but men doe seldome come neare it From Hartshals to the Scawe The Scawe or Schagen the course is eastnortheast eight leagues The land to the eastwards of Hartshals is altogether full of hommocks and sand-hills you may see the high land of Lackley also alongst over this land Alongst these coastes men finde none such long plaine hilles as are Boevenbergen the Holmes Hartshals and Robsnot Somewhat within the poynt of the Scawe standeth a flat Church with a slat steeple called Old Schagen when that is southsoutheast from you then there runneth off from the shoare a little spitt or shoale there you must edge somewhat off from the shoare otherwise it is all alongst a steep strand betwixt Hartshals and the Scawe but you may sounde about this little sand in four and five fathom so neare as you will Upon the east end or outermost poynt of the Scawe standeth a fire beakon like a Cape to see too when the Church is southwest and by west from you then are the fire beakon and the steeple one in the other and then you are right thwart of the riffe of the Scawe which lyeth off from the poynt eastnortheast and by north almost a league into sea He that commeth from the westward and will sayle alongst by the land about the Riffe must especially bee verie carefull in using the lead he may take the sounding of the shoare so neare as he will according as the winde shall be in eight seven sixe five four and also well in three fathom without doing amisse he neede not to feare If he be but carefull in using his lead with a southwest winde he may sayl about it in three or four fathom When the fire beakon commeth to the east side of the houses of the Scawe then you come against the west side of the riffe when the fire beakon and the Church are one in the other then you are on the east side of the Riffe When the fire beakon commeth about halfe wayes the houses nearest the west side then you are right upon the poynt of the Riffe what depth that you have then you shall keep it still without finding it shoaler whether you saile alongst southeast or northwest He that commeth from the southwards and is bound about the Scaw to the westwards may not sound the Riffe because the south side of it is steepe needle too it is not good to come nearer to it then in twelve thirteen or fourteen fathom especially by night or darke weather Marks of the Scawe riffe For to knowe by certaine markes when you are cleare of this Riffe as well over the one side as the other then marke comming from the westwards when the old church and the firebeakon are one in the other then you come upon the westside of the Riffe comming from the southwardes or the eastwardes when the old Church commeth in the south end of the village then you come upon the south side of the Riffe When the steeple and firebeacon are southwest and by west from you then they are one in the other then you are thwart of that Riffe When the steeple is southwest and southwest and by south from you then you are without or to the westwardes of that Riffe when the steeple or firebeakon is westsouthwest and west and by south from you then you are within the riffe This you may set by night by the compasse and so may perceive wether you be within or without that riffe when the Firemaker doth fire well You may anchor on both sides of the Riffe in seven or eight fathom and have roome enough to set sayle Some also say that men may runne through betwixt the riffe and the land If neede require in two fathom and a half Tydes out of the Belt Betwixt the Scaw and Maelstrand or Norwaye it is all soft ground the nearer to Norway the deeper water When men come out of the Sound and are in the farewaie and can gett no ground in eighteen twentie and two and twentie fathom that is a signe that they are
it From the great Helme unto the Island Wero Wero the course is northnorthwest and southsoutheast foure leagues distant there it is foure and five fathom deep From Wero there runneth off a shoale unto Kyholm and about Kyholme Kyholme and also about the little Island Samps Samps it is also full of shoale grounds which run off unto the great Island Sampso From the great Helm unto the Island Sampso Sampso it is southwest northeast foure leagues From the north end of the Island Sampso there shooteth off a little riffe north into the sea you must sound close about by it for to come into the road of Sampso when you will anchor there It is there in the road tenne fathom deepe and you shall be there under the Swan-grounds sheltred for all winds From the south end of Ebeltud to Aerhuysen Aerhuysen the coâ—rse is west and by south and westsouthwest five leagues It is there all shoale water of 2 and 3 fathom deep He that will anchor in the road before Aerhuysen let him bring the great steeple in the midst betwixt the two other sharp steeples there is the best ground and good road in three foure and five fathom so shoale as you will To the southwards of Aerhuysen goeth in the Wedersound Wedersound betwixt Jutland and Sampso he that will sayle in there must bee well acquainted for it is there all full of riffes and shoals You may not also use that fareway by night by reason of all the sand and shoals aâ—â—lso by day you must be very carefull circumspect in â—â—oking out For to sail through the Wedersound and not spare your lead but you may ancâ—or and have road there every where When you will saile through the Wedersound comming off from the gr at Helme or Ebeltud you must leave the Island Tâ—â—â—s and the Swangrounds on the larboard side running all alongst by the Juttish coast in 2 or 3 fathom untill past Horsens or the Island Endelau which you mâ—y not sayle to not come neare from the westwards by reason of all the grounds which lye before it on the west side It is a narrow channell betwixt Endelau and the main land lying from the Wedersound through the Swan-grounds Swanne-grounds south it is on both sides shoale and but a creek for to sayle through When you come off from the Melversound and will sayle through the Wedersound it is best to runne alongst by the Juttish side untill thwart of the river of Horsens then you must edge somewhat off there from the land and sayle right with the Island Tons and so you runne through betwixt the Norther and Souther grounds leaving the Island Tons on the starboard side When you are then past Tons you shall runne out close by the north poynt of Sampso towards the land of Ebeltud it is altogether one course from Horsens to Tons and forth to Sampso and the poynt of Ebeltud to wit northeast and southeast eight or nine leagues From Horsens or that Island Endelaw unto the Melversound Melversound the course is south and south and by west 7 or 8 leagues The Melversound is a deep sound of 20 and 25 fathom very crooked to come into it goeth in betwixt Fuynen Jutland which are both high lands From the Island Ebelo unto Melversound the course is southwest and southwest by south five great leagues From the road of Sampso to Ebelo the course is south by west 5 leagues From the south end of Sampso to Ebelo Ebelo the course is southwest and by south 4 leagues From Sampso to Roems Roems the course is southeast and by south six leagues The northwest coast of Fuynen lyeth southwest and by west eight leagues The little Island Ebelo lyeth off a league from the same right before Bowens but you cannot sayle through betwixt the Island and Fuynen To the southwards of the Island lyeth a great rocke under water betwixt this rock and the Island is the road before Bouwens Road before Bounes in eight and nine fathom Betwixt Syro and Wero lyeth a dangerous riffe long and broad lying further then halfe way to Syro When you will runne through betwixt the two foresaid Islands a weather of Russenesse you must leave at least the two third parts of the water on the side of Wero and goe in southsouthwest towards Roems which is nine leagues distant The foresaid riffe is called Haters riffe Haters riffe is on the east side very hard and stony hee that commeth from Balt-sack he shall run close to the Island Wero for to avoyd that riffe the channell betwixt the riffe and Wero is not very broad 3 fathom or 3 fathom a halfe deep He that commeth from Roems or Rusnes wil saile through Wero sound let him bring the great Helm to the east side of Wero and keep them so standing sailing on so right with them he shall so doing take no hurt of Haters riffe Betwixt Syro and Haters riffe and somewhat more southwardly the ground is very uneven of 5 6 7 8 and 9 fathom On the south side of Haters riffe it is good anchoring for northerly winds in six seven fathom Rusnes and Syro lye northnortheast and southsouthwest about five leagues a sunder From the poynt of Rusnes runneth off a little riffe to seawards but to the eastwards of it betwixt Rusnes and Haselyn lyeth off a riffe at least two leagues into sea which lyeth dry at the end by it it is very steep close alongst by the end it is eight fathom deep From Rusnes to Spro it is south and by east eight or nine leagues Betwixt Rusnes and Spro lyeth Callenburch Callenburgh which is also a lade place and about 2 leagues to the southwards of Callenburch lyeth a flat alongst the coast about a league from the shoare of five fathom depth you must also avoyd the south corner of Callenburgh for there shooteth off a riffe halfe a league into sea there is also to the northwards a long flat alongst the shoare but not deep to the seawards betweene Callenburgh and Rusnes it is good lying for an easterly wind From the east end of Spro runneth off a little riffe or ledge of rocks and over against it commeth also a flat shooting off from the land betwixt them both it is foure and five fathom deep Going on the south side of Spro it is also very foule more then halfe a league without the shoare But behinde or thwart of Spro lyeth Casseur Casseur a faire Haven where men doe lie at the Kay and let their goods be carried into the ships where also it is betweene both fourty fifty and sixty fathom deepe but in the middle of the fareway lye some banks where there is no more then five and six fathom water good strand ground From Spro to Langeland the course is south and south and by east foure leagues distant He that
fathom deep Of these and more other shoals uneven groundes betwixt Lesou and Zeabuy reade the description off the norther part of the Belt Rockes betwixt Lesou and the Helmes About a league northnorthwest from the west end of Lesou southsoutheast somewhat southerly from the point of the Scaw eastsouthe from the little Helmes there lye two or three little low Islands or rocks a little above water betwixt these Holmkens and the Helms it is twenty fathom but betwixt these Holmkens and Lesou five fathom deep to the northwards of them is farre flat four and five fathom deepe sand ground If you wil sayl by night off from the Helmes or from the high land of Lacklie towards Lesou with a southwest or southsouthwest winde then sayle no nearer because of these little Islands and shoals then southeast and by east with that course you shall run over those shoals or flats lying to the northwards from the foresayd Holmkens in six or seven fathom afterwards it wil be deeper again nine ten and twelve fathom go then on eastsoutheast so long untill that the east end of Lesou be southwest from you When that east end beginneth to come south and by west from you then you come on against that flat or rif which shooteth off from the northeast end of Lesou towards the Trindell It doth shoale up from 14 12 and 10 fathom unto 8 6 and four and also to three fathom If you be somewhat near to Lesou three fathom lasteth a good whiles and then it will be again deeper four six tenne and fifteene fathom and then verie deep When that foresayd northeast end of Lesou is southwest from you then you are cleare of that flat The Helmes and the Trindel lie east by south and west and by north seven leagues asunder For to sail within the Trindell When you come from the Scaw with a southwest or westsouthwest winde and that you will sail through within the Trindel that is betwixt the Trindel and Lesou it is best that you goe such a course that you may make your wayes good southeast and by south and then you shall run alongst about the middest of the channel through betwixt the Trindel and the foresayd low rockes which lye northnorthwest off from the north poynt of Lesou and southsoutheast from the poynt of the Rif of the Scaw At the deepest in this farewaye betwixt the Scaw and Lesou it is 23 and 24 fathom being past over that you shall come against a banck of eight seven and six and also into five fathom and then you shall be about due west or a little more northerly or southerly from the buye upon the Trindel Afterwards it wil be again deeper if you be in the right fareway to witt seven eight ten and also wel twelve fathom Not for to sayl within the riff or the northeast poynt of Lesou it is good to run then somewhat more easterly to witt southeast or southeast and by east untill you come against the foresayd riff that lyeth off from the northeast poynt of Lesou which you may sound and so runne about by it in five four and also three fathom When the northeast poynt of Lesou that is the poynt with hommocks is south by west from you then you come against the rif when that poynt is southsouthwest from you then you are right thwart of the rif but when the poynt is southwest from you then you shall be past and cleare of the rif Being gotten about it towardes Anoute it will be deepe thirtie five and thirtie and also fortie fathom He that commeth by night about the Trindell must not spare his lead on the outer side that is on the east side of the Trindle you may not come nearer it by night then nine or tenne fathom and then you shall not befarre off from it When you sayle close alongst without the Trindell in cleare weather and that you stande without board upon the bendes of the shippe with your feet by the water then you can even see Lesou If that then in cleare weather standing so without the ship you cannot see Lesou when you are about thwart of the Trindle then you runne farre enough alongst without the Trindle Depths betwixt Anout Lesou The Trindle and the riffe of Anout lye northwest and southeast or as some say southsoutheast and northnorthwest nine or tenne leagues a sunder Betwixt Anoute and Lesou in the right farewaye it is five twentie fathom deep but to the westwards of it to wit right betwixt the Islands Anout and Lesou it is shoale water of seven and eight fathom you may sayle there over these flats and shoals through betwixt Anout and Lesou into the Belt Anout is upon the west side verie foule and farre off to seawards from it lye manie uneven dwaelgrounds of two three and four fathom When you saile with a southwest or westerly winde from Lesou to Anout and runne over the flat of Lesou in three or four fathom you neede not sayle on more easterly then southeast and by east although it be by night you shall with such winde and course run cleare enough of Anout When as that you reckon to have the length of the riffe goe then on southsoutheast and south and by east for to sail a wether of Coll. But by day or when you can see about you not more leewardly then southsoutheast When you saile off from the foresayd pointe of Lesou to Anout with a southwest or westsouthwest winde as is before said make reckoning to come by night by Anout then you can not doe better as to goe eight tenne or twelve glasse according as the winde shall blow fresh on southsoutheast untill you come against the shoaling of Anout and looke for the daye that running not to far to leewards off the poynt of the riffe you may the better gett a weather of Col. Likewise when you come off from Col with a southwest or southerly winde and runne about a halfe league alongst without Coll you neede not also saile more northerly then northwest and by north that goeth also a good waye alongst to leewards of Anout riffe and so forth towards Lesou But when you come with a northeast wind out of the Sound or from Col you must runne out close by Coll if you will sail a weather of the riffe of Anout He that must lye by or turne to windwardes betwixt Lesou and Anout and is bound for the Sound let him keepe himselfe on the west side of the farewaie when he is a league or two a weather of Lesou upon those foresaid flattes or foure sixe and seven fathom when as that he beginneth to come within a league or two of Anout there it will be again deeper but uneven the one cast at least a fathom more or lesse then the other when that you shall begin to get that uneven ground of sixteene twentie and also thirtie fathom then is Anout
September 1628 run upon with his shipp For to saile into Rifsholl or Copenhaven comming from the northwards out of the sound runne along somewhat to the westwards of the Norther buye for to avoyd the plate or Middle ground which lyeth to the westwardes of the buyes in the shoals which upon the north end is not deeper then twelve foote and on the south end eight nine and at some places ten foot deep all hard stony and rocky ground keepe the sounding of the shoare on the west side in two three or foure fathom so deep as you please untill you come before Copenhaven on that side you can take no hurt it is there broad and wide and lyeth in south by west in the middest betwixt the shoare and the Middle-ground it is 5 6 and 7 fathom deep If you should turne to windwardes there then come not neerer the middle-ground then in foure fathom but the west shoare you may runne to by your lead as you please From the north end of the Island Draecker runneth off a riffe to the northwards upon the poynt of that riffe lyeth a buye which men do call the buye in the Reefsholl Buye in the Reefs hol leave that on the larboard side and run in untill you come before the towne and anchor there If you come from the southwards and will saile unto Reefsholl then run alongst to the eastwards of the foresaid fourth buy which men do call the buye upon Casper Caniel then luffe up presently about by it and go on northwest into the Kings-deep unto the buye in Reefsholl which lye one from the other due northwest and southeast you shall then also see right out a head in the northwest within the land a flat steeple right over a great house or Hospital that standeth close upon the sea-side keepe them so one in the other and saile right in with them and so you shall runne in right amidst the channell it is there in the farewaye five sixe seven eight fathom deep This Kingsdeepe is somewhat uneven of ground therefore be carefull in using of the lead and come not too neere the north side that is the Middle-ground which is very foule and rocky from the south shoare about halfe wayes betwixt the two s resaid buyes it lyeth off somewhat shoale of that you shall have at one cast five or sixe the other but 3 fathom When you come by the buye in the Reefsholl which lyeth upon the point of the norther riffe of Draecker leave that on the larboard side and runne on south about by it unto Copenhaven Markes of the buy in the Reefshol The Markes of this buye are these there lyeth a round hommock or great rock about half a league within the land when that is right east from you then it commeth right with a flat steeple which stands about a league within the land then you are eventhwart of the buye or poynt of the foresayd riffe These marks will serve at times when the buy lyeth not there A little to the northwards of that buy lye the great ships which tarry for wind in five or six fathom there is good anchor ground From the buye upon Draker-riff unto Kuyck Kuyck the course is southwest five great leagues but unto the riff of Fasterborn or Steden it is south and south and by west 5 leagues in the fareway betwixt Draecker and Fasterborn it is six seven and eight fathom deep but between Fasterborn and Steden 10 or 12 and 13 fathom but by Steden deepest Under Steden you may anchor as well to the southwards of it for northerly Road under Steden as to the northwards for southerly windes If you wil anchor for northerly winds then run in betwixt Steden and Meun a good wayes into the bay so that the steep poynt of Steden lye about northnortheast from you anchor there in 8 or 9 fathom and you shall lye land-lockt for north and northwest winds But if you wil anchor for south or southwest winds then anchor to the northwardes of Steden so that the southeast poynt be south and by east or southsoutheast and the northwest poynt northwest or westnorthwest from you there it is good lying in seven fathom the ground is there small white and blanck sand If you will set saile from thence to the shoales or grounds then go not more northerly then northeast so long untill that you come by the riffe of Draker then run about by it in five fathom To the northwards of Steden the coast of Zealand goeth in with a great bay into Kuyck it is there all to the westwards shoale water in five sixe and seven fathom and good anchor ground so that you may anchor every where there abouts The riffe of Fasterborne lyeth off southwest to Seawards a league and a halfe Marks of the riffe of Fasterborne It is a fowle stony and rocky riffe upon the end of it lyeth a buye in foure fathom You may run about by it upon your lead in five fathom with small ships of little draughts Men doe hold for a marck of this riffe that when the steeple of Fasterborn and the castle come one in the other that then they are thwart of the poynt of the riffe He that commeth from the northwards and will sayle about Fasterborne with a northerly or northeast wind and that he will come somewhat neere about the riffe and commeth in five or sixe fathom he must be very quick in using the lead When old Falsterborne Church commeth halfe wayes to the Castle and the Church of Fasterborne then beginneth to come the worst and shoalest of the riff that lasteth untill that Old Fasterborn church commeth to the eastwards of the houses of Fasterborne before that you are not past the riffe If you should luffe up sooner about by it you should run in great danger with a ship of great draught you shall have comming against the riffe the one cast 4 or 5 and then presently three fathom upon it all hard stony ground Therefore it is best with a ship that draweth twelve or fourteene foote to come no neere this riffe then in six or seven fathom If when you come from the eastwards you will saile about Fasterborne and come alongst the shoare with a northeast wind in six or seven fathom and Falsterborne is about north or northnortheast from you then it shoaleth up very fast in two fathom or two fathom and a halfe Therefore keepe you further off from the shoare in tenne or twelve fathom so long untill that the Castle be northeast or northeast and by north from you or that old Falsterborne church come halfe way to the castle of Falsterborn and Falsterborn church then you cannot sayle upon the riff from the eastwards but running about by it in five fathom then you must be very carefull in using your lead But if you will come neere the riff in foure or five fathom when old Falster-born Church commeth to
thee end of Falsterborn you shall run in great danger for to come on ground When you come within the Riffe you may run alongst by the coast of Schoonen in four fathom without taking hurt He that commeth out of the Sound and is bound to the southwards of Meun may come so near Meun as he will and loose up to the westwards by the poynt and anchor where he please in five or six fathom On the north side of Meun you may also anchor in six fathom behinde a little riffe that shooteth off from the north poynt for an east southsouthwest and west wind it is there all over flatt and good ground From Meun to Steden the course is northwest and by north four leagues betwixt them both goeth in the Wolf-sound or Wolvegat that runneth past Werdenborgh and Nest-veld through the Golversound out into the Belt Meun and Fasterborne lye north and by east and south and by west five leagues asunder Of the Tydes and Course of the streames In the Scawe reach betwixt Maelstrand and Waersbergen the streame goeth most still with the winde and it rippleth there sometimes in some places as if there were shoals this you may finde in calme weather if you let a lead sinke to the ground By the Scawe the Streame commeth most commonly falling out at the Belt towardes the land of Northeast especially wâ—en the winde hath blown a while out of the east or no theast and runneth alongst by the Norwaye to the northwardes Men comming off from Anout that will sayle by night with a westerly winde towardes the Scawe or comming from the westwardes about the Scaw with a southerly wind being bound for the Sound might soon be carried with this current under Norway a good while before they should thinke or feare of it Of this current read further in the first booke In this farewaye betwixt the Scawe and the Sound then from the Sound untill about Fasterborne it is exceeding necessarie that a Pilot or he to whom the charge is committed be very carefull in looking out be very vigilant that he may avoide the multitude of daungers of shoales and riffes lying there the skilfullest and best experienced of all hath there enough to doe Through the Sound and the shoales or groundes the streame runneth commonly with the winde but the most part of the time to the northwards before the comming of a hard east winde or when it hath blowne out of the east then the streame runnes still out the northwards Courses and Distances From the west end of the Paternosters to the Maelstrand the course is eastnortheast 2 leagues From Maelstrand to Winneu southeast 5 leagues From Winneu to Maelsound southsoutheast 3 leagues From Maelsound to Waersberghen southsoutheast 5 leagues From Waersbergen to Tuylo southeast 5 leagues From Tuylo to Laholme southeast and by east 5 leagues From Laholme to the poynt of Turko behinde Swedereur the course is westsouthwest 3 leagues From Turko to Engelholme southeast 4 leagues From Engelholme to Coll west 6 great leagues From Maelstrand to Nyding southsoutheast 8 or 9 leag From Maelsound to Nyding the couse is southwest and southwest and by west a league and an half From Nyding to Waersbergen southeast about 5 leagues From Waersbergen to Collsouth and by east 12 leagues From the south end of Swedero to Coll southwest 4 leag From the Riffe of the Scaw to Maelstrand eastnortheast 13 leagues From the Riffe of the Scaw to Nyding southeast and by south 13 leagues From the Riffe of the Scawe to Waersbergen eastsoutheast 20 leagues From the Riffe of the Scawe to Coll alongst without the Trindle south 30 leagues From the Riffe of the Scawe to Lesou southsoutheast 8 leagues From the Riffe of the Scaw to the Trindel due southeast 8 leagues From the Trindel to Anout riffe southeast or as some will saye somewhat more southerly 10 leagues From Anoutes riffe to Coll it is right southeast 10 leag From Anouts riffe to Haselin south 11 leagues From Coll to Haselin southwest and by west 8 leagues From Coll to Elseneur the course is southeast southeast and by south 5 or 6 leagues From Lapsand to Ween southsoutheast 3 leagues From Elseneure to the norther buye in the shoales or grounds south and by east 6 leagues From Elseneur to Landscroone eastsoutheast 4 leagues From Ween to Malmuyen southeast and southeast and by south 6 leagues From Malmuyen to Reefsholme west 5 leagues From Malmuyen to Steden southsouthwest and southwest and by south 10 leagues From the buy upon Draker-riff to Kuyck southwest 5 great leagues From the buye upon Draker-riff to Steden the course is south and by west 5 great leagues From the Buye upon Draker-riff to the buye upon Falsterbornes-riffe the course is south 5 leagues From Meun to Steden northwest and by north 4 leagues From Meun to Falsterborne north and by east 5 leagues From Meun to the buy upon Falsterborn-riffe north 4 or 5 leagues How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Britto Waersbergen Thus sheweth the land betwixt Maelstrand and Waersberghen Thus sheweth the Land of Waersbergen when you saile alongst by it from Anout into the sound Thus sheweth Anout when you sayle off from Lesou Thus sheweth Lesou when you sayle from the Scawe towards it Thus sheweth Zealand when you come from Anout and will sayle toward the Sound Kol Elsenbergh Lands-croon Persebeck Malmuyen Schooner Falsterborn Thus sheweth the Land of Schoonen off from Col unto Falsterborne when you sayle through the shoales or grounds The fifth Demonstration Where in Are sheweth the Coasts of Norway from the Paternosters to the Naze THe west end of the rockes which men do call the Paternosters Pater-nosters and Harmanshead lye northwest and by west somewhat Northerly and south and by east somewhat southerly 5 leag asunder to the southwardes of them men do sayle into Maelstrand Upon the Coast betwixt Farder and Maelstrand is allmost every where good anchor ground in 35 and 40 fathom From Harmanshead to Southerwixholme the course is south and by east six leag betwixt them lyeth Boechschaer but two leagues to the southwards of Harmansound lyeth Kercksound which is a great river which lyeth in farr within the Land Northerwixholm Northerwixholm and Southerwixholm two great Islands in a great sound which lyeth far deep within the land upon it far within the land lye many little townes as Oldburgh Oldwat Alleroers and Dragens from thence commeth much fat ware Southerwixholm Southerwixholm and the Island Akersound lye northwest and by west and southeast and by east six leagues asunder and to Ottrom northwest five leagues The Island Akersound men may sayl round about it to the northwards of it lyeth a great Bay or Sound lying in farre within the Land called Ottrom Ottrom From the Island of Akersound Akersound to the Sister the course is west by north 4 leagues betwixt them lyeth the Graswijcke Graswicke within
few out-rocks a little to westwards of the poynt of the Naze right before the middest of the Sound leave them on the larboard side sayle in alongst by the land of the Naze untill you come somewhat within the foresayd Bishops Boede and then you shall find there also a suncken rock which you must avoyd run about to the northwards of it and edge then up to the westwardes behinde the Island of New Silloe and anchor there against the white Church within the foresayd rock For to sayle into the wester-gat or Old Silloe Old Silloe you must run about to the westwards of the out-rocks and Bishops-Boeden and sayle right with the south end of the land of Leest The Land of Leest being come by it run to the eastwards alongst by it but take heed of some rocks which lye off from the innermost Island on the starboard side being there within anchor against the Island where you please From the Naze to the Island Hitteroe Hitteroe or Hittereu the coast lyeth alongst the land of Leest westnorthwest 5 leagues To the southwards or the westwards of that Island men doe sayle into the haven of Windfoord Windfort which lyeth in northeast but to the northwards of it men doe run into Berg-sound Berg-sound eastnortheast in betwixt the Island and the land In that Island is also a good haven which you must sayle into from the northwards the havens mouth is not very wide when you are come in within it you may edge up to the eastwards or southwards and anchor there Two leagues to the northwardes of Hitteroe lyeth a haven called Soggendall Soggendall there lyeth a little Island before it within men may anchor it is a good road for them which are bound to the southwards Betwixt them both not farre without the land lye two out-rocks alongst the shoare called Fock-stones the one lyeth a little more to the seawards then the other A league to the northwards of Soggendall lyeth Ekesound Ekesound before it lyeth an Island which you may sayle into on both sides of it the southergat lyeth in northeast being come in there you must anchor on the north side of the haven in a bay there is the best road in eight or nine fathom the norther gat lyeth into the eastwards being come in there you may anchor at divers places Two leagues to the northwards of Ekesound lyeth a haven called Sirowach Sierowag For to saile in there comming from the northwards you must run in right with the southermost sand bay untill you come close by the shoare and then the haven doth open it selfe loof up close alongst by the north shoare then run up by it to the southwards and avoyd the west point thwart of it lyeth a suncken rock twelve foot under water being there within let your anchor fall in seven or eight fathom and bring a cable on the west shoare then you shall lye land-lockt for all windes This is a good haven for those which are bound to the northwards To the northwards of Sierowach lyeth the land the Jedder which lyeth from Sierowach first northwest and by north two great leagues to point Walbert or Mids-Iedder and the north four leagues which is altogether a clean whole coast without any dangers or havens except at the very north end from which runneth off a little riffe northwest into sea towards the Veetstone The Veetstone Veetstone is a great rock lying about two leag without the land lying northnorthwest from Mids-Iedder five leagues betwixt them both a great league to the southwards of the Veetstone ly some low black rockes called Rut. When as you saile from Mids-Iedder on northnorthwest towards the Veetstone then the Veetstone doth shew himselfe very round like a hay-cock and sayling so you might lightly fall with the foresayd rocks of Rut Rut. but being a little more to seawards the Veetstone sheweth it self a little longer on the west side then you cannot take hurt of the rocks of Rut. About two leagues northnorthwest from the Veetstone lyeth an Island whereupon standeth a Church called Whitings eye Whitings-eye but northnortheast from the Veetstone 4 leagues lyeth another Island before the sound of Stavanger called Sibrichstone Sibrichstone If you will saile into Stavanger comming from the southwards then sayle through betwixt the Veetstone and the maine land leaving also the foresayd rockes of Rut lying on the starboard side but you must take very good heed of that little stone-riffe which lyeth off from the north end of the Iedder sayle in so untill that the Veetstone doe lye southwest from you then goe in northeast towards the poynt of Tongenes which is a long point and low land on the south side of the Sound When as you sayle now from the Veetstone towards Tongenes Tongeneâ— then you shall see that Island Sibrich stone before the Sound which doth shew it self in two parts leave that on the larboard side and sayle in by the point of Tongenes but there lyeth a rock off to the northwards from the poynt sayle through betwixt the rock and the poynt Doeswyk about east or eastsoutheast into Doeswycke when you are within the castle of Doeswycke there you may anchor But if you will sayle in further before the town of Stavanger Stavanger then leave the Diefholm on the starboard side and sayle in southeast and southsoutheast before the towne and anchor there where you please But when as you come from the northwards and will sayle to Stavanger then run through betwixt the Veetstone the Whitings-eye then goe on northeast towardes Sibrichstone and the poynt of Tongenes and doe further as hath been before taught From the Veetstone to Schuytenes Schuytenes the course is northnorthwest five leagues but from Schuytenes to Sibrichstone through betwixt Whitings-eye the course is east five leagues Foure leagues west and west and by north to seawards from Schuytenes lye the rocks called the Outseers Outseers Gaeltje Ians Steerman of Staveren comming from Schuytenes and beeing about three or four leagues from it hath cast upon eighteen fathom and about eighteen leagues south and by west sayling found 38 and 39 fathom going yet 5 leagues further upon the same course found 24 and 25 fathom and yet 9 leagues further sayling south and by west found 23 fathom water fine sandy ground and afterwards four and twenty and five and twenty Of the streames on these coasts On these Coastes of Norway off from the Naze untill past Berghen unto Stade the water riseth and falleth but keepeth no certaine tyde but from thence towards Dronten and to the northwards of it it keepeth tyde according to the moone like as in other places How these landes doe lye one from the other and from other lands From the Naze to Hitteroe the course is westnorthwest 5 and 6 leagues From Hitteroe to Ekesond the course is northwest 4
before the Lieth Thus sheweth the hill Sick when you are to the northwards of Schuytenes The eighth Demonstration Where in The Coast of Norway betweene Ieltefioerd and the high point of Horrel is shewed FRom Jeltefioerd or the Wage of Bergen to Olde the coast lyeth northnorthwest and north and by west about 16 leagues that is all broken land with many rocks where men may sayle through within them The Norway Barkes come off from Stade all alongst through that broken land rocks within the Island Harle unto Bergen About 4 leagues and a halfe to the southward of Old lyeth a great row of rocks lying 3 or 4 leagues without the other rocks thwart off from the shoare to seawards called the Outweers Outweers Betwixt them Old lyeth a good Haven called Southfoort there lye 3 Islands before it where men run in betwixt them both alongst into the Haven Olde Olde is a high rock a good wayes from the land and loose from the other rocks by the land but hath some small rocks lying about it there lyeth alsoo a row of rocks a good wayes off from it southwest into the sea About northwest and northwest and by north from Olde lye 2 rowes of rocks where of some lye above and some under water When as you are either to the northwards or to the southwards of Old it doth shew it selfe with a great saddle in 2 hommockes and going downe round on both sides but being thwart off or westwards from it then it lyeth in one round hill almost like Coll. You may comming from the southwards runne in about the eastwards within Old northeast to Oldesound come out againe to the northwardes of Olde Foure leagues to the northwardes of Olde-sound lyeth Kyn Kyn also a great rocke which men may sayle round about and sheweth it selfe with 2 sharp Hommckes allmost like a Cowes clawe or Bishops Myter Betwixt Kyn Olde goeth a great Sound into the land upon which lye two towns Waldres Easterdal Waldres Easterdal Northwest and by west from Kyn lye three or foure rocks and also some suncken rocks under water Southwest and by west about 3 leagues off from it lye also some rockes above and some under water Three or foure leagues to the northwards of Kyn lyeth Ornael Ornael also a great rock which sheweth it self in one great high round Hill Three leagues or three leagues and a halfe to the northwards of it lyeth the south poynt of Stade But Ornaell and Olde lye about north and south 7 or 8 leagues asunder Betwixt Ornael and the south point of Stade Sâ—â—de goeth in a great broad sound from whence men may saile through within the broken land to the southwards to Bergen A little within the south point of Stade is a Bay where men may goe to anchor thwart of a sea-beacon ly sheltred for a west winde North point off Staden The land of Stade lyeth from the south-point to the north poynt northnortheast and southsouthwest which is a whole main coast but ful close alongst by the shoare with many small rocks but none that men may sayle about with in them for to have any shelter for the sea The Norway Barkes of all places to the northwards of it yea and all those which come off from the North Cape can sayle all alongst the coast of Norway unto Berghen through within the rocks except thwart of this land of Stade Havens on Stade there they must runne a seaboard through the sea Between these two foresayd poynts are also two little havens where men may ride but a little or nothing used To the northwards of Stade the Island lyeth with many Islands northeast to the broadsound nine leagues About halfe wayes lyeth a little Island or rock called Swynoe Swynoe that is Hogges-Island a league from land without the other Islands of Flowach When you are close by the north poynt of Stade and go on northeast you run through within that little Island Swynoe but with a northeast and by north course about a sea-board of it He that is bound to Roemsdall or into the Sounds of Sudmer must runne into the Broad-sound Broad-sound which goeth in at the ends of the Islands of Flowach east and east by south the outermost of these Islands is called Hassen When you come to the end of those foresayd Islands you shall see east from you about two leagues a great high short Island called Goedeu Goedeu or of some Godsche-saed and a little to the southwards of it somewhat further in a great black rocke of fashlon like a hay-cock or almost like a suger-loafe it is called by the saylers the Cookes-broad sayle in right with it but bring not that foresayd rock to or under that Island but keep it clear off without it for els you should surely sayle upon the foresayd suncken rockes which lye under water at the north side of the broad-sound From the Island Goedeu or Godsche-sand runneth off also a little riffe to the southwards or towards the southeast from it When you come by that Island runne about that little riffe in betwixt it the foresayd black rock and anchor a little within that riffe under Goedue runne not farre within it for to avoyde a suncken rock which lyeth somewhat further in not farre from land there stand two little wardes upon the shoare a little within the risse for knowledge of the roade Behinde or to the northwards of Godeu lyeth the little Island Geske Geske upon it standeth a little Church on the south side before it men may also anchor in eight or tenne fathom cleane ground A little within Goedue on the east side of Geske lyeth another Island greater then Geske called Walderoe Walderoe on both sides of the southeast poynt of that Island men may anchor in good cleane ground and lye land-lockt for all windes From thwart of Geske and Walderoe lyeth a great multitude of Rocks northwest so farre into sea that comming a scaboard by Swynoe with a northeast course you should bee farre within them He that commeth from the northwards may sayle by west alongst by these rocks to Goedeu and leave the a foresayd suncken rocks lying on the north side of the Broade sound on the starboard side of him and runne in about by the poynt of Goedue as hath been beforesayd You may also run into the northwards of Goedeu to wit in betwixt Goedeu and Geske and anchor within Geske or under Walderoe but it is not wel to be done but for them which are there verie well acquainted There lye manie Rocks some above some under water whereof men must take heede In at the Broade sounde is the best and surest For to runne from Walderoe to Roemsdale goe on to the northwards alongst by the great Islands Luycko it is in that farewaye 10 20 14 16 and 18 fathom deepe but even past Luycko runneth a
church on the west side of the flatte Island Betwixt the little Island is also a good haven where men may lye in three foure and five fathom it is not broade but cleane To the eastwards of this Yellow Island lyeth the high land of Dromsnes Dromsnes From thence eastwardes further up into the Liet towardes Dronten or Agenes it is most all whole land and not so broken as to the westwards of it Thwart of the rocks of Hammer-sound lying on the east side of Stangwyxfioird lyeth a faire channell called Gryp-sound one of the best channells for to come in out of the sea into the Liet it is about a quarter of a league broade and goeth in close to the eastwardes of the Island Grype Grype Gryp is a little rounde Island lying from the Voghell northeast and by east distant about five leagues upon it dwell manie Fishernen which goe from thence to sea to fish upon divers bancks of fortie fiftie seventie eightie and hundred fathom foure five sixe seven eight and some tenne leagues without the land which they knowe to finde by markes on the shoare On the north side of Grype there lye but two or three rocks close to the shoare some saye that thereabout is anchor ground in twelve fathom On the south or west side it is full of Rocks but they lye most above water About halfe wayes betwixt Grype and the three Flesses somewhat without all the other Rocks lyeth a suncken rock a little under water he that runneth alongst without these rocks must be mindfull thereof For to goe into Grypesound comming in out of the Sea Grypsound you must bring the high Mountain of Toester Poester eastsoutheast from you and sayle in right with it and so you shall not sayle to runne in sight of the Island Gryp which is easy to knowe from the other rocks by the great manie Fishermens houses which stand upon it and upon no other Island nor Rocks thereabouts leave that Island on the starboard side and goe in first eastsoutheast right with Toester being past the Island Gryp bring Toester two poynts on your larboard bowe and goe so in southeast you shall come into the Liet betwixt Hammersound and Toester From thence to the little Island Edou Edou are about four leagues About three leagues to the westwardes of it or a league to the eastwards of Grypsound in the Lieth lyeth also a suncken rock almost even with the water and almost amidst the farewaye nearest the north side you may alwayes see the sea breake upon it leave it on the larboard side and runne to the southwards of it there it is broadest you may for a neede run also to the northwards of it through betwixt it the other rocks but it is there narrow Edou Edou or Edoe is a somewhat low plain Island a league long very narrow which is the first land out on the larboard side upon the Liet that men have shelter of from the sea to the westwards of it there is nothing but broken land Rocks and little Islands where the growne sea commeth rowling in through Not farre from the west end upon the south side of Edou standeth a little white Church thwart of it or a little to the eastwards of it men may anchor in eight nine and tenne fathom The shoare is steep rising ground If men doe come neare it in foure fathom they shall be presently fast but the grounde is soft When as men come from the westwards and will anchor there they must comming neare the west end of the Island continually feele with the leade for the anchor ground and so soone as they feele it let fall their anchor thwart of the aforesayd little white Church or a little to the eastwardes of it so that the little Church come to stand over the houses When as they let fall their anchor in 10 fathom and wending up towards the land verie out the cable then the shippe shall come to lye there in sixe fathome the Liet is thereabouts aboute a halfe league broade Upon the east end of Edou is also a little haven called Kurow Kurou and it is so little that there can lye no more then two or three ships there lyeth a little black rock not farre from the shoare men doe runne in betwixt that little rock and the Island anchor betwixt them both there men lye landlockt for all winds but the ground there is not cleane At the east end of Edou lyeth another Island somewhat long called Glaseu Glaseu To the eastwards of it runneth a great broade Sound into sea called Ramsfioird but it is known of few Ramsfioerd With northerly winds there commeth through a great growne sea into the Lieth To the eastwards from Ramsfioerde lieth the land of Hitteren two greate long Islands Norther Hitteren Highland of Hitteren Souther Hitteren together about seven leagues long so that he that sayleth up the Lieth thwart of them can not perceive otherwise but that he sayleth in betwixt two maine lands At the south end or west end of Hitteren which is on the cast side of Ramsfioerd ly two little Islands called Weroy Weroy there you may sayle in betwixt them anchor in good white sand ground you may also saile through betwixt the little Islands alongst into the Liet then you leave a suncken rock lying on the starboard side by the southermost little Island From the Island Edou to the Highland or the pointe of Dromsnes Dromsnes it is northeast and by east and eastnortheast distant about three leagues To the westwards of that poynt to witt betwixt that poynt the land to the westwardes of it called Schipnes lyeth a haven called Schaerswycke Schaerswyke In the mouth of this haven about the middest of the channell but somewhat nearer Schipnes then Dromsnes lyeth a suncken rock which falleth drie at low water you may runne in about it on both sides A little within the poynt on the south side standeth a Countriemans house before which you may anchor in five sixe or seven fathom cleane rising ground which you may come neare by your leade This haven lyeth about a league more to the eastwards then Ramsfioird on the south side of the Liet fitt for to come to anchor in for those which can sayl no further by day To the westwards of this foresaid haven Schaerswycke alongst the land of Schipnes lye manie Rocks by the shoare some above some under water therefore you must somewhat shunne the southshoare thereabouts but the north shoare alongst by Hitteren is verie cleane The Liet is thereabouts a great halfe league broade Aboute five leagues to the eastwards of Schaerswyke on the north side of the Lieth lye the two Islands of Lexen Lexen to witt norther and souther Lexen which are together about a halfe league long There the Liet lyeth betwixt both eastnortheast and northeast and by east In souther
Dunwich Dunwich lye both upon the high land betwixt them both is a valley therein you may see Walderswike when you are thwart of it Dunwich is the best to be knowne of all these foresayd places it hath two flat steeples and on both sides some trees To the southwards of it lyeth Albrough Albrough which is also very easy to be knowne it hath one high flat steeple with three mills the two stand to the northwards and the third to the southwards of Albrough when you are thwart of it but sailing to the southwards they come at last all three to the southwards of it The land without Albrough and to the southwards of it is very low flat and chindely land Betwixt Albrough and Dunwich about half wayes betwixt them lyeth a Wood which is at both ends high and in the middest low with a saddle this you shall commonly see first when you fall with the land thereabouts and is the best to be knowne for to know the coast by the land without it and to the southwards is very low flat chindely land About two leagues to the southwards of Albrough lyeth Orfordnes Orfordnes betwixt them both stand also two woods of trees which shew themselves a farre off like castles or towers Orfordnes is a flat steeple with a thick or broad castle which hath also athick flat steeple almost of fashion like the steeple of Rarop open above with holes in it like Bellholes Before Dunwich you may anchor there is good lying in eight or nine fathom somewhat soft ground Before Albrough is the best road of all the coast thereabouts in six and seven fathom East from Aelbrough about two league lieth Aelbrough Knock Aelbroug Knock. this is a sand which at low water is not deeper then seven or eight foote you may sound round about it in five fathom but is not good to come nearer it With sea winds you may descerne it plainly by the breaking of the sea upon it but with lawderly or westerly winds faire weather the sea breaketh not upon it hee that runneth thereby to the northwards with an ebb shall see it commonly ripple very much upon it like as upon most of the English bancks not indeed upon the bankes but against them for upon the shoalest or middest of the bankes is alwayes the smoothest water like as you finde every where When as Aelbrough is west from you and the two steeples of Orfordnes are one in the other there you shall finde Albrough Knock. These are sure marks of that sand The Whiting or Whiting sand is somewhat a long small sand lying before Orfordnes and the chindely land to the southwards of Aelbrough and lyeth alongst the reach but the south end lyeth further from land then the north end there is at low water not above six or seven foot water upon it Comming from the northwards men sayle commonly to the westwards of it that is through betwixt the land and Whiting-sand towards the Naze Men may also saile alongst to the eastwards of it through betwixt Whiting-sand Whiting-sand and the eastermost poynt of the Court The Court or Court-sand which some doe call the Rib. The north end of the Whiting lyeth alongst close to the shoare and lyeth from the steeples of Orfordnes southeast and by south it is so exceeding steepe and needle too that you shall have the one cast nine the next cast five fathom and then you are no more but a ships length from it before you can heave the lead again you should be upon it When as you sit with the foreship against it it is at the stearne five or six fathom deep Alongst the inner-side it is also everie where so steepe that you cannot sounde it but on the outer side you may runne alongst by it in five fathom upon the lead untill you come within the sands When as you come from the northwardes and wil sayle through within the Whiting you must run close alongst by the shoare southwest about by the poynt of the chindle to the southwardes of Aelbrough untill you come within the north poynt of the Whitinge when the steeples of Orfordnes come to be northwest and by north from you then you are right thwart of the north poynt of the Whiting being within it goe againe more southerly to wit southwest and by south towardes Balsy cliffe If you should fall to the southwards of Whiting or els comming from the southwards will sayle in there to the northwardes then bring the steeples of Orfordnes westnorthwest or northwest and by west but for all not more northerly then northwest from you and sayle so right in untill you come by the Chindle strand then run in alongst by it as is before saide and then you shall run far enough alongst to the northwardes of the Whiting For to runne into the eastwards off the Whyting If you will sayle into the eastwardes or the southwardes of the Whiting then bring the steeples of Orfordnes northnorthwest or northwest and by north or northwest from you and sayle in so right with them untill that the wood of trees that standeth upon the next poynt to the southwardes of Balsy cliffe come to Balsy cliffe which shall then stand about westsouthwest from you keepe that aforesayd woode to the south side of the cliffe and saile in bouldly right with it and then you shall runne right in the farewaye in betwixt the Whiting and the tayle of Courtesand but if you bring the foresaide trees more then a handspikes length without the cliffe you shall not fayle to runne on against the point of the Courte That aforesayd wood of trees is verie easy to be knowne because there abouts stand no other trees Or bring the steeple of Balsy westsouthwest from you and saile in so right with it untill you come by Whiting-sand in five or sixe fathom and leade it in so by it upon the leade untill that you come by Balsy or that you gett deeper water When you come neare Balsy whether you be come in from the northwards or the southwardes of Whiting-sand you must keepe somewhat off from the shoare because of a litttle riffe or smalltayle that shooteth off from the shoare thwart of Balsy cliff which you must avoyde somewhat with shippes of greate draughts there remaineth at low water upon it not more then two fathom you may commonly perceive it well by the rippeling of the tyde Fot to sail in at a channell through the Court. You may also sayle into the southwardes of the Ribbe that is the tayle of the Courte or Courte-sand thus Bring the steeple of Balsy northnorthw or a little more northerly from you and sayle in so right with it and so you shall runne into the northwardes or through the Courte at a channell of eight fathom depth the e. side of this channell is steepe come no nearer it then eight fathom but by the w. side you may
runne in about by the Court upon the lead untill you come within the sands Balsy Balsy hath a high flatt steeple lyeth somwhat within the land behind the cliff when as you come from the northwards you may see Balsy to the northwards or the westwardes of the cliffe but you sayle it altogether behinde the cliffe so that at last it commeth out againe to the southwardes of it For to sail into Harwich If you will saile to Harwich being past Balsy then bring Balsy to that steep-poynt to the southwardes of Balsy where trees stande upon keep these markes so standing and runne so alongst by the shoare untill that you be over the poynt of the Chindle the markes thereof are two high trees within the land when they are about northnorthwest from you then they come one in the other with the steeple of Harwich and then you are right over the poynt of the Chindle and then you shall gett deeper water to witt soure and five fathom or somewhat more against the highest water Runne in then about by the point the channell lieth in right north but in the midst of the havens mouth lies a suncken rockie stonie ground which you must avoide you may saile in about it on both sides by the one shoare or the other but alongst by the east shoare it is best being within it you cannot sayle amisse or take hurt if you do not saile bluntly against the shoare there you may anchor al over where you please before the towne in five sixe and seven fathom You may well also goe further into the bight there it is clean everie where The farewaye betwixt Ordfornes or Whitingsand and the Naes lyeth most southwest and by south is six seven eight fathom deepe in turning to windewards you may run to the shoare in 5 and 4 fathom but close to the sands it is deeper to witt eight nine and ten fathom the nearer the sands the deeper water But for to sayle from Balsy to the Naze The Naze you must marke the steeple of Balsy when it commeth within a capstane barres length neere to the south end of the cliffe then keep them so standing so long untill that the house upon the Naze come over the two fields which lye on against the Highland or come over a black head upon the sea side saile then right in with them untill that the steeple of Harwich come to be northnorthwest from you in the little valley off a redd cliffe leave then the first markes keepe the steeple of Harwich in that little valleye and goe on southsoutheast untill that the third poynt of the Naze come without the 2 other poyntes so you shall run through betwixt the Naze the course there remaineth at lowe water no more then eight tenne and at same places twelve foot water therefore it is not good to runne through here unlesse that it be a quarter floud or with a shippe of great draught at halfe floude there it is verie uneven grounde rockie and stonie The poynt of the Naze is vere stonie soule and uneven the nearer the shoare thwart of that poynt the shoaler but the nearer the Sands the deeper When that the third poynt of the Naze commeth without the two other poynts or the other land and that it doth againe beginne to deepen off to witt 4 or five fathom then go southwest somewhat southerly or southwestand by south unto the buye upon Longsand Longsand Thwart of the Naze is Longsand verie steepe so that it cannot be well sounded with the lead by them that are not there verie well acquainted but somehwat more to the southwards you may run alongst by it in four fathom and three fathom a halfe untill that you get the buye upon Longsand in sight of you The north shoare to the southwards off the Naze is also flat you may runne alongst by it also upon the lead without any daunger The buye upon Longsand lyeth in 2 fathom and a half at half floud you must leave it on the larboard side and the Buye upon the Spits Buyes upon Longsand and the Spits on the starboard side which lyeth a little shoaler they lye about south and by east and north by west a musket shot one from the other The course betwixt the two buyes is southsoutheast northnorthwest but you must reckon well your tide whether you run through there with a floude or with an ebbe Upon the Spits The Spits betwixt the two buyes is at halfe floud at least three fathom and an halfe or almost four fathom in the right channell a little to the southwardes of the buy upon the Spits stand two masts above water of a lost shipp which are good markes Being over the Spits the course to Whitakers beakon Whitakers beakon is southsouthwest About halfe wayes betwixt them stand also 2 mastes more on the same w. side over against these masts lyeth a middle plate whereupon lyeth a buye on the w. side the fareway is alongst to the westwards of this Middle-plate through betwixt that foresayd buye and the mastes To the northwards of that foresayd Middle plate Middle-plate goeth out a channell by the south side of Longsand which you may saile out and in called the Kings-deepe If you come from Whitakers beacon past the Middle-plate so far that you get sight of the buyes of Longsand or Spits goe then boldly eastnortheast and northeast by east into sea or upon the lead alongst by Longsand but if you should runne into sea to the southwards of the Middle-plate you should with an eastnortheast waye fall within the hooke of the Mouse This Kings-deepe Kinghs-deepe is a readie channell and is used almost by all shippes for to runne out at For to sail into the Kings deep For to runne in at this channell out of the sea then bring the poynte of the Naze northwest from you and saile in so with it untill that you come neare Goemfliet or Longsand in five fathom goe in then alongst by it about westsouthwest and southwest and by west and keepe the sounding of Longsand and so you shall not fayle to runne in sight of the buy upon the Spitts and the foresaid masts to the of it From Whitakers beacon to the Shoebeacon the cours is southsouthwest somewhat westerly comming thwarte of the Shoebeakon then lyeth the east poynt of Seppie about south from you From the Shoebeakon Soebeakon the course is alongst southwest to the poynt of Black-tayle there runneth off a Hooke which men might saile within comming from the northwards but if you keepe from the shoare in 7 fathom you cannot take hurt of it but in five fathom you runne within it The like Hooke is also a little to the southwards of the Shoebeakon which you might unawares saile within comming from the southwardes From Blacktayle Blacktaile to the beacon upon the Nore the course is
of Kool south and by east and southsoutheast 10 leagues From Laus to Kilduyn southeast and by south easterly 10 leagues How these lands doe shew themselves at sea South Southsouthwest Southwest by south The North-cape west west and by south The Mother the Daughters Sayling betweene the North-Cape and North-Kyne and the poynts being from you as stand here by Written the Bay betwixt them both sheweth thus North-Kyne southeast and by south The poynt of Tannebay South and south and by east Kyne southsouthwest This lyeth by west Kyne Thus sheweth the land betwixt North-Kyne and Tannebay when the North-Kyne is southsouthwest eight leagues from you and the poynt of Tannebay south and by east Thus sheweth Kyne when the hill with the Crosse is southsouthwest from you 2 leagues Southsouthwest The west poynt of Kyne Thus appeareth the Mother When this hill with the Crosse is south and by west from you 2 leagues then sheweth North-Kyne thus Tannebay Kyne southwest and by west Thus sheweth the land betwixt Kyne and Tannebay when you sayle alongst by it seven or eight leagues without the land Kyne being southwest and by west from you Tanebay Thus sheweth the Tannebay when as you come off by Kyne close alongst by the land you may see these two poynts on against the high Innerland the east poynt sheweth it selfe almost like Portland the west poynt sheweth it selfe first sloping but when you come by little and little before the Sound then it well be also steep Matkorf Tannebay Kyne When as Matkorf is thwart from you then it sheweth and the land to the northwards of it towards Kyne thus Tannebay Kyne Thus is the land to the eastwards of Tannebay when as you sayle alongst by it three leagues without the land Wardhouse The land to the northwards of Wardhouse Thus sheweth the Island Wardhouse when it lyeth south from you three or foure leagues Island Wardhouse The manie land In this forme sheweth the Island Wardhouse the land to the northwards of it when it is s s w. a league halfe or 2 leag from you Thus sheweth the land and the Jsland Wardhouse being westnorthwest from you three or foure leagues Thus sheweth the land of Kegor or the Fishers Island when as you sayle alongst by it foure or five leagues without the land Thus sheweth the land of Kegor or the Fishers Island when as you sayle alongst by it comming from the westwards Island Kilduyn These three last figures belong one to the other by the Crosses Poynt of the Fishers Island Thus sheweth the Island Kilduyn and the land to the northwards of it in the bay towards Fishers Island when as you are betwixt then both seven or eight leagues from land Kilduyn being about south or southsouthwest from you The fourth Demonstration Where in Are described the Sea-Coastes of Lapland betweene the River of Kola and Islands of Swetenoes FOr to sayle up into the River of Kool or Kola The River of Kool you must goe from Laus or the south end of the Fishers Island towards the River southsoutheast and south and by east run about by the high land of Poden-wolck and then the River shall open it selfe very wide When you are by the poynt of Laus you may see the Island Kilduyn and the River of Koole or the land by it Betwixt Laus and the River of Koole is also a great baye When as you are in the mouth of the River it lyeth in first south and by west and then southsouthwest to that Island which standeth marked with A in the Carde of this River and then by little and little southwest and by south alongst by the Island marked with B unto the Trayne Island then southwest and by west and by little and little about the poynt west by south afterwards in west unto Divels poynt over against it lyeth the White stone which lyeth upon the land thwart of it is good roade From thence againe west and south westsouthwest and southsouthwest unto Kool When as you come into the River Road in the River and will seeke roade there you must keepe alongst by the west shoare being somewhat within you shall see a little Island lying close by the shoare from thence somewhat further about the high poynt is a Bight or Baye and in that Bight a Sand-baye where men may save a shippe without Anchor or Cable that is a faire Sand-baye where men may runne in all alongst Alongst by the north side it is five fathom deepe and cleane sand-ground men runne in there betwixt the two poyntes but there lyeth a black Rock in the narrow betwixt both shoares which they must leave lying on the starboard side within that rock it three and two fathom deepe unto the strand within there is faire greene fields A little without the Baye lye two Islands where of the outermost or eastermost is the smallest When as in sayling up alongst the River you may come by these two foresayd little Islands about halfe wayes to the Island marked with A there is also good roade Roade three Kings at the west shoare you shall see upon the high Land three Warders called the three Kings thwart of them is the roade When you are somewhat past the Island A you cannot see the River any more open but it seemeth to bee shut and close for that Island by A commeth then under the high land on the east side Under the Island marked with B is also good road Roade and cleane sand-ground Likewise is also good road under the Trayne Island that is reckoned for the halfe of the River to witt off from the mouth of Kool When as you come now a little past the Trayne Island where the C standeth then you shall see out a head a black blewe hill called the Divels hill Divelshill it seemeth meth there as if the River were close and shut It is best sayling alongst by the starboard side there you have most all ground close by the land There are many Bights poynts and Bayes which are not all to be described Het eylandt Kilduyn met de Reede nae 't leven ontworpen leggende op de hoochte van 69 graden 40 minuiten De Rivier van KOLA in tgroot besteck De Custe van LAPLANDT tusschen de Rivier van Kola en de eylandē van Swetenoes From the Klinck-hill unto the Robben Island Robben Island sayle all alongst by the west shoare the Robben Island is also covered at high water but when it is under water then anchor thwart of the burnt trees Thwart of the Robben Island lyeth a very great rock as sone as you are thwart of the high land looke out carefully for it keepe without it or to the northwards of it to witt a bow shot there is the roade there you may anchor by the shoare so shoale as you please it is there good lying and there you begin to see Kool alongst by the house Betwixt the
which is called Mary-Mus-bay The Mary-Mus-bay because that Mary Mus from Rotterdam of happie memorie was the first that ever sent a ship there to boile oil there is a very commodious anker-ground for about a canon-shot from land ye have five six or eight fathoms water and a far way Seawards in ye have smooth water likewise ye have a shore fit for all kinde of commodities useable for boiling of fish A little landwards in ye have a pool whereout ye can take fish yea ye can bring your boat from shore into that same pool From the east-corner of Mary-Mus-bay the foot of the mountains streatches themselves in sea very stay and high towards the west strand or shoar From the foot of these mountains setting your course north-east northerly for the matter of a quarter of a mile ye have a flat shoar where aforetimes there hath stood a crosse on a grave between those two the land hath a great infall and hard under wall a stonie ground the wall of it self is flat and sandie so that a man might have occasion on severall places to boil fish The Northwest Corner De Noord-westhoec van IAN MAYEN Eylandt BEsides this aforesaid Bay two musquet-shot from land ye have nine fathoms depth off-falling ground to the seventeenth fathom about a musquet-shot further ye have good single sandy ground but when ye come to have five and twentie thirtie or fiftie fathoms there ye have foul stonie ground which continueth till ye come so far in Sea that ye can see both the corners of the land half a mile from the land yee loose the stonie-ground and again hard under land where ye can see the ground is it stonie From the crosse to the next Yce-hill is it overall flat sandy ground and in some places stonie it is about half a mile broad and some places are fit to lay your boats on that keeps watch but it is not convenient for ankering of ships for deepnesse From the northwest corner towards the east ye have a stonie and stay wall a quarter of a mile in length where ye finde a convenient little bay whereon ye may set one kettle to boil fish in but because a short canon-shot from thence it is well 300 fathoms deep therefore it is inconvenient for ships to ly there From thence runs the wall well a half mile in length eastwardly up at the end whereof there is a little bay where ye could set a kettle and lay a boat on watch but a short canon shot from the land is it well three hundred fathoms deep From thence to the north-corner which is half a mile on the shoar is it stonie knottie and stay On the north-side of this Island the yce lyes sometimes so near that if ye would sail from hence to Spitsbergen ye should be forc'd to set your course fourtie five and fourtie yea sometimes fiftie miles northerly about and sometimes ye can sail right northwards from this Island wel five and fourtie or fiftie miles to the heighth of 75 grades norther bredth before ye can see any Yce By fair and clear weather ye can see the Bears-mountain when ye are thirtie miles from it Now adayes there are not so many fish taken about this Island as was wont because they run now more towards the north then they used to do At John Mayens Island the veriation is a stroke and a half northwestward Of the Tides and flowing of Streams In the South-bay a south southeast and north northwest Moon according to the Hollands compas makes high water the floud flows from the south running northwards and ebbes contrarily Situation and Courses From Hitland to John Mayens Island north and northwest at the half stroke 160 miles From the North-end of John Mayens Island to the North-cape east somewhat northerly but little 170 miles From the North-end of John Mayens Island to the southermost point of Spitsbergen west northwest half a stroke northerly 165 miles From the South-end of John Mayens Island to the Island Grijp on the Liet of Dronten northwest a little more northerlie 147 miles From the South-end of John Mayens Island to Langenes the northermost corner of Yceland southwest half a stroke westward 111 miles From the north-corner to the south-corner north-east and north-east easterlie 9 miles From the North-corner to the South-east-corner of the little Sandiebay north-east northerly and north northeast 2 miles and a half From the little Sandiebay to the Eyer-Island or the beginning of the great Hout-bay east southerly 1¼ of a mile From the Eyer-Island to the first Rock that is like to a ship with her sails southward westerlie 1¾ mile From the first Rock to the other Rock which is also like to a ship west and a little southerly 1½ mile From this second Rock to the south-corner southwest 2¼ mile From the South-corner to the five or seven Rocks northwest ¼ mile From the south-corner to the low south-corner or the Hoy-berg north 1 mile From the Hoy-berg to the Southbay northeast 1¼ mile From the Fowlie-Rock to the Hoepstock-bay north-east 1 mile From the Fowlie-Rock to the Rudsen north-east scarce 1½ mile From the Rudsen to the Briellish-Steepel north-east northerlie 1 mile From the Briellish-Steepel to Marie-Mus-bay east northerlie 1¼ mile From Marie-Mus-bay to Muyens second Crosse-corner north-east 1½ mil. From Muyens Crosse-corner to the North-corner east 2½ mile The Hights The North-corner lieth on the hight of 71 grades 23 min. The South-corner lieth on the hight of 71 grades Thus appeareth the land in your sight when ye are on Sea The flat strand Thus appeareth the Bears-mountain vvhen he is northvvard tvvo miles from you Thus appeareth the Bears-mountain vvhen he is vvestvvard tvvo miles from you Thus appeareth the Bears-mountain vvhen he is southvvard tvvo miles from you The third Demonstration Containing The situation of the Bears Island the Hoopen Island as also of whole Spits-bergen for so much as they are northerly and easterly known as yet WHen ye come from the North-cape to the Bears-Island The Bears-Island your course is north northwest and north-west northerly about 54 or 55 miles Syroy Syroy then lyes right north northwest from the Bears-Island Upon the aforesaid North-cape there are people who lives till they be seventy or fourscore years old they never eat any bread for they live on fish and flesh The Indwellers of the North-cape towards Finmarken say that that Bay never freeses so that they get their living most by taking of fish and drying the same The Bears-Island is reasonable high ye can row about it in the space of six hours at the north-west corner thereof coming within three miles to it ye can finde ground of fourtie fathoms and how nearer the land ye come how undeeper it is for within a canon shot to it ye are on 15 fathoms Out of the Bears-Island ye can have refreshment of waters although it were for an hundred ships there groweth likewise
brave herbs whereof ye can make salate which refresheth a man extraordinarily there are also many fowls ye finde there coals to burn not unlike to the Scots coals At the northeast corner there lieth a little Bay where ye can ly safe after a little Island cornerwindes from east southeast to west southwest blows flat into this bay but as for other windes ye ly safe ye can come into this bay at the south-side thereof at the north-side it is almost fast to a great Island except a narrow passage where ye can come handsomely through with a chaloup hereabouts is no other Inham to run into in time of storme but round about ye have anker-ground yet ye must ly in open Sea the ground is durtie and there goeth a hollow Sea so that it is not good to anker there in time of storm the floud floweth commonly from the south-west toward the northeast a southwest northeast moone make high water and it floweth commonly four foot up and down At the time of year ye can take good kods and haddoks at the Bears-Island The East-coast of Spitsbergen FRom the Bears-Island to Hoopen-Island The Hoopen-Island the course is north-east northerly as is suspected two and thirtie miles the Island is seven or eight miles in length and not above three musquet-shot broad it lieth east north-east west southwest at both sides so wel at the south as the north but on the north side alongs the whole Island ye have good anker-ground on twentie fathoms a great half mile from land on the southwest end and the northeast end ye have some flat ground where the Walrushes use to come otherwise it is overall stay and ragged but on the southside it is overall stonie and rockie and not fit for ankering of which ye must take heed yet ye may sail within half a mile alongs the coast without danger but there is nothing on this Island that serveth for refreshment There hath been some who have sailed beyond the Hoopen-Island east north-eastward 24 miles but found no land found aboundance of yce and could reach no ground The Hoopen-Island appeareth to you as five mountains whereof the northeast end is the highest At the northeast end of Hoopen-Island there is a valley wel a quarter of a mile in circuit whereon resorts a great number of Walrushes yea sometimes it lieth whole full of them there are likewise an innumerable number of Sea-mews and other Sea fowls they flie sometimes in such multitudes that they hinder you from the sight of the firmament above your head so that the land is wel enough to be known by the off and on flying of those fowls seeking food for their young ones From the northeast corner of Hoopen-Island to Black-point the course is north westerly some ten miles but before ye come to Black-point on the southeast side there lieth a great many small Islands from the mast of your ship ye can tell sixtie of them but indeed there are so many as if they were sowen and that all alongs the coast so far as ye can see and that towards the northeast and west northwest as we suspect altogether stones and rocks When Black-point Black-point is four miles north easterly from you you see a great Island in comparison of the other when ye are a large musquet-shot on the south side of this Island ye ly on thirtie fathoms stitch-ground it is a stay ground for the length of a ship more Seawards in ye have 60 fathoms within the aforesaid Islands towards land ye can see open in Sea where the Islands are not so close together A mile further east from the aforesaid great Island without the low Islands there lyes a great many blindes in Sea where ye can have no anker-ground the Sea beats much on those blindes when it is high water yet there is no great floud On the northeast corner of Hoopen-Island there goeth as strong a stream as there doth in Texel the floud cometh from the south southwest and runs along the land A south-southwest winde maketh there the highest water on the aforesaid Island is no refreshment to begot so far as is yet known but is all stonie low land neither can ye see the aforesaid Islands from farre But Black-point is a very high land so that when it is fair weather ye can see it from Hoopen-Island thereabout ye have thick mists yea sometimes for the space of five or six dayes ye see not once the Sun but all thick cold mist From Black-point so lyeth the coast eastward on northeast up so far as ye can see to Wijbben Iansons water west northwest but the whole coast along lieth full of rocks and little Islands the floud cometh out of the south-west by the Cape on the east side of Look-out and runs northeastwardly up to Wijbben Jansons water Ye can scarcely lay on by the east side of the Cape Look-out because of the Yce that cometh from the east of Nova Sembla and runs along the coast as if it were fast land like to a bank so that ye can scarcely come through The West-coast of Spits-Bergen Look-out or Kijckâ—â—â— FRom the Bears-Island to the Cape Lookout or the south corner of Spits-Bergen is the course north northwest somewhat westly about eight and twentie miles There lyes a stonie channel on the southeast cape of Look-out Seawards in wel four miles in length on some places when the water rages ye can see it beat on the channel ye can sail through between this channel and the land but with great danger From the cape Look-out to the south-south-end of the foreland the course is north northwest six or seven and twenty miles between both lyes Hoorn-zond Klock-bay or Belzond and Yce-zond From the cape Look-out to Hoorn-zond the course is north northwest six miles it is betvveen both stonie and foul ground The Hoorn-zond Hoorn-zond is a wide bay and lyes without danger of all kinde of windes The English have their tents standing there and comes every year to take fish Between Hoorn-zond and Klock-river by others called Belzond Bel-zond lyes the coast northwards westerly and north northwest all alongs the coast it is stonie and foule and full of rocks and craigs Within the Bel-zond lies sundrie rivers and havens and a little within the corner on the north side lyes Willem van Muyens haven VVillem van Muyens haven that is so called because Willem van Muyen had fisht there aforetimes a little northwards up runs a river landvvards in which is called the undeep river The undeep river whereon lyes the cold harbour where aforetimes there have stood some tents a little more southerly lyes Michel Rinders river and more southerly from the aforesaid river lyes Sardammer-river which runs a great way landwards in From the Sardammer-river westward or sailende in through Klock-bay a little about the south corner there lyes a fair harbour which because of its conveniencie
the south-end to the north-end of the foreland north 15 or 16 miles From the north-corner of the foreland to the Danes-Island north-east northerly 9 miles From Magdalene-bay to Robbe-bay north northeast 2 miles From the Robbe-bay to the South-bay north north-east half a mile From Devils-Island to the Vogel-sang east north-east a large mile From the Vogel-sang to the Zews-Uyt-kijck south-east easterly a large mile From the Zews-Uyt-kijck to Moniers-bay south-east half a mile From Moniers-bay to the Red-bay the course is east south-east 4 miles From the Red-bay to Reene-velt east south-east 5 miles From Reene-velt to the Gray-corner south-east 3 miles From Reene-velt to the Moffen-Island north-east northerly 4 miles The Hights The Bears-Island lieth on four and seventie grades and a half The Cape the Kijck-uyt lieth on six and seventie grades and six and thirtie minutes The north-corner of the Foreland lieth on nine and seventy grades twentie minutes Thus appears the land in your sight when ye are on sea Reenevelt Red-bay Thus appears the Red-bay when the round hill lieth south from you Thus appears Hoopen-Island when ye are north-east north and north-west from it The fourth Demonstration Containing A Description of Orlogenes from the Cape of Candenoes to the west-coast of Nova Sembla and the Weygat ORlogenoes and the cape Candenoes Candenoes lieth severally north east and southwest 35 miles The corner of Candenoes is well enough known there stands 5 great crosses up for tokens which when ye come by ye can perfectly perceive that the land fails you on the one side south-west toward the White sea and on the other side south-east About ten miles easterly from Cabo de Candenoes there lieth an Island called Morsonowits Morsonovvits from thence easterly there lieth a great Inham landward in which is a flat undeep water withall a deceitfull ground There hath been divers ships who have saild amisse here thinking that they had been in the mouth of the Whitesea therefore it is necessarie to learn to distinguish the land for the Russish coast eastward Candenoes is very sandie and a flat shoar and the coast of Lapland is high and full of mountains Into this Inham there runs a river from the land through the which ye can come in boats to the White sea Besides this Inham about twentie miles east and east southerly from Candenoes there lieth an Island called Colgoya Colgoya which is ten miles in length ye may sail round about it but on the south-side thereof lieth a craig which comes from the east that ye must shun because it joyns to the west-west-end of this Island There are a great many geese on this Island which in the sommer time are wholly naked having no kinde of feathers they lay their egge under their stump or taile and on that fashion breeds forth their young ones there are such multitudes of those geese there that the Russes comes with their Lodges or boats to land and takes of them by multitudes and salts them in tuns From the Candenoes to the Island Tussara Tussara the course is east south-east 32 miles and between both lieth this great ham On the west-side of Tussara lieth the corner of Swelgenoes Svvelgenoes From Tussara to the river of Colcova Colcova the course is eastward five miles that is a good river and some twelve foot deep there is no other traffique there but that the Russes comes from Colmogro and St. Niclaes with their lodges to change their wares for rough skins Five miles eastward from the river Colcova lieth the river Pitsana Pitsana which is but six foot deep and is not well known a little westerly from this lieth a drie bank which ye must shun Olivier Brunel coming from Nova Sembla sat here on ground Ten miles eastward from Pitsana lieth the river Pitsora Pitsora that runs by the east-corner in south south-east and is deep six Holland yards the land there is low and sandie on the west-corner there stands a Pack-house whereon stands some crosses when ye come within the river turn a little westward up toward the Pack-house and let anker fall on three or four fathoms water there is a great poole or lake Ye must shun the east side of the river for it is full of sand and banks The town of Pitsora lieth 26 Dutch miles landward in there is abundance of costly skins and cristall Between Pitsora and Way-gats lieth Oltgijn Oltgijn and without on the land lieth two rocks or little Islands the one called Oranjen and the other Graef Maurits there ye may ly at anker on six or seven fathoms From the south-side there comes a sandbed off-falling where ye have but three fathoms On the east and west-side of these two Islands there is a great Inham flat water the land lieth there in the round to the corner of Pitsora all in one Inham it is from Pitsora to Way-gats north-east easterly 24 miles Way-gats VVay-gats which is likewise called the Strait of Nassowen is a narrow passage through which ye can sail into the Tartarish sea It lieth first easterly and then north-east the matter of six or seven miles about midway there lieth an Island which ye can sail by on both sides A little within the corner on the north-side is a brave bay Traen-bay into the which ye can let anker fall so deep as ye please to wit on five four or three fathoms good strong ground toward the east wall ye have the deepest water and ye ly there safe from all windes or Yee-flouds It hath been assayed at two severall times to finde away through this Strait to sail be-north Tartarie to come to the rich Kingdomes of Cathy and China and from thence to Molucquen but all in vain because of the great Yee that lieth there the whole year and never melts by reason of the constant cold From the east-end of the Strait Way-gats to the Inham of Oby Oby the course is east south-east and south-east easterly thirtie miles On the east-side hereof the land lieth north-east thirtie miles more to the two norther rivers and from thence northeast but how far is not as yet known The west-coast of Nova Sembla Nova Sembla lieth from Way-gat northward to Constint-zarck north-west about fourtie miles Benorth this falls it north easterly-ward to the corner of Langenesse or the Staten-hoeck or States corner and so forth north north-east north-east and east north-east to the Islands of Oranje the northmost part of Nova Sembla lieth on the heighth of 77 grades and an half Of the Tides and flovving of Streams From the east-side of Candenoes to the Island of Colgoyen the stream fals east and east southerly as likewise along that same Island From Colgoyen to Way-gats fals the stream east and west Alongs Nova Sembla the streams turns about with the moone Alongs Rusland they come from between Candenoes and Pitsora out of the west and west
countrie-church come to that aforesaid old peece of wall of the old ruinous castle and then right in as hath beene before said Or runne in by the first markes untill within a shot of a cast peece neer to the west shoare then edge up to the north shoare untill that Ahuys come in the middest of the River and anchor there as hath been said Hanno Hanno is a high round Island which men may sayle round about under it is good road for south and southeast windes Behind Hanno runneth up a little River to Self-brough but serveth onely for small shippes or Crayers which go not deepe From Ahuys to the Rockes the course is east and by south twelve or thirteene leagues betwixt them both lye divers little townes as Fleholme and Rottenbuy Fleholm Rottenbuy where men may anchor before in sixe seven and eight fathom good anchor ground And other Havens more but little or nothing knowne by Hollanders Thwart of Rottenbuye lyeth a little Rocke somwhat off from the land called Malqueren under which men may also ride From the north poynt of Bruntholm to the Rocks the course is northeast somewhat northerly sixteen leagues but from the poynt of Sandhammer eastnortheast sixteen leagues If you runne alongst close by the north poynt of Bruntholm you shall runne with a north waye alongst even without the Rocks But if you runne alongst close by the poynt of Sandhammer and will saile from thence to the Rockes you shall with a northeast by east waye fall with the Land even within them or to the Westwardes of them The Rocks The rocks are some little rocks together which men may sayle round about but can have no Roade under them they lye 3 or 4 leagues distant from the maine land are smaller then the Eartholms A leagues or two to the northwards of them lyeth the Vrouwen of Greene Island by some called the Rough-Island and also the Outlyers It is not so brooken in it selfe as the Rocks and also much greater off to seawards from it lye some rocks to the westwards of it it is all full of rocks some above and some under water alongst even fast to the Land you may saile about within the Greene-Island betwixt it and the rockes but no man can doe it but he must be verie well acquainted there and then also not without great daunger To the s wards of it you may also finde Road at some places but you must be verie wel acquainted also not without daunger by reason of the multitude of suncken rocks and sharp grounds The east side of of the Outlyers lye from the rocks northeast and by north The south end of Oeland Oeland is a sharpe point and lyeth from the rocks east west about ten leagues distant Thwart of it betwixt the mayne land and the aforesayd south poynt of Oeland it is about four leagues broad betwixt them both goeth in the Calmer-sound For to sayle up into the Calmer sound then goe on from the rockes or from the Outlyers northeast and by east and then you runne in betwixt Oeland the maine land upon 14 fathom and sayle then northnortheast betwixt them both a middest the channell both the shoares are verie foule but if you come not nearer them then in 7 fathom you can take no hurt there From the Rocks to Calmer are sixteen leagues About halfe wayes betwixt them northwest from Southerorden the southermost poynt of Oeland lyeth the towne of Christianopell Christianopel lately built there upon a little Island by the Kings Majestie of Denmarke and so called after his name Thwart of it was wont to lye upon the mayne land a little towne called Overschare Overschare now it is one with Christianopel thwart of it lyeth a ledge of rockes about a great English mile off from the shoare southeast into the sea come no nearer it then in ten fathom At Christianopel is a haven on the east side from it lyeth off a riffe towards the eastnortheast into sea therefore he that will sayle in there must come in from the northwards for to avoyde this riffe To the northwardes of Christianopel towardes Calmer it is on both sides as well on the side of the mayne land as on the side of Oeland all full of rocks and foule grounds but you may sound both the shoares in the middest betwixt both in the farewaye it is tenne and twelve fathom deep all soft claye ground to the southwards of Christianopel it is deeper but to the northwards of Calmer it is by little and little shoaler Two leagues to the northwards of Christianopell lyeth Bercker haven Bercker-haven there men doe lade oaken beams there within it is good lying but verie bad for to come in or out because of the multitude of sunken rocks and other foule grounds which lye before it about a half league off from the shoare to seawards About a league to the northwards of Berckerhaven lyeth Hosmes ground Hosmes ground which is a very bad foule ground lying somewhat farther off from the shoare to sea-wards then the other rocks which lye alongst the shoare thereof you must take heede About a league to the southwards of Calmer two leagues to the northwards of Hosmes ground lyeth a poynt called Steensoe Steensoe which is a somewhat high rough and very foule poynt a halfe league long lying within a halfe league neare to the towne to the westwards of it runneth in a great bight where is good lying also for manie shipps but you cannot come in there because of the manie foule grounds and dangers except it be with a very skilfull Pilot upon the west side over against the poynt standeth a white house The King of Denmarks fleet of ships laye there in the time of the last siege of Calmer When you come so farre in that you leese the south end of Oeland out of your sight then you get the Castle of Calmer Castle of Calmer in sight sayle towards it but shunne the shoares as hath been sayde here before The Castle hath four great towers when the two eastermost of the four come one in the other then is the Castle about northwest from you then you come by the Grimschaer Grimschaer this is a rock easy to be knowne upon it standeth a mast with a Barrell upon the toppe of it which lyeth much nearer the west shoare then Oeland when you get it in sight then sayle towards it Thwart of the Grimschaer or Tonholm lyeth a sunken rock about a cables length off from it and a little more to the eastwards upon it is no more then five foot water The farewaye is through betwixt this sunken rock the Grimschaer about northeast and by north sayle close alongst by the Grimschaer leaving it on the larboard side and then the foresayd sunken Rock remaineth on the starboard side of you Being a little past the foresayd sunken Rock Grimschaer you come then
from you and anchor there in ten or eleven fathom there it is good soft ground but it lasteth not long so soone as you finde the soft ground you must let fall your anchor for the ground is there at manie places not cleane or you must sayle farre about both the poynts there you lye landlockt for a northwest and north winde in tenne eleven or twelve fathom good soft ground The Peert The Peert which men doe also call the great Buck upon Iasmond is a tuffe of trees or two and is a poynt that lyeth out with two poynts where is betwixt them both a faire Sand-bay where in is good lying in foure or five fathom clean ground Jasmond and the Peert lye southsoutheast and northnorthwest distant four or five leagues To the southwards of the Peert goeth in that New-deep where men doe sayle through to Statyn THE NEW-DEEPE About a league south somewhat westerly from the Peert lyeth a poynt called the Ironhead there lyeth off a little riffe therefore you must runne alongst somewhat without that poynt and being a little past that poynt you can see the outermost buy of the New-deep For to sail into the New deep wherein lye two buyes in the middst of the deepe so that you may sayle alongst on both sides of the buyes but with shipps of great draughts you must run close along to the e. wards of the buys there is the very deepest of the channell By the outermost buye it is at the shoalest there is the barre commonly there is 11 foot water or a little more then 11 foot and a half and sometimes also well 12 foot but in the middst of the Mouth of the deep it is commonly still 12 foot and sometimes more Upon the Peert lye three high hommocks the westermost of them is the greatest one great round hommock when you keep that right without the Iron head and then run on southsouthwest when you cannot sayle amisse although there were no buyes in the mouth of the Deep When you come over the Barre you shall finde againe 4 or 5 fathom depth being a little over it you must go on southeast unto the entrance of the Peen with that course you leave the Island of the Roeden The Roeden lying at least two cables lengths on the larboard side It is there all over good anchoring Right over against Grijpswald lyeth a little Island called stobber round about which you may allmost sayle something more easterly then Grijpswald lyeth a little riffe thwart from the shoare Roade under the Roeden If you will sayle into the Peen you shall espie sailing thus right out a head at the east side of the Peen two poynts keep the eastermost a handspikes length without the westermost for to avoyd a stonie shoale which runneth off from the west poynt of the Peen untill that you come before the Peen Upon the east shoare stand 2 beakons bring them one in the other run so into the Peen which lyeth in first s w but in the comming in there is no more then 6 foot or 6 foot an half water If you will anchor under the Island the Roeden you must be mindfull of a little riffe that lyeth of from the Roeden to the s wards towards the mayne land anchor there either to the westwards or to the eastwards of it accordings as the wind shall bee in 3 fathom or 2 fathom and a halfe so shoale or deepe as you please there is the common roade for the ships The Rough Island Rough Island lyeth from the Roeden northeast and by east distant about two great leagues About eastnortheast from the Roeden For to sail out to the eastwards of the Roeden lyeth also a channell into the Sea a little to the southwards of the Rough Island that is good for to runne out with westerly winds when you cannot come out at the New deepe and also for those that are bound to Danske or to the eastwards From the Rough Island lyeth off a little riffe to the southwards which you must avoyd and runne through betwixt that and the shoale which runneth from the shoare thwart off it is the barre or shoalest off this channell not lesse then eleven or twelve foot water that is a short out let being over you shall get presently deeper water This channell is Pilots water Upon the Island the Roeden dwell Pilots which doe bring out shippes The Coast of Pomeren lyeth from the New deepe to Colbergen east and west about sixteen or seventeen leagues Betwixt them both lye yet two channells the Swinne and the channell of Camin The Swin Swin lyeth seven leagues eastwards from the New-deepe which runneth through a little River into the Haff or broade water right over against the river of Stetyn Camin Camin lyeth five leagues to the eastwards of the Swin upon the east end of the Haff or broad water of Stetyn that channell goeth through also with a river into the Haff Five leagues without the land when Jasmond is westnorthwest or thereabout the Peert westsouthwest and Rough Island south from you there lyeth a banck Banck of seven fathom upon one place somewhat lesse and upon another somewhat more betwixt it and the land towards Jasmond it is again thirteen fourteen and fifteen fathom deep but to the eastwards of the New-deepe alongst by the coast of Pomeren it is all shoale water off foure five sixe and seven fathom so farre into the Sea that when you can but even see the land of the Swin there it is not deeper then seven or eight fathom without sight of the land it is twelve thirteen fathom deep The Haven of Colbergen Colbergen you must sayle into between two heads untill you come before the Towne Within in the river right over against the town lyeth a Well or Brook which can give all the countrey thereabout Salt off water which they seeth and yet the water of the river is fresh as Milk for it is a little water that commeth out of the land The coast of Pomerland lyeth from Colbergen to Gashead northeast by east southwest and by west about 13 leagues betwixt them both lye two havens more to witt Coflyn and Ruwolde The haven of Coflyn lyeth from Colbergen eastnortheast 3 leagues distant And from Coflyn to Ruwold Coflyn Ruwolde the course is northeast and by east five leagues Into the haven of Ruwold or the little river called the Wipper an indifferent ship may go in It is from Ruwolde to Gashead northeast by east four leagues The land lyeth from Garshead to the Rosehead east and east and by north 20 or 21 leagues betwixt them lye the havens off Stolp The Stolp Liba and Sernevis A little to the eastwards of Garshead lyeth the haven off the Stolp which is a river so called as the towne which runneth up to the same towne onely for small ships although that theredoe indifferent
eastsoutheast from you then it goeth behinde the land that you cannot see it The third Demonstration Where in Are Described the Sea-Coastes betwixt Der Winda and Revel and the Islands of Aland THe lying of Derwinda and how men shall know it is here before declared From Derwinda to Lyserorte the coast lyeth northeast and by north foure leagues and from Lyserorte to Domesnes eastnortheast twelve or thirteen leagues When you are thwart of Lyserorte you can perceive no poynt it seemeth to be all an even right coast from Derwinda to Domesnes but comming from Derwinda or Domesnes and being a league or two to the eastwards or to the westwards of it you can see well that it is a blunt poynt lying out Thwart of Lyserorte runneth off a great uneven shoale at least two leagues into sea but you need not feare of it you may runne over it in four five or six fathom by the lead like as also alongst all the coast of Coerland from Derwinda untill about Domesnes To the westwards of Lyserort the land hath a little bight there you may anchor for northeast eastnortheast and east winds when it bloweth hard that you can do no good with turning to windwards you must bring the poynt of Lyserorte eastnortheast from you in seven fathom there is clean sand-ground and good lying The land betwixt Domesnes and Derwinda is very easy to be known At the poynt of Derwinda it is high and goeth sloping down by little little to the eastwards unto Lyseroort Likewise 3 or 4 leagues by west Domesnes lyeth a high blewhill called the Doembergh which is steep on the east side goeth by little little sloping downe to the westwardes unto neare Lyserorte so that there two high double blewlands do go down into a valley one against the other the low land betwixt both is Lyserorte Leyserorte The poynt of Domesnes it self is low sandy land it lyeth out about 3 leagues to the eastwards of the foresayd Doembergh but all that is together full of trees The south end of Oesel Riffe off Oesel lyeth from the poynt of Domesnes northwest and by west about six leagues a sunder there runneth off a great Riffe about south and by west and southsouthwest into sea towardes the shoale Lyserorte called Swalverorte Swalverorte that is a dangerous riffe at lest three leagues long verie hard and uneven at some places towards Oesell it lyeth drye above water and at some other places it is two two and an half three fathom deep To the westwards of that riffe lie also manie uneven Dwael-grounds a good wayes off from the land which lye alongst the coast of Oesel to the northwards which are at some places not deeper then two three and four fathom Pas caarte van LIIFLANDT ende Oost-Finlandt van der Winda tot aende hoeck van Alandt ende voort tot Revel If you will goe to Rye and comming out of the sea doe fall with the land about Derwinda then leave not the coast of Coerland but runne about by it upon the lead all along unto Domesnes in four five sixe or seven fathom according as you have the wind that you may not fall without or to the westwards of that riffe Swalverorte The channell betwixt Coerland and that foresayd riffe is fourteen fifteen and sixteen fathom but very uneven The ground upon the shoale thwart of Lyserorte is at some places also very uneven for to sound sometimes sixe sometimes eight and nine fathom the one cast at least two or three fathom more or lesse then the other and that not very farre from the land but you need not feare of it you may bouldly runne to the shoare in four and five fathom But if when you come out of the sea you are past Lyserorte and come with the land to the northwards of it against Oesell then you have deeper water for not far to the westwards without Swalverorte Marks to shunne Swalverorte it is thirty fathom deep If you can see Oesel and Coerland and that the Doembergh be eastsoutheast or southeast by east from you then runne on southeast untill you come neare Coerland for to avoyd Swalverorte and then alongst by it upon your lead towards Domesnes as is beforesayd Or when as you have the Doembergh eastsoutheast from you then keepe it so standing from you and sayle in so right with it and then you shall without hurt runne alongst over the taile of the outermost shoale of Swalverorte it shoaleth up there very soone and suddainly from 13 or 15 and nine fathom but if you bringe the east side of the Doembergh not more southerly from you then eastsoutheast and southeast and by east then you shall not meet with any dangers of the Dwaelgrounds nor of Swalverorte you shall thus sayle alongst at least three leagues over the Dwaelgrounds and Swalverorte over very uneven grounds the one cast at least twelve the other nine and also wel seven and sixe fathom but goe on your course without feare when as the Inner side or east side of the south end of Oesel commeth to be north and north and by east from you then you are over the riffe within all the foule grounds that might hurt you when as that you get then 13 or 14 fathom then sayle bouldly without fear towards Domesnes If it should happen that with a northwest winde you should fall with the land to the northwards of Derwinda or Lyserorte should fear to come neere the Coast of Coerland then keepe not further off to Sea then that the east poynt of Doembergh be eastsoutheast from you when as then you bring the east side of the south point of Oesell northnortheast from you then you shall runne alongst over Swalverorte in seven fathom Betwixt Oesel and Coerland it is sixteen and seventeen fathom deep When as Domesnes is southeast and by east and the south poynt of Oesel northwest and by north from you and that you are a like neare to them both there it is eighteen farhom deep From the poynt of Domesnes runneth off also a riffe northeast and by north or a little more northerly a league and half into the sea which is on the east side very steepe but on the west side somewhat flatter When you come from out of the west and are bound to Rye you may runne about by it upon your lead in 5 6 7 8 9 and 10 fathom so neare as you will but according as the winde and weather shall be I know of some that have sounded about it in foure and foure fathom half but he that will runne so somewhat neare about it must be very carefull in using of his lead not let it rest Not very farre from the riffe on the west side it is 12 and 13 fathom deep When as the poynt of Domesnes where the withered trees stande upon come to bee southsouthwest from you then you come on against the west side of
little deepe of eight foot water Before that Deepe lyeth a banck which you may sayle about on both sides and come within it there it is three fathom deep The Island Kyn Kinne lyeth from Sales northwest and by west 7 leagues from Round east and east and by north seven leagues and from the Deepe of Rye north and by east about 14 or 15 leagues It is a little low Island about 2 leagues long hath round about it most foule ground Betwixt Kyn the coast of Lyfland it is 7 leagues broad and the right deep betwixt them both is 8 and 9 fathom deep Northwest eight leagues from Round and north and by east seven leagues from Domesnes lyeth Ambrook Ambrook that is a little Island which is round about foul with sharpe stony ground and lyeth two leagues distant from the coast of Oesell Betwixt Round and Ambrook but nearest Ambrook lye many uneven Dwael-grounds Dwael-grounds of three four and five fathom Ambrook and the south end off Oesell lye eastnortheast somewhat northerly and westsouthwest somewhat southerly about five leagues distant Under the south poynt off Oesell Roade under Oesell on the east side is a good roade for westerly winds If you will anchor there then anchor in eight or seven fathom so that the white Church which standeth somewhat within the southermost poynt doe stand west and by south from you there is good soft clay ground and you shall lye sheltred for a west westsouthwest winde The ground is there very even slatte when as you get the seven fathom and sayle towards to land it continueth long all one depth of 7 fathom untill you come very close by the shoare before it will be shoaler It is there all alongst by the east coast of Oesell flatt ground of three four and five fathom For to sayle from the south end of Oesell unto Arentsbergh through within Ambrooke you must leave two thirds of the water on the larboard side towads Oesell and one third part on the starboard side towards Ambrooke there you shall have about seven fathom water and soft claye ground towards the Coast of Oesell it is full of uneven Dwale-grounds alongst by the west side of Ambrooke you cannot lightly take hurt Arentsbergh Arentsbergh lyeth from the south end of Oesel northeast distant eight leagues but from the Island Ambrook northnorthwest four or five leagues Upon the west side of Oesel the coast lyeth off from the south end unto Hondsoorte with divers bayes about northnorthwest southsoutheast twelve leagues betwixt them both lye two lade places Wyke and Reeck Alongst this west coast of Oesell lye very manie uneven and soul grounds where of men must take very good heed Hondtsoort the northwest poynt of Oesell and the poynt of Dagerorte lye northnorthwest and southsoutheast about 8 leagues distant Betwixt them both is a great haven there runneth also a channell through but it is so shoale that no ships can go through and all over sharpe and uneven ground Upon Dagerorte Tower upon Dagerorte standeth a high tower which the Wor. Counsell of the towne of Revell caused there to be builded for to know the land by which men may see on both sides of Dagerorte farre into sea and also may see it over the land farre in the foresayd baye Under the poynt on the south side of Dagerorte is good lying for north and northeast winds and cleane sand groundâ— you may sound about by the poynt of Dagerorte in seven or eight fathom on the north side of the poynt is good road for southerly winds From Dagerorte to Syburghnes the coast lyeth eastnortheast seven leagues Betwixt them both to witt three leagues from Dagerorte and four leagues from Syburghnes lyeth a ground going flat off thwart from the land northwest into sea at least five or sixe leagues almost in manner as the great luttish riffe is first of three four five sixe and seven fathom deep and waxeth deeper by little and little towards the Finnish Scheers where at last it runneth to nothing About three leagues without the land of Dagerorte north and north and by east from the high tower there lyeth a sunken rock which is very steep whereupon there is no more then ten foot water A man of Ossanen hath beaten upon it which went no deeper then eleven foot and a half presently after the stroke he cast the lead and found five fathom depth The tower of Dageroort was then from him south and south and by west Syburghnes Syburghnes is an out poynt with two poynts from each of which shooteth off a riffe betwixt these two riffes is a faire flat sand strand where you may anchor so neere the shoare as you will in six five or four fathom A little to the westwards of the westermost poynt of Syburghnes not farre from the land lieth a shoale under water about so great as a shipp whereupon it is not deeper then twelve foot From Syburghnes to Oetgensholm the course is e. by n. 7 leag betwixt them both goeth in the Moensound To the southwards of Oetgensholm goeth in a great bay into the land where in lyeth an Island and behinde it a little towne called Hap-sael there you may anchor where you will On the southwest side of this baye runneth off a great shoale or ledge of rocks at least a great league into the sea which is very broad you may runne in alongst by it into Moensound Eastnortheast and w. s.w from the east hoeck of Oetgensholm a league in sea lyeth a cliff under water whereupon in the yeare a man of Harlingen is cast away From Syburghnes to the Oxeholm Oxeholm the Grasholm Grasholm the course is southsoutheast 4 or 5 leagues the Grasholm are two little greene Islands and the Oxeholme lyeth about a league to the northwards of the Grasholm about which you may sayle and anchor round about a little league northeast from the Oxholm lyeth a ground loose from the land which you must avoyde called the wester Grasground Grasground there are two shoales which are called the Grasgrounds the other Grasground which is called the eastermost lyeth over against the Grasholm towards the riffe of Hapsael upon which there is no more then five footwater He that will sayle into the Moensound must take heed thereof He that will sayle off from Oetgensholme through the Moensound Moonsound must goe on southsouthwest to the Grasholme and sayl in close by it for to avoyd the Grasground which lyeth to the eastwards over against it From the Grasholme to the poynt off the Oesell where the great tree standeth upon the course is east five or six leagues From the Grasholm towardes Oesell lye four little Islands each about a league one from the other When as you sayle from Grasholme towardes Oesel you must sayl alongst by these little Islands leaving them lying about two or three cables lengths on the
the eastermost of the greatnesse off a ship very steepe and high but the westermost is small run in there betwixt them the Sound is called Cramerpoort Cramerpoort When you are within them goe then in north and by east and then you shall presently meet with a greate Island called Carmer Cramer leave that on the starboard side and so you runne right on with an other greate Island called the Hester leave that on the larboard side and anchor betwixt the 2 Islands Cramer the Hester there is good anchor ground From the mouth of the Sound of Elsenvos to Pelting-sound Pelting-sound the course is eastsoutheast 13 or 14 leagues Pelting-sound lyeth in northeast there you lye within a great many great rockes or little Islands sheltred for all winds You may sayle from thence through within the rocks all over where you desire to be if you have a good skilfull Pilot. From Peltingschares to Putsfagre Putsfagre it is 8 leagues Putsfagre is a great rock or Island lying from High-land northnorthwest distant five or sixe leagues About a league south from this Island Putsfagre lyeth a suncken rock which you must avoyd He that will sayle through within the rocks let him take a Pilot from Putsfagre that may bring him through the rockes where hee desireth to be you may run in there every where and within the rockes it is most all over good anchor-ground From Putsfagre to the Epelschares Epelschares the course is east six leagues these are a great many out-rocks a little to the eastwards of them lyeth a great rock called Quadeschare which you may sayle round about From Epelscharen to the Goeschare Goeschare the course is east somewhat northerly 9 or 10 leagues That the lying of the land dangers from thence eastward hath beene described here before How these lands doe lye from the other and from other lands From the Wolf to the Kocxschaer east and by north 3 leagues From Wolf to the Peltingschares eastnortheast 20 leag From Wolf to Wranger east and by south 3 leagues From the Kocxschaer to the east end of Wranger south and by east 1 league From the Kocxschaer to little Wranger southsoutheast 2 leagues From Wranger to Eckholm east and by south 14 leag From Eckholm to the Castle of Telsburgh eastsoutheast 5 leagues From Telsburgh to the roade of the Narve e. s.e 15 leag From the road of the Narve to the Russe-haecks north by west 5 leagues From the Russehaecks to the River Nioa or Oreschack east northeast 22 leagues From Oreschack to the Rode-hell north w. 15 or 16 leag From Rode-hell to Schares terny southeast 10 leagues From the Russehaecks to the Rodehell n.e. by n. 23 lea From Russehaecks to the Island Rette Sarre north 5 leag From Rette Sarre to Sommers n. and by w. some-what westerly 4 or 5 leagues From Eckholm to the Island Highland e.n.e. 10 leagues From the west side of High-land to the road of the Narve southeast and by south and southeast 15 leagues From Highland to the little Tutters southwest and by south 3 leagues From Highland to the great Tutters south 3 leagues From the Island with Mast to the little Tutters east by south and eastsoutheast 3 leagues From the Kocxschaer to the Island with the mast east by south 18 or 19 leagues From the Island with the mast to the Highland northeast and by east 4 or 5 leagues From the Kocxschaer to high land east 23 leagues From Highland to the Sommers east 7 leagues From the Sommers to the Goeschaer or great Fisher northeast and by north somewhat easterly 7 leag From the great Fisher to the little Fisher northeast by east 3 leagues From the little Fisher to the Corsnes eastnortheast somewhat easterly 1 league From Corsnes to the Rodehell northeast by e. 3 leag From the sound of Elsenvos to Peltingsound eastsoutheast 13 or 14 leagues From Pelting-sound to Putsfagre east 8 leagues From Putsfagre to the Epelschaers east 6 leagues From the Epelschaers to the Goeschaer or great Fisher east somewhat northerly 9 or 10 leagues From Eckholm to Elsenvos northwest and by north somewhat westerly 23 leagues From Highland to Peltingschares northwest by west 9 leagues From Highland to Putsfagre northnorthw 5 or 6 leag How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea The Island Wranger sheweth thus when it is southeast and by east 3 leagues from you Northwest poynt Midland Southeast poynt Thus sheweth Eckholm when you come from the westwards that it lyeth to the eastwards from you Southeast poynt Northwest poynt Thus sheweth Eckholm when you come from the eastwards and that it is to the westwards from you In this forme sheweth the Island the Huftes when you are to the southwards of it and sayle alongst by the coast of Lyfland The little Tutters shew themselves thus when they lye to the northwards from you Thus sheweth the great Tutters when you sayle alongst by the coast of Lysland and that they lye to the northwards from you Thus sheweth the land to the eastwards of the Rivers mouth of the Narve when you come thereabouts comming off from the High-land In this forme sheweth the land to the eastwards of the Narve when you come off from the High-land Thus sheweth the Island High-land when you see it comming from the westwards The fifth Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Coastes of Sweden betweene Oeland and Stockholm ABout two leagues more northerly over against it on Oeland lyeth Borckholm Borckholm Coping wyke a little to the northwards of it lyeth Copingwyke where men do lade many Toomb-stones and other stones with a northerly winde it is bad lying there Northwest or somewhat westerly from Borckholm about 3 leagues on the Sweeds side lyeth a Haven in the rockes where men do lade Beames to the northwards of it northwest and by north from Borckholm lyeth Munsteraas Munsteraas that is a good Haven also for very great ships From Calmer to the Sweeds-Ioufer Sweeds-Ioufer the course is northnortheast 9 or 10 leagues this is a round rock and very high you may see it alongst over Oeland being a good wayes to the eastwards of Oeland it is not very great but cleane round about so that you may anchor neare under it on every side 18 19 fathom but by reason that it is not broad there commeth in with hard windes a rowling Sea From the Sweeds Ioufer to the channell of Westerwyke or Silbuy the course is northnorthwest 7 leagues but from Northeroorden the north-end of Oeland northwest 8 leagues The channell of Westerwyke and Silbuy is called Idesound Idesound after a great rock lying on the north side of this channell called Ydehoe off from it lye many rocks some above and some under water 2 great leagues to seawards which are called Idebanks Idebancks He that will saile from the north-end of Oeland towards the barsound and by bare
Windstream Windstream the course is first north north by west untill about halfe wayes there you shall find a little Island with a little tree leave that on the larboard side and goe from thence in n. northwest to the Windstream In the Windstream is a good anchoring by the shoare except in the north end of the stream there is no anchor ground From the Draybome to the Windstream it is about a league distance From the Windstreame to the Seugh The Seugh the course is westnorthwest a half league that is a chindle or stone-banck even with the water runne alongst to the northwards of it and leave it on the larboard From the Seugh to Scheggen Scheggen the course is west and by north a league run alongst there by the south shoare When you come against Scheggen you shall see upon the poynt of the south shoare a little round tree over against that little tree somewhat more northerly then in the middle off the channell lyeth a suncken rock for to avoyd it you must run nearest the south shoare The reach off Scheggen lyeth through west and west by south about an English mile it is narrow but hath every where anchor ground From Scheggen the course is westsouthwest an English mile to Steck-sound or west to Kings-deep the little Islands on the starboard side Steck-holm as you saile to Steck-sound are cleane round about so that you may goe on all sides about by them Comming close to Steck-sound you shall finde a suncken rocke a little by south the fareway The Steck-sound lyeth through southsouthwest it is a short Inlet about a cables length long From Steck-sound unto Waxholm Waxholm it is southwest westerly above an English mile Upon Waxholm standeth the Kings Castle there all the ships are visited whether they go up or down the channell there by it is paled to so neare that they can shut it with a barre From Waxholm to the Wester reach Wester reach the course is westsouthwest and through the Wester reach southwest From thence alongst west to Eeldam that is a very narrow channell a little more then a ships length broad From Eeldam Eeldam the course is west to Mouseholm which is about a league from Waxholm men leave the high rough Mouse-holm on the starboard side and run alongst by it to the southwards From the Mouse-holm Mouse-holm to Kings-haven it is a league west and west and by north all alongst by the south-land From Kingshaven Kings haven unto the town Stockholme the course is northwest and northwest and by west also a league distance along by the shoare When you come before the Towne you may anchor where you please He that falleth to leewards or by any other accident cannot come by Landsoort into the Liet of Stockholm Stockholm he may sail in more to the northwards through divers channels Amongst others there is one where men may sayle into and come by the great Daler into the Lieth there goeth another in by the Swedes-sand through it men come by Berck-haven into the Lieth The knowledge off this channell is a very high rock with another that is not so high thereby to the southwards of it betwixt these two rocks goeth in this channell it is very narrow in the comming in not above two shippes lengths broad So soon as you come in within these rocks you may edge up about by the lowest which is the southermost and anchor under it in very good anchor ground From that road in the Swedes sands the Sound goeth up first about n. w. by north n. west 5 leagues unto Berker-haven into the Lieth of Stockholm This is a very easy channell as well for to sayle in as out but because it is not easy to bee known comming in out the sea it is seldom used To the southwards or the westwards off these two foresayd rocks at the comming in of this channell it is all low land If you come from the southwards and run alongst by that low land so long untill that you begin to get the high land you shall also run in sight of these two foresayd hommocks About a league to seawards from them lye three or four small rocks for to saile in there you must leave them on the starboard side and in sailing out on the larboard side From the south-south-end of Oeland to the south-south-end off Gotland the course is eastnortheast and northeast and by east three and twentye or foure and twentye leagues but to the Karels northeast somewhat northerly seven and twenty leagues The course alongst the farewaie for to sayle from the south end of Oeland through betwixt Oeland and Gotland is northeast by north The Island Oeland is twentie four leagues long and a league and half broad when men sayle alongst by it they may counte eighteene towards upon it which are all flat then east coast is a clean coast lyeth northnortheast southsouthwest but about 7 or 8 leagues to the southwards of the north end there shooteth off a little riffe thwart from the land a great half league into the sea which men must avoyd by it goeth in a little haven where indifferent shipps may goe in otherwise Oeland hath no havens From the south end of Gotland runneth off a foule stonie riffe a good wayes in to the sea you may run about by it upon the lead in seven eight and nine fathom The Karels are two little high Islands lying on the west side of Gotland north and by west about seven leagues from the south poynt of Gotland and east and w. about a halfe league one from the other the greatest is called the greate Karell The great Karell and lyeth a great league from the land the smallest the little Karell and lyeth about a halfe league from the shoare When you come from the southwards the greate Karell sheweth it selfe in two hommocks and the little Karell Little Karell in one hommock and nearer to the land Under the little Karell is round about good roade in eight nine and ten fathom and is round about clean and cleare without foule grounds Men doe anchor betwixt it and the land in sixe or seven fathom there it is good lying for all winds as well for them that are bound to the eastwards as to the westwards He that shall be to the northwards of Gotland and shall gett a contrarie wind may also anchor under the great Karell but under the Little Karell is farre the best roade Under the great Karell men may anchor on the west and east side but on the north and south side it is soule therefore come no nearer it by night then in eleven or twelve fathom Betwixt the two Karels it is thirteen and fourteen fathom deep About half wayes betwixt the Karels the south end off Gotland southsoutheast from the Karell lyeth the haven Boswyke Boswyke thwarte of it runneth
Staverne then you come right thwart of that foresaid plate The markes of the buye upon the Creyl Mark of the Creyl are the sharpe steeple of Twisch over the Cornemill to the westwards of Medenblick that little flat steeple of Mirnes to the south side or east side of the cliffe The right fareway there is four fathom an half five fathom deep soft ground the buye lyeth in four fathom if need require men may runne wel a cables length about to the eastwards of it From the Buye upon the Crippell which lyeth upon the east end off the Cripple-sand Markes of the beakon upon Cripp e-sand three fathom unto the Beakon upon Cripple-sand the course is northwest and by west and northwest When Lutkebrooke a small spire steeple commeth to Hem which is also a spire steeple then are you thwart of that beakon From the Beakon upon the Crippel unto the souther buye upon Wieringher flat the course is northwest and by west or westnorthwest according as the wind and tyde shall serve it lyeth at high water with an ordinary tyde in thirteene foot and a halfe Markes of the fouther buy upon the Flat the markes thereof are these Grootebrooke commeth betwixt two Hay-stacks to the eastwards of the five water-mils which stand to the eastwards of Warvers hoof that is a long marke in the s Twisch a sharpe steeple to the westward of Medenblick commeth over Almerdorp there was wont to bee a little flat steeple but it is fallen downe and therefore now not soo well to bee knowne that was a right thwart-marke Upon Wieringhen standeth a cape bring East lander steeple which is a flat steeple upon Wieringen right over the cape and sayle so right with it and you shal come right with the buy When you are at the buy Westlander Church commeth then over Cleverstee and the eight mils to the eastwards of Medenblick a little without the Towne For to finde the deepest of the flat comming from the Cripple you must bee carefull to looke out for the foresayd markes If that Twisch come first to Almerdorp before Cleverstee come to Westlander Church then you are to neare to Breesand or the grounds on the starboard side these are sure markes for to sayle over the flats when there lye no buyes Alongst to the eastwards of the buye is the deepest water If you will anchor before the Wieringer flat then come no nearer the Flat then when Twisch commeth a little to the Northwards of Opperdoes or halfe way betwixt Opperdoes and Almerdorp For to sayle from the foresayd souther buy over the Gammels to Medenblick For to fail over the Gammels to Medenblick you must bring the westermost water-mill of the eight which stand to the eastwards of Medenblick a capstone barres length without or to the eastwards of the Bulwarke of the Towne and sayle then boldly without feare right in with them untill that you come into the road where the ships commonly lye or else if you desire to goe into the Haven then sayle in right to the northerhead there is nothing that can hurt you But if you must turne to windwards over the Gammels and that your ship draweth more then eleven foot water then runne not Further over to the westwards then that the foresayd Water-mill commeth almost within or a handspikes length to the foresayd Bulwark soo that yet you may well see through betwixt them then cast about run over to the eastwards soo long untill Grootebrooke come in the five water-milles which stand to the eastwards of Warmershoof or on to the eastwards of them so you shall not doe amisse for it is there broad and wide If you desire to sayle over the Gammels to Medenblick when you come from the Flye then bring the steeple of Opperdoes over the westermost Water-mill of five which stand to the westwards of Medenblick and runne in soo right with them untill that the westermost water-mill oft eight to the eastwards of Medenblick come to stand a capstone barres length without the Bulwark as here before once already hath been sayd Having these marks thus and that it doe become darke then goe on south south and by east according as the wind and tide shal serve and you shall not doe amisse neither shall you misse the Town In this foresayd faire way there is no lesse depth then upon the Wieringher flat and all soft ground When the steeple of Twisch is over the westermost watermill except one of the five which stand to the westwards of Medenblick and Grootebroeck in the little village to thee wards of the five water-mils on the Easterdyke then are you in 13 foot from the northwest poynt of the Crippl and past the taile of the Cripple Upon these foresayd markes 13 foot lyeth a buye with three legges on the foresayd west shoare lye three drift-beakons in 12 foot and then commeth the wester-most water-mill of the eight which stand to the eastwards of Medenblick and so you shall not have lesse water then upon the Wieringer flat From the Souther-buye to the second or middle buye For to sail over the Wieringen flat the course is northwest and northwest and by north but for to find the deepest water goe first northwest so long untill that Ypels-hoofs Church come over the water-mill which is called the Bolmill and then forth n. w. and by n. When the Cornmill upon Wieringen commeth in the swamp off the Oever then you have the length of the second Buye which lyeth upon the west or the south end of a little plate called the Repell the faire way is alongst to the westwards of it there being at low water two fathom large and at high water scarce three fathom deep On the west side of the fayre way betwixt the souther-buye and the middle-buye nearest the middle-buy lyeth a hard sand called the Sow or the old Sow which on the east side is very steepe and needle to which in sayling up men might sayle within a poynt or tayle of it to the westwards of it shooteth off another tayle to the northwards a great wayes towards the Northeast buye Upon the outermost or northermost poynt called Seughoort standeth alwayes a beakon Upon Wieringer upon the Oever stand two little capes with barrels on them the one upon the North-end off the Oever and the other upon the head they are so little that you can hardly see them when you come off from the souther-buye towards the middle-buye then keepe them not one in the other for if you keepe them one in the other then you will bee very close by the south shoare and shall but even run cleare of the old Sow but keep the southermost a little to the westwards of the northermost and then you shall run alongst the right fareway and shall not take any hurt of the old Sow When you come neare the middle-buy you must leave these marks and use them then no longer
From the middle buye unto the Norther-buye the course is northnorthwest when you come thwart off the norther-buye then commeth Oostlander Church and the Cornmill both over a little Chappell covered with red tiles that stand upon the Oever thwart off it also standeth the foresayd beakon upon Seughoort By the Norther-buye it is scarce three fathom deepe at high water the fareway is alongst to the westwards off it When you come by the norther-buye keepe still the foresayd Northnorthwest course untill that Oostlander Church come to the northwards of the Sedge-dyke of the Oever and then you are past the little plate which lyeth by the Northerbuye Cust van Hollant tusschen de Maes ende Texel De TEXEL Stroom met de gaten vant Marsdiep Caarte van de Readâ— end Haven van Aledenblick boemen die comenÌ„ soo van t Wicringer al 's vriesch vlack bescylen mogen tot dienst en nutvoor alle ZeevarenÌ„ luyden perfectelye gemeâ—en en afgepeyle BeschreveÌ„ A 2642 uyt speciale last vanÌ„ E. H. Burgemeesteren en de Regeerders der voorss Stade Aledenblick Caarte van DE MASE Ende het Goereesche gat From the beacon upon Vogell-sand the course is west northwest unto the buye upon Burg-sand â—â—rgsand which lyeth upon the tayle of the Share the markes of it are the Eyerland even unto the east poynt of the Iland Tessell and the Church of the Horne upon Tessell too Zuyd-haffell which is a few houses to the northwards of the Schonce Or else when you come about Vogel-sand then keep the foresaid cape and mill one in the other untill that the foresaid Horn come to or through Zuyd-haffell then run on keeping them soo When that Eyerland commeth even to the east poynt of Tessel then you have the length of the buy upon the Burg-sand you may bring the Horne well somewhat to the northwards of Zuyd haffell but in no wise to the southwards of it for else you should sayle on against the south shoare For to sayle from thence to Copevaerders Copeâ—rders â—â—ade roade you must keepe the Horne to Zuyd-haffell and sayle forth keeping them so untill you come against Tessell in the roade and anchor there where you thinke good Before Ooster-end it is best for small ships there it is shoald water and there goeth little tide but most ships doe anchor before the Geest Upon the poynt of the Bosse The Bosse lyeth a white buy in three fathom on the west point of the Balgh which you must leave on the starboard side and run about to the eastwards of it into the Balgh then forth alongst by the beacons to Wieringhen you must leave all the beacons alsoo on the starboard side For to sayl up from the Helder towards the Wieringeflat you must goe northeast or somewhat more easterly according as the wind and tyde shall be or else in eight or nine fathom alongst by the Tessell untill that the Hoorn come to the northwards of Zuydhaffel but take heed of the Wieringhen side which is so steepe there that you may have twelve or thirteene fathom at one cast and should be a ground before you should be able to heave the lead againe When that the Hoorne commeth then to Northwards of Zuyd-haffell then keep them so standing and sayle up so to the Vogel-sand when that the Eyrland commeth even without the east poynt of Tessell theÌ„ you have the length of the buy upon Burghsand whieh lyeth on the south shore upon a tayle of sand which men may sayle within at five or sixe fathom From that Buy upon Burghsand it is e. s.e to the Beakon upon Vogel-sand but sayle upon the foresayd markes of the Hoorn and Zuyd-haffell soo long untill that you have the Cape upon Tessell and the mill of Ooster-end one in the other then keep the one in the other leaving the first markes and sayl up so unto the buy or Beakon upon the Nesse and so you shall run amidst the channel in the fareway which is 10. 11. and 12 fathom deep If you bring the mill a litle to the Westwards of the Cape then you shall be close by the south shoare which is so steepe that you may not come neare it in turning to windwards then in eight or nine fathom Being come about the nesse then go on south south by west towards â—he buy upon the flat Of the tydes courses of the Streams about these foresayd places Upon the Wieringer-flat maketh full sea a southeast or northwest moon Before Texel in Coopvaerders road and east southeast West northwest moone Heights The Marsdiep lieth in three and fifty degrees sayle out of the north sea being in that heyght east on and you shall fall right with it The second Demonstration Wherein The Coast of Holland from Texel to the Maes as also the Channels of Texel the Maes and Goeree at large TEssell is a long plaine Iland whereupon stand 4. Churches the westermost hath a high sharpe steeple and is called west-end or S. Iohns but by the Pilots it is called the Westen or the Wambus To the southwards of that standeth an other sharp steeple called the Hoorn The third is called the Burgh which standeth somewhat more to the northwards then the other two beforesayd The fourth is called the Oogh or the Koogh which is the norther-most of them all without steeple and is covered with blew slates The Eyerland â—â—erland lyeth close to the east wards or to the n. ward of the Tessel and fast to it when it floweth somewhat high it is divided of from the Tessel by the sea made to an Iland it sheweth it selfe of at sea like a Low Plaine litle Iland with litle hommocks there standeth upon it no more then 2 litle houses Huysdown Huysdown is a short poynt of land with some white sandhils where of the greatest and highest is called the Kyckdowne or Kykers-downe the next to the southwards of it is called Dirckooms sand-hil further to the southwards they run flat of by little and little and at length to nothing in a flat plaine strand Upon the east end called the Helder lye also some sandy hills betwixt the Helder and the Kyck down it is a most-flat strand with some sandy hils like a dike upon which about halfe way betwixt both standeth the litle or the outer most Cape the great cape standeth somewhat within the land about east from the Kyckdown Huysdowne or the Marsdeep and the Maes lie south s w. somewhat southerly and northnortheast somwhat northerly about 24 leagues asunder From Huysdown to Petten Petten the coast lieth south and by west foure leagues Petten hath a little Church with a little steeple and thereabouts you shall see two other little sharpe steeples in the Northland A little to the southwards of Petten lieth the Hondbosch a league to the southwards of Petten lieth Camperdowne the best land to be known thereabouts the north end is a high steep white
broken land and there remaineth at low water five fathom depth If you are bound to S. Paul de Lion S. Paul de Lion you must run right with the great rock with the two horns or Sadle and so close alongst by it being past it edge to the land upon the strand lyeth a village called Plempoll sayle right with it alongst by it to the eastwards of it goeth in the river These are all tyde-havens but betwixt the rockes of the Morlions and the Islands Bay it is at lowe water deepe enough for to save a ship The land of S. Paul de Lion is double land upon S. Pauls Church stand two sharpe steeples The Island Isle de Bas lyeth thwart before it upon it standeth two stakes to see to a farre off like milles Upon the east end of that Island lieth a very high ragged rock when you are to the eastwards of this rock you shall see two sharpe steeples a little one from the other these are the steeples of Plempolle you may also then see the Castle of Morlaix lying southeast from you upon a high rock The foresayd outermost long ragged rocke of Morlaix lyeth from the top of the Island Isle de Bas Isle de Bas east and east and by south three or foure leagues Men may sayle alongst by the maine land within and through these rocks untill they come to the seven Islands they are all great bayes where inmost places is good anchor ground Five greate leagues north and by east of Isle Bas and southwest and by west 27 leagues from the Caskets lyeth a dangerous rocke or Cliffe called Roche Blanche Roche Blanche and lyeth from seaven Islands westnorthwest 9 leagues Within the Isle de Bas lyeth the town of Roskow Roskow you may sayle into the haven of Roskow on both sides of the Island For to sayle into the easterne channell when you are passed by the high rocke with the saddle or two hornes called Le Taureau and come by the land betwixt the east poynt of the Island and the poynt of the maine land over against it you must sayle still keeping the middle of the channell It is in this channell 7 and eight fathom deepe Being come within the poynt of the Island you must runne in about by it west by south west on untill you come about halfe wayes within the Island and anchor there in eight or nine fathom And then Roskow shall lye south and south and by east from you If you will sayle into the westerne channell you shall see to the westwards of it close by the maine land two great long rockes From the point of the maine land a little to the eastwards of the eastermost long rocke lyeth of a riffe from the land which maketh the west side of the channell you must runne in southeast betwixt that riffe and the west poynt of the Island when you come within the poynt of the Island you must edge up northeast unto the middest of the Island anchor there as here before is sayd From Isle de Bas alongst to the Fourne or Ushant lyeth the coast westsouthwest 16 leagues From the Island Isle de Bas unto the Fourne the outermost or westermost end of the maine land of Britaigne the course is westsouthwest and west and by south thirteene leagues About halfe wayes betwixt them both lyeth Obbevrack or Abberwrack About a league northwest without the rockes of Obbevracke or Abberwracke Abberwrack lyeth a rane of Rockes under water They that by night wil saile or turne to windwards from the Fourne or towards the Fourn The Fourn let them not come thereabouts nearer the land then in 45 fathom A league to the eastwards of the Fourne all alongst the coast even unto the Fourne lye many long black ragged Rockes in many places appearing like Villages these are called the Ovens within them on the maine land which is not very high men shall see sayling alongst by them many white sand-bayes and here and there some little houses whereby the foresayd land thereabout is very easy to be knowne The Fourne and Ushant Ushant lye westsouthwest eastnortheast distant two great leagues Ushant sheweth it felfe at sea at the south-south-end low and at the north-north-end going up sloaping upon the midst of it standeth a little flat Tower by which markes it is good to be knowne Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames At Cape de Hague by the shore a south and by eâ— moone maketh high water In the Race of Blanckert a north and by east south and by west moone The flood falleth through the Race northeast and the ebbe southwest In the Islands also a north and by east and south and by west moone maketh a full sea Men cannot well reckon the tydes there because they have divers courses about the Islands but for the most part northeast by north A quarter of the tyde the flood falleth thwart into the Caskets In Garnsey a north and by east and south by west moon maketh full sea At Concalle Granville a westnorthwest moone At S. Maloes an east west moone maketh high water The flood falleth in there at the westerne channell goeth out againe at the easterne channell men must reckon there upon when they will sayle into these channels From the Island Briack in the bay of Benit the flood falleth southeast but in the fareway eastsoutheast and westnorthwest At the east-side of the Island Briack in the road southsoutheast An east and west moon maketh there the highest water Betwixt the Island Briack and Garnesey a westsouthwest moone maketh full sea the flood runneth there eastsoutheast and the ebbe westnorthwest On the coast within the Caskets the tyde runneth continually against the Sunne soo that it is there never still water Betwixt Sept Isles or the seven Islands and Garnsey in the fareway a westsouthwest moone maketh full sea Betwixt Briack and the seven Islands an east and by north and west and by south moone maketh full sea The flood fulleth there east and east and by south Betwixt the seven Islands and the outer rockes of Morlions the flood falleth in south east within the Triacle Pots towards the Green-Island but in the fareway in the offing east and east and by north At Morlaix and S. Pauls a west and by south Moon maketh the highest water but in the fareway in the offing thwart of it a southwest and by west and westsouthwest Moone At the Isle de Bas maketh high water a west and by south Moone In the fareway there in the offing the flood falleth e. n. e. and the ebbe w. s w. and so likewise from thence all alongst the coast of Bretaigne unto the Fourne or Ushant At Abberwrack an e. n. e. and w. s w. moone maketh full sea without Ushant a westsouthwest and eastnortheast moone and within the Trade a s w. by w. moone maketh full-sea Of the Depths
about these places and in what depths men may see the land Upon Cape de Hague standeth a Castle with a little turret a little to the eastwards of it in the land standeth a sharp Tower Two leagues to the eastwards off it lyeth Sherborough with a flat steeple The Island Ornay is upon the west end high with a steep going down poynt The east end is hilly or with hommocks but lower then the west end in sayling by it men may see upon it a Tower or two with some mills Upon the north side of the Island lyeth a white hill like a sand hill To the northwards of the Caskets two leagues from land it is deep 35 and 40 fathom Betwixt the Caskets and Garnesey it is 35 40 fathom deep most all stony ground Northwest about foure leagues from Garnesey is a pit where it is 80 or 90 fathom deepe els it is thereabouts 40 fathom deep Betwixt Ornay and Iarsey it is deep 20 and 25 fathom In the fareway of Jarsey Rockduve and the Island Briack it is deep 20 and 25 and 30 fathom About the Triacle Pots alongst the coast it is 45 50 fathom deep in such depths men may see the land thereabouts By night it is not good to come nearer that coast and the seven Islands then in 45 fathom Thwart of S. Paul de Lion and the Isle of Bas five leagues from the land it is deep 45 50 fathom Thwart of Abberwrack 5 leagues â—rom the land it is deep 50 and 55 fathom The Backovens or the land of the Fourne men may see in 50 fathom Ushant being about south from you you may see in 50 fathom Courses Distances From C. de Hague to the outermost of the Caskets west by north 9 leagues From the Caskets to Beachy n. e. by e. 36 leagues From the Caskets to Wight n. e. and by n. 20 leagues From the Caskets to Portland north and by west 13 leagues From the Caskets to the Steart westnorthwest 21 leagues From the Caskets to Silly west somewhat northerly 54 leagues From C. de Hague to C. de Voorha south by east 7 leagues From C. de Voorha to Granville s s e. 9 leagues From Granville to Mount Sint Michiel southsoutheast 5 leagues From Granville to the poynt of Concalle southwest 5 leagues From the poynt of Concalle to the easter channell of S. Maloes west west by south 5 leagues From the Island Sisember before S. Maloes unto cape de Farrele west 4 or 3 leagues From C. de Farrele to the Island Briack west and by north 9 leagues From the Island Briack to the Pickelles w. by s 2 leag From the Pickels to the seven Islands westsouthwest 5 leagues From the seven Islands to the Triacle Pots westsouthwest 3 leagues From the Triacle Pots to the Isle de Bas westsouthwest 9 leagues From Isle de Bas to Ushant westsouthwest 16 leagues From C. de Hague to the west end of Jarsey betwixt Sarck Jarsey through southsouthwest and south west and by south 11 leagues From the Caskets to the west end of Garnesey southwest by south 5 or 6 leagues From Garnesey to Jarsey s e. and by e. 7 leagues From Roche Blanche to Caskets northeast and by east 27 leagues From Roche Blanche to Isle de Bas south and by west 5 leagues From Garnesay to S. Maloes s s e. 16 leagues From the south end of Iarsey to S. Maloes south and by east 8 or 9 leagues From Garnesay to the rocks Rockduves southsouthwest 8 or 9 leagues From Rockduves to Manckiers east and by souâ—h 9 or 10 leagues From Rockduves to C. de Farella s e. 10 leâ—gues From Rockduves to the rock Camine south and by west 4 leagues From Rockeduves to the Island Briack south by west and south 6 leagues From Garnesey to the 7 Islands southwest 14 leagues From the Caskets to S. Paul de Lion southwest somewhat westerly 30 leagues From the Caskets to the Fourne or Ushant southwest and by west 46 leagues From the Caskets to the Lizard west and by west and by north 39 leagues From Garnesey to the Lizard west and by north 37 leagues From the seven Islands to the Lizard northwest and by west 32 leagues From the seven Islands to the Steart north and by west westerly 24 leagues From the seven Islands to Portland northnortheast 32 leagues From S. Paul de Lion to the Lizard northwest and by north 28 leagues From Sint Paul de Lion to the Steart north and by east 28 leagues From Sint Paul de Lion to Portland north east and by north 39 leagues From Isle de Bas to the Fourne w. s w. 12. leagues Heights The Caskets lye in 49 degrees 48 min. The 7 Islands or sept Isles in 49 degrees Ushant lyeth in 48 degrees 30 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Thus sheweth Ornay when you sayle alongst by it foure leagues from the land Thus sheweth Ornay with the Caskets when it is south south east from you 3 or 4 leagues Thus sheweth Ornay and the Caskets when you sayâ—e alongst by them and Ornay is south east from you three or foure leagues Garnâ—ey being east north east from you sheweth thus Thus sheweth Garnsey when it is thwart from you about 4 leagues S. Paul de Lion Obbevrack La Four Thus sheweth the land betwixt S. Paul de Lion and the Fourne when you sayle alongst by it 4 leagus from the land The third Demonstration Wherein Are delineated the Coasts of England from Beachy to Port-land TO the Westwards of the poynt of Beachy thwart of the west end of the 7 Cleeves right against the Chindle where men run alongst by into new Haven men may alsoo anchor in 7. 8 or 9 fathom A league and a half to the eastwards of the point of Beachy nearest e. n e. from the poynt lieth a little sand upon which there is at low Water and spring-tydes scarce two fathom At the west end of the seven Cleeves lieth the River of Cuckmer-Haven or New-Haven New-haven which hath two entries the westermost entry lieth in by the west land but is not to be used but onely with very small shipping it falleth altogether dry the eastermost is commonly the best and lieth northwest and by west in there is at high water with a common tyde not more then seven and with a spring-tyde 14 or 15 foot water within the ships lye every tyde dry But before the village they remaine a float there they moore with foure cables fast on 2 green shoares Upon these entries men cannot well make any reckoning they keep no certaine depth when it bloweth a storme out of the south they are oftentimes cast too with a chindle and opened againe with a freshut Shorum Shorum is a tyde-haven where is at high water and spring-tydes 18 foote water but at low water there remaineth no more then 3 foot water soo that then it
floweth 15 foot up and down With a common tyde at high water there is 12 foot and at low water 3 foot depth The towin Shorum lieth a little English mile within the haven ships that draw but 8 or 9 foot water can lie a float a little beneath the towne at low water or else they lye dry every where When you come from the eastwards from Beachy or New-haven along by the shoare you may see open into the Haven before you come thwart of it But comming from the westward you shall not see it open before you come right before it because the west poynt lieth somewhat further out then the east poynt From the west point runneth off a little tayle but at high water you may runne in alongst over it otherwise you must runne in by the east shoare Upon the east poynt stand 2 beacons which you must bring one in the other run in so right with them untill you come by the n. shoare and then in alongst by the foresayd north shoare At Shorum somtimes there are builded many great ships of 3 or 400 tunnes About sixe leagues to the westwards of New-haven lieth Arundell Arundell a tyde-haven where a ship may go in at half Flood you must goe in thereby the west land north east in In the entry it is two and betwixt the two lands 3 fathom deep at high water But within the Haven remaineth at low water 4 and 5 fathom There you must anchor before the village Five leagues west s w from Arundell and 13 leagues west and by south somewhat westerly from Beachy lye the bancks or shoals of the Owers Owers under water a great league and a halfe a seaboard the land About 2 leagues e. n. e somewhat easterly from the south side of the Owers and two little leagues south from Arundell lieth a shoale of rocks and chindles called East-borough-head Eastborough-head as great as an aker of land which falleth at low watet and spring-tide dry otherwise it commeth not above water close to it it is 15 fat deep They that sayle off from the haven of Shorum and are bound to the westwards must not go more westerly then s s.w untill they come in 18 fathom before they set their course more westerly for feare of this shoale About an English mile n. w. from this foresayd shoale lieth alsoo a sunken rock whereupon at low water it is no more then 5 or 6 foot water About halfe wayes betwixt Arundell and Selsey runneth of a ledge of Rocks thwart to the southwards from the shoare obut an English mile and a halfe into the sea called the Bogners whereof some of the rocks fall dry at low water but the outermost are alwaies under water De Custen van ENGELANDT tusschen Fierley en Poortlant â—ock hoese van Ornay gelegen zyn Betwixt the Owers and Portsmouth goeth in a great sound or haven within lieth the town of Chichester Chichester On both sides of the Island Wight men may saile within it and there come to anchor either under S. Ellens or before Newport where they will For to sayle into the Eastwards of Wight you must bring the easterne castle that lieth to the eastwards of Portsmouth over the Lyme-kilne that is a white spot in the land to the northwards of that castle and keepe them soo one over the other untill that the Culver cliffe come within or under the northeast poynt of Wight Then bring the Lyme-kilne over the east end of Portsmouth and keepe them soo untill that the castle to the westwards of Portsmouth come to the wood Thus doing you shall come neare neither plate nor sand to take any hurt of them and you shall come soo by little and little before S. Ellens Church When the Church commeth two ships lengths within the red poynt then you shall not come too neare the riffe at the poynt Or-else if you cannot see the Lyme-kilne then keepe the Castle to the westwards of the Culver cliffe untill that S. Ellens Church commeth a ships length without the poynt of the Island goe then boldy northwest in and you shall not come too neare the riffe And then bring the square Tower betwixt the east end of Portsmouth and the Castle When the Castle to the westwards of Portsmouth commeth to the east side of the Wood then you shall not as here before is said come too neare either the plate or the sand to take any hurt of them When the eastermost white spot standeth a ships length to the westwards of the Castle then you are to the eastwards of the riffe and when the Culver cliffe is covered or hidden behind the n. e. point of the Island theÌ„ are you also within the riffe The markes of the little plate Markes of the plate are these there standeth a square tower within the land a castle on the water side to the eastwards of Portsmouth thwart from it lyeth the foresayd Lime-kilne when that commeth to the eastwards of the foresayd Castle so that you may even see through betwixt them both the are you upon the little plate which at low water is not deeper then 10 foot then standeth the castle to the westwards of Portsmouth at the west side of the Wood. But when the foresayd square tower commeth to the west side to the foot of the Castle the Castle by west Portsmouth to the west side of the Wood there it is deepe at low water upon the little plat 12 foot When the square Tower standeth betwixt the east end of Portsmouth and the Castle even betwixt the Lyme-pit and the Tower and the Castle by west Portsmouth in the west side of the Wood there it is at high water tenne fathom deepe When Saint Ellens Church lyeth southwest and by west from you then lyeth the southeast end of the plate northeast and by north from you and the west end north and by east From the poynt of the roade of Newport eastwards lyeth abroad sand alongst the shoale called No mans-land No mans-land which falleth almost dry at low water it is so steepe that halfe a cables length off from it it is twelve fathom deepe upon the high land of Wight thereabouts stand two or three mills If you come neare the shoare that the foresayd mills bee hidden behinde the foresayd high land you shall not misse to come a ground against that foresayd sand but so long as you can see these mills you shall goe cleare of it The Roade of the Cowes is the best Roade in Wight Over against betwixt that and Calshot Castle lyeth a hard sand nearest the north shoare lying from thence to the westwards alongst the fareway almost soo farre as thwart of Newton called the Brambles The Brambles at low water and spring-tydes it falleth almost dry and then the sea breaketh much upon it to the northwards of it goeth alsoo a channell through but it is not to be used but with small
by north From Wight to Beachy e. and by n. and w. and by south Thwart of Wight before Dunnose a south and by east Moone maketh full sea At S. Ellens and the Cowes a s s.e Moone At Hampton at the kay a s and n. Moone Within the Needles of Wight a southeast and by south-Moone Before the haven of Poole a southeast and northwest Moon maketh high water alsoo a south by east and by west Moone Thwart of Portland in the channell a s s e. and n.n. west Moone From Portland to Wight the flood falleth east and by n. and the ebbe west and by south Of the Depths Without Beachy thwart of the seven Cleeves it is deepe 28 and 30 fathom In the offing thwart of Wight it is deepe 38 fathom in such depth men may see the land In the channell betwixt Portland and the Caskets it is 40 fathom deepe when it is cleare weather men may see the land on both sides the nearer England the shoaler towards the Caskets it is deepest Courses Distances From Beachy to the Owers w. and by s 13 leagues From thwart of the Owers in 12 fathom unto Dunnose the south poynt of Wight w. s.w 5 leagues From Beachy to Blacknesse east 18 leagues From Beachy to Struysaert south 26 leagues From Beachy to the Caskets s w by w. 36 leagues From Dunnose to the southermost poynt of Wight unto the Needles of Wight west and by north and w. n. w. 4 leagues From the west end or the Needles of Wight to the poynt of S. Albons land west 4 leagues From the Needles of Wight to Portland west and by south and west southwest 11 leagues From Wight to Diep e. s e. 36 leagues From the east end of Wight to Struysaert s east somewhat southerly 29 leagues From Wight to the Caskets southwest and by south 20 leagues From Portland to Seynhead southeast and by east 39 leagues From Portland to the Caskets south and by east 13 ½ lea Heights Dunnose the southermost point of Wight lyeth in 50 degr 36 min. Portland lyeth in 50 degr 26 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Beachy sheweth thus when you come from the west Thus sheweth Beachy with the seven Cleeves when you come from the west and sayle alongst by it Thus sheweth the Island Wight when you sayle alongst by it being 3 or 4 leagues a seaboard the land Cust van ENGELANT Van Lezard tot Engelands Eyndt de Sorlinges ende Canaal van Brestou al 's mede hoe zy van Yerland gelegen syn Portland Thus sheweth S. Albons land with Portland to the westwards of it when you sayle alongst by it being to the eastwards of Portland Thus sheweth Portland when you come from the westwards Thus sheweth Portland when it is north by west from you six leagues of Thus sheweth Portland when you come from the eastwards The fourth Demonstration Wherein Are Shewed the Coasts of England from Port-land to the Lizard FRom Portland to Exmouth the course is westnorthwest thirteene leagues betwixt them both lyeth a little Island close by the land called Cob. I. Cob. Befote Exmouth men may ride at the south end of the Chindle which lyeth before the haven in seven or eight fathom soo that the rocks of Tomanstones doe come to lye south and south and by east from you there it is good ground and landlockt for a south winde Five leagues south and south and by west from Exmouth lyeth Torbay Torbay and lyeth from Portland west and west and by south distant thirteene leagues TORBAY For to goe into the roade of Torbay you must bring the West poynt south and by east and southsoutheast from you and anchor there in 7 or 8 fathom you shall lye land-lockt for south and southwest windes At the northeast side of the bay is alsoo a tyde-haven before it it is good anchor ground in foure or five fathom according as you will lye neare or farre from the shoare Three or foure leagues southwards or to the westwards of Torbay lyeth the Haven of Dartmouth Dartâ—outh which hath a narrow entry lying in betwixt two high lands upon each side of the Haven standeth a little Castle in time of warres they were wont to shut it over with a chaine on the Westside standeth a little Church on the high land For to sayle in there comming from the Steart or from the westwards you must run in alongst by the wester-land so farre to the eastwards untill you bring the kay of the village that lyeth on the east side of the haven in the middest of the entry of the Haven and sayle so in keeping the middest of the Haven betwixt the two lands and you must bee very ready with the boat if there should come any sore flangs from of the high land for to row in Being come in edge over to the west-side before the Brewhouse and anchor there in ten or twelve fathom or before the village on the east-side where you please At the east-side of the Range lyeth a suncken Rock the marks for to avoyd it are these To the eastwards of Dartmouth is a red poynt which below by the water is black and in the red lieth a white stone when the white stone commeth over the black poynt then are you thwart of the suncken rock but if you see the kay of the village and doe as before is sayd then you shall not come too neare that suncken rock to take any hurt of it Betwixt Dartmouth and the Steart nearest to Dartmouth standeth a spire steeple indifferent high and white called Tackman that is a very good marke to know the haven of Dartmouth by The Steart Steart lyeth from Dartmouth southwest distant three leagues Under the poynt of the Steart at the east side is a good roade for westerly windes betwixt the little Church that standeth upon the high land and the poynt of the Steart in tenne or eleven fathom soo that the poynt lye southwest from you A little to the eastwards of the westermost poynt of the Steart lyeth a haven called Salkom Salkom when you come from the west it sheweth it selfe open the west side of it is ragged and the east side goeth sloping downe close to the westpoynt lyeth a rocke or a rane of rockes therefore you must give it a good birth leave the rockes on the larboard side Further you may see all breaks that can doe you hurt Being come within the point you can take no hurt of either of both shoares Upon the barre or shoals of the entry remaineth at low water with a spring-tyde not lesse then eleven foot water again within it is at least three fathom deep Seven leagues to the westwards of the Steart lyeth the sound of Plymmouth at the outermost east poynt of the sound lyeth a high round rock called Mewstone Plymmouth Mewestone the west poynt is called Ramehead betwixt them both goeth in the sound Plymmouth
and yellow course sand with small glistering needles with white peeces of queens shels and gray and yellow flat stones and little peeces like as it were of Oyster shels West and by south from Ushant Ushant 21 leagues in 68 fathom the ground is red yellow and black mingled with a little white round smal sand like shelly sand But in 80 fathom 21 leagues west and by south off from Ushant the ground is yellow and shelly with some gray and crompeld little needles like ends of smal rye In eighty fathom 24 leagues from Ushant Ushant west by south men finde rough great sand with many sorts of shels red white yellow and gray with peeces of queene shels From Ushant west 16 or 17 leagues in 75 fathom the ground is white and yellow course sand with peeces of thin white shels and gray peeces of queenes shels like as it were of Oyster shels white smal white glistering things like needles Eight or nine leagues from Ushant Ushant it is deepe 70 fathom the ground red white yellow and gray shelly sand with red yellow black peeces of shels and smal red yellow black and gray stones with some smal white things like needles Eight and forty leagues west and by north from Ushant and 50 fathom westsouthwest from the Lizard or thereabouts it is deepe 95 fathom the ground red yellow and black sand with smal white round shelly sand and some little peeces of shels and queen shels with some peeces of thin shels Three and thirty leagues west and by north from Ushant and 27 leagues southwest and by south Silly in 95 fathom the ground is gray red and yellow mingled with smal black sands with darke red white and yellow peeces of shels to wit gray and red shelly sand An eastnortheast course from this ground off is the best it is in the height of about 49 degrees Foure and twenty leagues west or west and by north from Ushant Ushant and s and by west from Silly 21 leagues in 80 fathom there the ground is white gray red and yellow sine smal shelly sand with little red and white peeces of little shels like bruised mustard seed in the height of 49 degrees Seven or 8 leagues west and west and by north from Ushant Ushant in 68 or 70 fathom there the ground is white and yellow smal shelly sand mingled with many gray crompeld little things like needles About 30 leagues somewhat more northerly from Ushant Ushant in 90 fathom the ground is smal white rough and somewhat long sand mingled with a little red and yellow some glistering little things like needles with two or three peeces of white gray shels If you goe on from thence northeast and by north until you come in 55 fathom there the ground is yellowish white course shelly sand with white peeces of shels then you may see Silly lye nine or tenne leagues north or somewhat more westerly from you Westnorthwest from Ushant Ushant 21 leagues and southwest and by south from the Lizard Lizard 27 leagues in 80 fa. the ground is gray and red shelly sand there commeth also on the lead a little peece or two of white or gray qeene shels with yellow and red peeces of shels alsoo peeces of perriwinckles Nine leagues northwest and by north from Ushant Ushant the gâ—ound is white and yellow rough shelly sand with gray crompled glistering little things like needles there come alsoo on the lead little things like smal straws If you goe on northeast from thence you shal fall with the Steart Twenty leagues northwest by north from Ushant and 16 leagues southwest somewhat southerly from the Lizard in 68 fathom the ground is white yellow and red smal round sand with some white glistering little things like needles with one or two little gray crompled things like needles and two or 3 little peeces of little white shels Nineteen leagues n.n.w. from Ushant Ushant 12 or 13 leagues s s.w from the Lizard Lizard it is 68 fathom deepe the ground is there all manner of ragged stones gray red black with red peeces of shels some gray crompled little things like needles Nineteene leagues north and by w. from Ushant Ushant the south from the Lizard it is deepe sixty two fathom the ground is white course shelly sand with white gray crompled little things like needles with white peeces of shels and 2 or 3 little stones amongst it Twelve or thirteene leagues west from Silly Silly or somewhat more northerly it is deep 60 fathom the ground is gray and oâ—sie mingled with smal black sand In some places of the same depth it is white gray oasie smal sand with peeces of thin white shels amongst it with a little peece or two like parings of cheese this ground cannot be gotten up with candle tallow or other hard tallow upon the lead but with soft tallow or butter In these depths you have no where such oasie ground as there whereby men may well know that they are on the back side of Silly or England to wit west from Silly West from Silly Sâ—lly 7 leagues it is oasie gray sand with 2 or 3 little peeces like parings of cheese Seven or 8 leag s s w. from the Lizard in 16 fathom the ground is white grosse with a little red sand with little shels and little glistering white things like needles Nine or ten leagues south and by west from the Lizard in 60 fathom the ground is yellow pieces of shels and gray pieces of soft flat stones like parings of cheese with some red pieces of shels without any sand therein South west and by west from the Lizard Lizard and southsouthwest from Silly Silly 19 leagues it is deep 78 fathom the ground gray yellow and red shelly sand with red yellow and blue pieces of shels with queene shels and a piece or two like parings of cheese or like pieces of Oyster shels with alsoo two or three glistering little things like needles in the height of about 49 degrees and 30 minutes Fifteen or sixteen leagues southwest and by south from the Steart Steart in 57. or 58. fathom the ground is full of pieces of all maner of shels and queen shels with a little yellow and white shelly sand with many sorts of little stones and gray little pieces iike parings of cheese with some crumpled and some not crumpled but little glistering things like needles and little things like maggots that are in Bacon South southwest from the Steart Steart sixteen leagues in 53 fathom the ground is white reddish shelly sand with pieces of queene shels with red gray little stones South west from the Steart 8 leagues it is deep 40 fathom the ground gray and red shelly sand South southwest from the Steart 13. or 14 leagues it is deep 47 fathom the ground pale muddy sand with little long
of Iochull lyeth Dongarven haven betwixt both lyeth an out point a little to the eastwardes of it standeth a high blacke Tower called Ardimore Ardimore which may bee seen wel foure leagues at sea within it is a bay which is a good roade for westerly windes in seven or eight fathom Dongarvan Dongarvan is a narrow tyde-haven the mouth off the haven is ful of rockes and at lowe water it falleth drye men must goe in there at high water and runne in through betwixt the rockes it lyeth in northnorthwest within it is deepe enough The towne Dongarvan lyeth upon the west side of the haven From Dongarvan to Waterford are eight leagues Within Dongarvan northnorthwest landwards in lyeth the mountaine of Sleges which men doe cal the high mountaine of Dongarvan or Cape de Quin C. Quin. or Caray Quin it shewed it selfe with three exceeding high hommockes farr above all other landes thereabouts men may see it at sea alongst a great part of the south coast of Ireland When you shall have that mountaine northnorthwest from you and sayle in right with it you shal fall right with Dongarvan When you shall have it north from you and sayle in right with it then you shall fall with Iochul being northnortheast then you shall fall with Corck but when it shall be n.w. and so run in you shall fall with Waterford The haven of Waterford Waterford lyeth about five leagues to the westwardes of the s east poynt of Ireland being called Carnaroort the coast betwixt both lyeth eastnortheast and w. s w. and sheweth it selfe in the ossing within the land with high hilles two and three double one above the other but by the sea side it is all low land where you may see many flat Towers upon it as you sayle alongst by it The east poynt of the haven is a low rock poynt but it is cleane upon it standeth a high white flat Tower called the Tower of Waterford Tower of Waterford which you may see farre off at sea and is a perfect mark to know this haven by there stand many more flatt Towers to the westwards alongst the coast but this is better to be seen then all the rest because it is white and higher then the other The west poynt is a high and fowle poynt there lyeth a shoale soutsoutheast off into sea from it the channel is broad and cleane without it it is eleven and ten fathom deep in the havens mouth seven fathom and somewhat further in sixe fathom it lyeth in north and north by west within this river within the east poynt is a good roade in foure or five fathom a league within the rivers mouth there lyeth on the west side a steepe poynt from thence beginneth a shoale lying to the northwards alongst the shoare unto the steep poynt of Passage and shooteth over from that poynt with a tayle towards the east shoare Passage is a village where men passe over lying on the west side of the river a little to the northwardes of the foresayd steepe poynt Betwixt that village that point on the west side is a good roade very fit as wel for them that are bound out as for them that are bound up In sayling up you must take heede of a little shoale that lyeth off by castle standing on the east side of the river somwhat thwart over the River downwards at high water there is no more then two foote water upon it a man that looketh for it may see it it is also flat that a man may sound it About halfe a league northwards up the river from Passage there goeth another river westwards up to Waterford About halfe wayes betwixt the haven of Waterford and the poynt Carnaroort lye 2 little Islands about half a league from the shoare called Saltees The Saltees the southermost is the greatest and lieth distant from the Tower of Waterford directly cast almost three leagues Betwixt these two Islands you may sayle through in five sixe and seven fathom but you must keep neerest the smallest or northermost Island for to avoyd some suncken rockes that lye at the north end of the great Island and at low water are drye From the northermost or smallest Island of the Saltees towardes the maine land lyeth off a ledge of rockes where men were wont to goe over on foote but now may sayle over For to sayle betwixt the Saltees and the main land you must leave two thirds of the distance of water from the Islands and one third part from the maine and you shall have at low water about two fathom deepe About a half league without the southermost Island of the Saltees lyeth a rock above water called Kinbegh Kinbegh and s west about so farre from it s by west from the south end of the Saltees lyeth a suncken rock called Kimor Kimor of the bignesse of a ship it cometh with halfe ebbe even above water it is so steepe that a man may lie with a shipps side against it and have 14 fathom water so that a man without any danger may sayle alongst by it as neere as he will A man may also if need require sayle through betwixt Kinbegh and the greatest Island of the Saltees but a seaboard of all is best and securest To the eastwards off the rock Kinbegh southeast from the greatest Island of the Saltees lye also some suncken rockes called the Frailes The Frails which may be seen at low water there men may also sayle through within them Northeast from the Saltees lye also rockes the southermost is called the Tuns and the northermost the north rocke Tuns and northrock Northnortheast from the greatest Island of the Saltees or from Kinbegh and s west and by s from Carnaroort lyeth one rock above water called Blackrock Blackrock that is cleane and cleare round about so that a man may sayle round about it freely without feare of danger But a quarter of a league eastwards from it lyeth a suncken rocke called the Barrel Barrel of that a man must take heed Under the Islands of both the Saltees a man may ride under the greatest at the n. west side neerest the north end the marke or knowledge of the road is a black rock like a boat turned upside downe Road under the Saltees right against that you must anchor in seven eight or nine fathom there it is good sandground and landlockt for an eastsoutheast southeast and a south winde a southwest winde bloweth alongst the shoare If you anchor neerer the shoare in 5 fathom or there about there it is rough ground Under the smallest Island a man may ride at the east side in 7 or 8 fathom so that the north poynt of the Island lye n.n. west from you there you shall lye neere the land-lockt for s west and n. west windes From the point of Waterford the shoare lyeth to the eastwardes within the
cleane The sands or bankes that lie alongst this east Coast of Ireland from the Tuskar unto Dalke are on the out-side or on the east side very steepe and needle too so that men may not come nearer them then in 24 25 fathom in 20 fathom men are close by them they are not deeper at some places then in one fathom or one fathom and a halfe but at the north end by Dalke about two fathom and a halfe and three fathom deepe all stony ground lye on the off side alongst n. n. east and s s west at the norâ—h end they lie about 8 English miles from the land If you are bound for Dublin Maâ—kâ— for 〈…〉 wâ—â—hâ—ut the banks and will go without these sands run then so far to the northwards untill you can see the little Island Irelands-eye without the point of Houth or Hedenhoo run then right on to Houth or Hedenhoo and then you shall take no hurt of the north grounds Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames Betwixt Corckbey alongst the Coast before Waterford into the poynt of Cornaroort the Island falleth alongâ—t the Coast e. n. e. and the ebbe w. s w. At Wâ—terford an east and by north and west and by south moon maketh high water Without the land in the fareway betwixt Silly and Ireland a southwest and by west moone maketh high water In the channell or entrance of Washford an east and west moone The flood runneth there to the northwardes after high water a halfe tyde and the ebbe contrariwise to the southwards a halfe tyde after low water but not so strong as the flood On the east Coastes of Ireland to the southwards of the bay of Dublin a southsoutheast and northnorthwest moone maketh high water At Dublin a southeast and northwest moon The flood runneth from the Tuskar without the bankes alongst betwixt Ireland and England northnortheast the ebbe southsouthwest On the Coasts a southsoutheast and northnorthwest moone maketh high water The flood commeth here from the southwardes and also from the northwards about the north part of Ireland meete one another about right against Carlingford where they stoppe one the other The ebbe contrariwise falleth to the northwards of Carlingford to the northwards and to the southwards of Carlingford to the southwards Of the Depths From Corckbey to the eastwards unto Waterford men may see the land in 24 fathom the most part of the s Coast of Ireland men may see it in 35 and 40 fathom Jn 35 fathom you shall not be farre from the land therefore come no neerer Ireland by night then in 40 fathom Courses and Distances From Corck bey to Waterford the Coast lyeth most eastnortheast 10 or 20 leagues From Waterford to the Islands of the Saltees east but to goe about to the southwards of them eastsoutheast 3 leagues From the south end of Saltees to Black-rock northeast and by east 2 leagues From Blackrock to Carnaroort n. e. 1 league But to Grenore 2 leagues From the Saltees to the Tuskar eastnortheast but from without the foule ground to the southwardes of the Saltees northeast and northeast and by east 5 leagues From Blackrock to the Tuskar eastnortheast 3 leagues From the Tuskar to Grenore northwest and by west westnorthwest 1 league From Grenore into Grene-bay first northwest and by north then westnorthwest 1 league From Greene-bay to the Barre off Washford north north by west one great league From the Barre of Washford unto Washford about one league and a halfe From Waterford to Grosholm east by south 21 leag From the Tuskar to the rock Mascus east and by south 8 leagues From Turkar to the rocks Smales southeast by south about 10 leagues From Tuskar to the lands-end of England south and by east somewhat northerly 43 leagues From Waterford to the lands-end of England southsoutheast but to Silly south and by east somewhat southerly 43 leagues From the poynt of Glaskarrick to the poynt of Arkelo north by east 4 great leagues From Arkelo to Mizanhead north and by east somewhat easterly 2 leagues From Mizanhead to the poynt of Wicklo north and by east somewhat easterly 2 leagues From Wicklohead to the flat poynt by Nicastle north 2 leagues From Nicastle to the poynt of Brae north and north by west 2 leagues a third part From Wicklohead to Braehead north and north and by west 5 leagues From Braehead to the Island of Dalke north by west 2 leagues From Dalke to the Barre of Dublin northnorthwest 2 leagues and a half From the Sound of Dalke to the poynt Houth northnortheast 2 leagues and a halfe The Bankes lye from the Tuskar to the north end northnortheast and southsouthwest From the Barre of Dublin to Holy-hill in the Island Anglesey east and by south 19 leagues From the Barre to the Town Dublin westsouthwest two leagues Heights Waterford or the Tower of Waterford lyeth 52 degr or a little more Hou these Lands doe shew themselves at sea The land a little to the eastwards of Kinsale sheweth thus The land to the eastwards of Corck towards Jochull sheweth in this forme Old ruined houses The Rocks betwixt Iochul and Corck When you are to the eastwards of Corck not far from the land and that the harbours mouth doth begin to open then sheweth the land as it is described in these two figures at the AA belonging one to the other being neare the land it seemeth to be high land but a far off when you can see the high inner land within Iochul over the cliffe land it seemeth to be but low Innerland far within the Land Innerland north and by west Mount of Iochul These two figures belong at the BB one to the other Dongarvan When you are before Iochull or thereabouts two or three leagues from land so that the high mountainâ— of cape Quin be north and by west from you then sheweth the land thus the double innerland is very high blew land you may see it in cleare weather twelve or thirteene leagues off Corck Rock Iochull The high land of Dongarvan These two figures belong at the CC one to the other and is the forme of the land betwixt Corck and Iochull Northnorthwest The high land of Dongarvan sheweth thus being northnorthwest from you Thus sheweth the high land of Dongarvan when the westermost end of it is northwest from you Sleges Cataquin The haven of Waterforâ— The Tower of Wâ—â—erford Thus sheweth it selfe the land about Waterford and to the westwards with the high land of C. Quin or Cara Quin when you come towards the land Thus sheweth the Saltees when they are 3 or 4 leagues west and by north from you Grenore Thus sheweth the land between the Saltees and the poynt of Grenoort when it is about 2 leagues from you Grenore The figure following is to bejoyned unto the former the AA one to the other The land to the northwards of Greenoore sheweth thus when
of the Touns it is very deepe men may sound about the Touns on the off side in foure fathom For to finde the Channell that lyeth into the westwardes off the Touns comming from the east or alongst by the Touns you must looke out for a little sandy Bay that lyeth on the west-side even within the north-poynt of the river under the high land bring it soo that you may see it open of the foresayd north-poynt and sayle in there upon untill you come by the land and then runne in alongst by it southwest untill you come right against Greencastle If you come from the west or the north you may boldly without feare runne alongst the shoare about the poynt upon your lead without comming neere the towne you may see any thing that might doe you hurt comming by Greencastle there may you anchor so that you may see Withcastle without the poynt of Green-castle there you may lye within the Towns sheltred for windes out of the sea Road in Loughfoyle For to sayle up from Green-Castle you must runne up alongst by the west shoare by your lead and shunne the little sandes that lye here and there alongst that side until you come past With-castle right against the three trees there is the ordinarie road Betwixt Green-castle and With-castle neerest unto Green-castle goeth a Creecke ot Slencke through the grounds unto the easterne shoare which is as deepe or deeper then the right fareway unto With-castle When men come off from Green-castle they must take good heed not to goe farre off from the westerne shoare lest they fall into that Creeke How men shall saile from the foresayd roade forth up unto the Towne Derry they may perceive or marke by the card From Lough-foile-haven unto the Islands Enesterhul Islands Enesterhull by some called Monsterhul the course is northwest foure or five leagues these are small black Islands or rockes not very high above water and lye a little off the northermost poynt of Ireland called Enistom a high plaine land and very good to knowe for him that hath once seen it Betwixt the Islands and the point men may saile through but not-without great danger for them that are not very well acpuainted with it because off much fowle ground and shoals that lye betwixt them both Under the foresayd poynt Eniston on the west side men may anchor for easterly windes or els to stoppe the tyde From the Islands Enesterhull unto Lough-Swilly Lough-Swilly of some called Locksillie the course is southwest 5 leagues that is a faire haven For to sayle in there men must shunne the west side and goe in alongst by the casterne shoare The land about Lough-Swilly is the highest land of the whole north coast of Ireland and thereby it is also very good to know for those that comming out off the north do fall with the lands there abouts Foure or five leagues westsouthwest or somwhat westerly lyeth a large broad haven called Sheepeshavē but it is at some places foule ground within it men may lye landlockt for al winds The west poynt lyeth out called Hornehead Horne-head or Cape de Horne Cape de Horne upon it is a hill with two hommockes in fashion like two hornes and there after the poynt is named At the west side of this poynt men may ride and anchor within the rockes for easterly windes Betwixt Lough-Swilly sheepshaven lyeth also a Bay where men may anchor but the ground is not very cleane and right against it in the offing halfe a league from the land lyeth a ledge of rockes which at high water are under and at low water lye above water may for need run through betwixt it and the land but without it is best and surest The Coast of Scotland The haven or sound of Loughrean Loughgrean or Loockreen in Scotland by the poinr of Galloway lieth distant from Faire Forland the n.e. poynt of Ireland e. s.e about eleven leagues but the poynt called Cantir lyeth distant from Loockreen n.w. s e 9 leagu there betwixt them both goeth up a great broad sound northeast in called Dunbritain Firth through which men saile up unto Glas kow in Scotland The sound of Lookreen you may sail in Dubritaine Firth and a good wayes you may turn in to and againe for to anchor there within for westerly winde if you doe come no neerer the Gores on either side then in foure fathom you can take no hurt You may anchor somewhat in by the second high poynt on the east shoare in tenne or 12 fathom About seven leagues to the northwards of the poynt of Galloway in the foresayd great sound lyeth a high sharpe Island cleane round about of fashion al most like unto a pook of Hay called Ailza or Elzee there you may boldly sayle round about Elze Island it is there round about it and close by it 18 fathom deepe From Elzee northwards sixe leagues lyeth also another little Island close by the east side of the great Island Arren called Lamblash or Lamb-Isle Lamb-Isle cleane also round about there you may sayle round about it and anchor under it for all winds in ten twelve or thirteene fathom to wit within it betwixt the Island the great Island of Arren North and by east and northnortheast two great leagues from Lamb-Isle lyeth an Island by the poynt of the maineland called Commer-Isle Commer-Jsle on the east side of it betwixt the Island and the maine land you may sayle through in to a faire bay Bay of Commer-Jsle where men are landlockt for all winds and from thence may sayle forth unto Dunbrittaine or into the river Glaskow The foresaid Island Commer-Isle lyeth from the Island Elzee about north by east For knowledge of this Island when men come off from Elzee or from the southwardes towardes this Island men shall see a great castle on the east side of the maine about a great league to the southwards of Commer-Isle and also a little castle a good wayes to the northwardes close upon the water side that standeth right to the southwardes of the Island Commers-Isle or the sound that lyeth there into the eastwards of it upon the same Island standeth alsoo a little castle close to the water side Runne in betwixt the Island and the maine land about northnortheast in and leave the Island a great cables length on the larboard side and the main land on the starboard side you must shun more because of a great ledge that lyeth off from it towardes the Island and somewhat more northerly Having gotten cleare of the end of this ledge runne then right towards the maine land into the bay or sound and anchor there in ten fathom right against a stone house with an ore hard thereby it shall be then a stearne your ship about 7 fathom deepe and there moore your ship well For to sayle out of the Sound of Commer-Isle towardes Glaskow
southeast side there is the roade Men may also anchor in the Islands over against it towards the maine in divers places and lye landlockt for all windes Upon the northwest point of Ireland a good wayes landwards in lyeth a high hill of fashion al most like a Sugarloafe which is seen in cleare weather before any other land at least nine leagues at sea When that hill lyeth east and by south from you then sayle in in right with it you shall not misse to fall right with the great Island Aran. Erom the Island Aran unto the point Telling-head called by the Irish cape de Telling or Tellin Cape de Telling-Telling-head rhe course is southsouthwest eight or nine leagues Three or foure leagues to the northwards of C. de Telling lyeth an Island called Raigleene borne At the Cape Telling lyeth a little Island halfe a league from land men may saile through betwixt the Island and the cape boldly without any danger To the southward of C. de Telling to wit betwixt the Cape and the Stagges of Broadhaven lyeth the land with a great bay where in lye many good Havens as Tilling-haven Kilbegh Dungall Ballashaven Slego Endrigo and Moye From the Cape of Telling unto Kilbeg Kilbegh lyeth the coast e. s.e about foure leagues betwixt both about one league and a halfe from the cape lyeth Telling-haven a round bay with good sandy ground there may about 30 ships lye west and southwest windes doe blowe there open in for all other windes men are there landlockt De Noordwest zyde van YERLANDT Beginnende van Capo de Hoorn tot aen Schynes ofte Slyne-head About a little league to the eastwards lyeth another Bay within some rocks called Mackswyns bay Mackswyns bay but it is not to goe in except men be very wel acquainted they must go betwixt the rocks in untill they bee gotten in there they may save a ship without cable or anchor A great league to the southwards of Kilbegh lyeth a long lying out poynt called S. Johns poynt S. Johns poynt right west from that poynt a quarter or a little halfe league lieth a great Rock under water whereupon the sea breaketh with great noyse Betwixt that rock and the poynt of S. Johns point men may sayle boldly through it is there cleane and cleare About 2 great leagues to the eastwardes of that foresayd point S. Johns point lyeth the Haven of Dungall Dungall-haven into the southwards For to saile in there you must first shun the easter shoare which is very foule with dry plates and Rocks When you are come right against a little castle that standeth on the north side right against it lieth off a little riffe from the shoare that you must avoyd also And when you are come about the poynt of that riffe you must goe over again to the northside for the south side is there slat and shoale Betwixt Saint Johns point and Dungall-haven alongst the coast is all over good anchor ground The Haven of Moy Moy. hath at the comming in a broad bay in it lye some rockes For to sayle in there you must leave them all on the west side that is on the starboard side run towards little sandy Island that hath at the north end a little riffe you must goe into the westwards of it and leave that Island on the larboard side Even within that foresayd Island lieth another little round green Island that must bee left on the starboard side so soon as you shal be right against it you must let fall your anchor for a little further it is shoale and hard sandy ground the greatest anchor must be brought towards that foresayd long small Island the small anchor towards the little greene Island it falleth there at low water allwayes dry If you will goe from thence before the Town Moy you must light your ship to 8 foot for to come through betwixt the long small Island and the s grounds there is at high water with an ordinary tide no more then 9 foot water being come over the neck you shall come into a poole before the towne Moy there you may ride a float at a low water In the road against the Island it is 15 or 16 foot deep The Stagges of Broad-haven Staggs of Broad haven are Rockes that lye to the northwards a league or a league a halfe a seaboard of the point to the northwards of Broad-haven Broad-haven lieth in s and by west in the sound lye 3 or 4 rocks these must be left on the larboard side run in there alongst to the westwards until you come within the haven A great league to the westwards of Broad-haven lyeth an out point southwest from the Staggs From thence lyeth the coast alongst to black-rock s s.w Black-rock Blackrock is a great high black-rock with more other rocks by it and lyeth from the foresaid point s s.w distant about 6 leagues about a leag northwest from the out point Acklehead Acklehead Acklehead is a very high poynt and sheweth itselfe a farr off like an Island with agreat Saddle thereby it is good to be knowne Within this poynt lye also 2 exceeding high hills which together with the point men shall see first at sea before any other part of the land so that the poynt doth shew it selfe first like three Islands Men may sayle through betwixt Acklehead and Blackrock comming from the southwardes men doe leave Acklehead on starboard and Blackrock with the rocks thereby a seaboard on larboard the course lieth through betwixt them both n.n.e. n. by east unto the point of Broad-haven it is there large and wide To the n. wards to the e. wards of Acklehead lie divers havens where it is good riding a little to the n. wards of Aclehead you may run into the w. wards betwixt the low land to the n. wards on the larboard side the high land of Acklehead on the starboard side a great wayes in anchor in 7 8 fathom landlockt for all winds from thence may come out againe to the n. wards or else may come out into the sea again to the s wards round about the land of Acklehead From Acklehead to Slynshead by the seafaringmen called Twelve-pence Slynshead Twelve-pence because the land doth shew it selfe in 12 round hommocks the course is southwhat easterly 11. leagues betwixt them both lye three Islands before a great bay the northermost or next to Acklehead is called Cleere this hath a high hill on the n. end that is very steepe and at the south end it is slat going downe The second or middlemost is called Boche wihin it is a road for those that are bound to the southwards where men may anchor in foure fathom The southermost is called the Horse Betwixt Acklehead Twelve-pence lyeth within in the land a very high hill like a Sugerlorfe called S. Patricks-hil Patricks-hil
or by some Don Patrix that may be seen far at sea shall bee seene long altering it selfe by the cliffe land as men sayle along the coast to the northwards or to the southwards From Sleynshead or Twelve-pence unto the sound of S. Gregories before the bay of Galloway the course is s e nine leagues Of the tydes and courses of the streames In all these foresaid Havens and roads an eastnortheast and westsouthwest Moone maketh full sea In the offing a seaboard a southwest and northeast Moone Courses Distances From C. de Horne or Hornhead to the Island Tore w. n. west 2 leagues From the Island Tore to the Isles of Aron southwest 8 leagues From the Islands of Aran unto Tellinghead southsouthwest 8 or 9 leagues From C. de Tellin or Tellinghead to Kilbegh eastsoutheast 4 leagues From C. de Tellin to the Stagges of Broadhaven southwest 11 leagues From the poynt of Broad haven to Black-rocke southsouthwest 6 leagues From Black-rock to Acklehead southeast 1 league From Acklehead to Slynshead s e by e. 10 leagues From Blackrock to Rokoll n. and by w. 60 leagues Heights The River of Galloway lyeth in 52 degrees 54 minut How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea KilbeghThe Island betwixt Kilbegh and the poynt of Slego The high hommock vpon the poynt of Slego These two figures belong at the A A one to the other and shew the forme or likenesse of the land betwixt Kilbegh Slego White downe-Open before Slego Very low land The Old flat Towers The Staggs Thus sheweth the Land to the eastwards of the Staggs of Broad-haven towards Moye Slego Staggs The entrance of Broad-haven Bleek rock thwart from you Southsouthwest somewhat southerly S. Patricks Low land at the end of the high land The land to the northwards of Blackrock as farre as the Stagges and then to the southwards alongst past S. Patricks hill sheweth as in these two figures is Described when men are thwart of Blackrock Thus sheweth the land betwixt Blackrock and Acklehead when it is east from you when you come more to the northwards these high hils doe alter also wider one out of the other Blackrock The poynt of Blackrock sheweth thus when you are to the northwards of it Thus sheweth the poynt of Blackrock when men are to the southwards of it then they see a sharpe rocke over the poynt Don Patrick or Patricks hill Thus sheweth S. Patricks hill when it is s e. and by s from you being not farre from Land at the n. side of it lye some little Islands and rocks S Patricks hill S Patricks hill Black rock Thus sheweth the second poynt to the northwards of Blackrock lying in the height of 54 degrees and a halfe De west custen van YERLANDT Beginnende van Corckbeg tot aen Slyn hoost The ninth Demonstration Where in is Contained the Description of the west Coast or poynt of Ireland from Slynehead to Corck Bey FRom Slynehead untill you come before the Bay or great inlett of Galloway the course is southeast nine leagues where lye three great Islands called the Islands of Aron â—slands of Aron the southermost is greatest the channell betwixt the northermost and the middlemost is called the sound of S. Gregory S. Gregoâ—ies sound which is on both sides cleane without any foule ground so that men may turne in too againe from the one Island to the other without feare of taking any hurt The north side of the middlemost Island is nothing else but faire steep rocks when you are come within the Islands you must shun the middlemost because of a little riffe that lyeth off it Men may also sayle to the northwards of the northhermost Island into the great Bay of Galloway likewise also to the southwards of the southermost to wit through betwixt the southermost Island and the maine land but that Island is foule at the south end of it and therefore you must runne in alongst close by the south shoare or at least leave two third parts of the channell towards the Island as well in sayling in as sayling out Somewhat within the Islands on the south side lieth a high black point called Blackhead Blackhead you must beare in to it and alongst by it in whether you come in at the souther channell or through S. Gregories sound or else in at the norther channell for the north side of the bay is foule and rocky About 2. great leagues n.e. from Black-head lyeth an Island called Motton-Ile under it on the east side you must anchor in a poole in 5 or 6 fathom You cannot sayle furthet up to the northwards into the River with shippes but onely with boats A northeast and southwest moone maketh there full sea and it floweth there so strong in the baye that the rockes which at low water are above water at high water you may sayle over them at low water of spring-tydes the grounds fall dry w. s west from Motton-Isle Motton-Isle a great league a halfe off most all rocky and foule ground When you sayle from Blackhead towards Motten-Island you must take heed of the north side and edge over most towards the south side About halfe wayes betwixt them both lyeth a plate or ledge nearest the north side you must goe in alongst by it to the southwards From the Bay of Galloway to Lupishead Lupishead at the n. poynt of the Haven of Limbrick the course is s s west 11 or 12. leagues About halfe wayes betwixt them both lyeth a little Island that is foule round about with ledges of Rocks that lye of to seawards a league a halfe a seaboard the land To the southwards of the poynt Lupishead goeth in the Haven of Limbrick Haven of Limbrick Foure leagues eastnortheast within the foresayd poynt lyeth an Island called Seatrick Seatrick you must sayle alongst without it to the southwards leave it on the larboard side in sayling up At the east side of that Island is a good road About halfe wayes betwixt that Island and Lupishead lyeth a shoale which you must shun and sayle alongst to the southwards of it From the Island Seatrick unto Limbrick are more 12 or 13 leagues first from thence to the Island Quoine 4 or 5 leagues there are two little Islands you must sayle close alongst to the northwards of them from thence eastnortheast unto a great rock called the great Beefe The great and little Beefrocks and then southeast unto another great rock called the little Beefe When you are come before the towne in the Haven you must make fast on the Castle with three or foure Cables For there goeth a very strong tide as well of flood as of ebbe An eastnortheast Moone maketh there full sea From the Haven of Limbrick to the haven of Smerrick Smerrick the course is southwest eight er nine leagues betwixt them both lyeth the coast with a gtear Bay where in lye some
be southsouthwest from you then you shal bee past the banck which lieth north from S. Martens and lyeth off from the shoare somewhat to the westwards of Saint Martens there is a hard steepe stony banke which shoaleth up suddenly For to avoyd it when as you must turne too and againe with an easterly or a northeast winde you must not bring the little Tower of Hars in the Village of Loy but when the little Tower of Hars commeth to the first or northermost house of Loy then you must cast about for then you come against the banck where remaineth at low water about a fathom depth and at high water about foure fathom When the foresayd little Tower of Hars commeth against a mill which standeth at the south end of Loy then are you within the Banke to wit betwixt the Bancke and S. Martens When S. Martens commeth to be s w and by south and s s.w from you then you may boldly saile over the end of the bank towards S. Martens you shall finde there at low water and spring tide at least 3 fathom or sixteen or seventeen foot also one cast or 2 but 12 foot then it is all soft ground as also before S. Martens but the bancks are hard with spring tides there remaineth little water upon them Before S. Martins you may anchor in 4 5 or 6 fathom For to anchor before S. Martins For to anchor before Saint Martens you must anchor so that you may see open into the haven and that the point of the Abbey and the Bosse doe stand the length of two capsta nebars one from the other there is with spring tides at low water three fathom and a halfe but at high water six fathom and a halfe deepe When you sayle into the Killiats as before is sayd it is 12 11 and 10 fathom deepe but being come so farre that the Tower of S. Martins beginneth to stand s w from you there it will be by little and little shoaler and then you may well edge towards the Island in five foure fathom it shoaleth then suddenly up and will be from ten quickly five and foure fathom If you will goe over the banck that lieth off from the Abbey with a shippe that draweth much water then you must stay so long that it be halfe flood for at low water there remaineth no more upon it then three fathom or a foot or two more when it is somewhat flowed then you may well goe over with a great shippe When the little tower of Hussou commeth to the north end of the Island Urck or Tivalenes then are you upon the shoalest of the bank but when the little Tower commeth over the south end of that little Island then it beginneth to deepen againe The markes for to keepe the deepest water when you run over the bank are these keep the great Tower of Rochel a handspikes length to the southward of the wood of trees which standeth upon the northermost high land and run so over the banck it is there all soft ground If you will anchor before the Abbey within the banke then run in 6 or 7 fathom and anchor there But if you will not anchor under S. Martens but wil sayle forth towards Burnt Island then bring that foresayd little tower of Lussou over the little house that standeth upon the little Island Urck keep it so standing then you can take no hurt of the Laverdyne The Laverdyne Laverdin is a rane of rocks together a musket shot long which lieth off from the east point of S. Martens Island about an English mile and with spring tide at low water is uncovered Betwixt it and the Island of S. Martens men may sayle through there is depth enough The markes of the Laverdyne are these When you come in at the Killiats and sayle through betwixt S. Martens Island the Bosse you come to see the great Tower of Rochell even without the point of the Bosse then are you right thwart of the Laverdyne which lyeth then s w from you it is there betwixt them both not very wide or else when the foresayd great Tower of Rochel standeth even without the poynt of Bosse and the North poynt of the Plom a ships length without the south poynt which is the north poynt of the Bosse then are you right upon the Laverdyne therefore when Rochell commeth a ships length to the southwards of the Bosse when you come in at the Killiats then are you past the Laverdyne you may boldly goe on s e and s e and by south towards Burnt-Island Porthus Portus is a broad and wide channell lying in through betwixt S. Martens Island and Oleron and lyeth from Use s e by e. distant about 15 leagues If you will sayle into Porthus then run in betwixt both lands e. s.e but much nearer S. Martens Island for to avoyd the banck of Oleron which is a foule ledge of rocks at the n. end of Oleron come no neare it by night then in 12 or 13 fathom When you come then by the east end of S. Martens Island and are bound to Rochell or else will anchor under the Bosse bring the great Tower of Rochel a ships length without the Bosse so you can take no hurt of the Laverduyn You may anchor under the Bosse in 5 or 6 fathom soft ground so that the poynt doe lye north from you Or else if you will anchor under the Abbey of S. Martens Island then run in upon the foresayd marks so long untill that the foresayd Abbey come without the s poynt of the same Island sayle then right with it and then you shall leave the Laverduyn farr enough on the larboard side of you And being come neare the Abbey anchor a little to the aestwards of it in 5 6 or 7 fathom there is the road for ships that are bound out When you goe into Porthus and will sayle to the Burnt Island then runne in as before is sayd untill you come neare the east end of S. Martens Island thence the course is south east and by east or from the Bosse south or south and by east or with a westerly wind south and by west unto that Island When you sayle soo neare Burnt-Island Burnt-Island that the Tower of Voorn or the Four commeth over the Burnt-Island there you may cast your ballast over board it is there 12 fathom deepe If you must turne to and againe with a southerly wind from the Bosse to the Burnt-Island or from Burnt-Island to the Bosse then come not to neare the land of Rochell there lye divers stony banckes alongst the land a good wayes from the shoare where of you must take heed When Rochell is hidden behinde the south poynt which lyeth over against the Creeke there lyeth a stony bancke upon which remaineth not a fathom of water If you will sayle into the river of Sherrant then runne about to the southwards of Burnt-Island
you may also sayle about to the northwards of it and sayle in by the Tower of Voorn or Four At low water this river falleth dry at least 4 leagues within the land For to sayle from Burnt-Island to Burwage you must sayle away s s.e keepe the little Tower of Heer 's to the westwards of the wood so long untill the tower of Voorn or le Four come over the little red-tyled house that stands rpon the s side of the river of Sherrant sayle then in s e and by little little s e by east untill that Pront a village that lieth upon the strand commeth to the n. wards of Soubise when as then Soubise cometh within the foresayd village and the mill above the village then you shall be against the poynt of Oysterbanck Oysterbancks goe then in alongst s e. by south and bring that outermost little Tower of Heer 's over the outermost sandy place where the gallowes standeth by keep them so standing and sayle in s s.e when as then the little Tower of Heer 's commeth to the east side of the valley whicb is in the wood then keepe that sharpe little Tower right over the east side of the valley of the wood and sayle in so into the Creeke or river of Burwage At Burwage was wont not to stand a house where now is a strong faire Towne being builded so within 70 or 80 yeares past The Bannier lyeth alongst the land of Oleron and lyeth untill within Burnt-Island at low water it is uncovered and the tayle of it lyeth farre to the northwards If you should turn out from the Creek towards the Burnt Island then bring the Tower of Rochell not without the Burnt-Isand before you come thwart of it because of the Baniard Baniard thē you shall take no hurt of it At the south end of Oleron betwixt Oleron and the land to the southwards of it is yet another channell where men may sayle in and out called the Mamme-sound deep enough for great shipps it lyeth in from out of the sea east and by n. being come there within there runneth up ariver southeast towards Sales where men doe lade salt being past that to the other poynt of the Mamme-sound Mamme sound lyeth a plate where of men runne to the northwards upon these marks you must keepe the mill that standeth upon the lands of Oleron over the trees and so you shall runne to the northward off the plate there is the road for them that will lade salt at Oleron or Olderdon But if you will runne in through and out againe then you must fayle so farre to the eastwards untill that Sales come over the trees which stand within Merven for to avoyd the tayle or riffe that shooteth of from Oleron when Sales commeth over the trees sayle then north and by w. on the Burnt-Island but bring Duke Charles Tower to the s wards of the Burnt-Island for not to sayle within the Banniard When the little Tower of Heer 's commeth to the wood keepe it then so standing untill Rochell commeth over the north side of the Burnt-Island sayle then out at the Portrush There shooteth of also a riffe from the west-west-end of Saint Martens Island Riffe at S. Martens Island where of you must take heed About south or a little more westerly thirteene leagues from the Island Use southwest and by west from the Island S. Martens and w.n.w. or somewhat more northerly from the river of Burdeaux lye the Rockes of Rockedon or Rochebon Rocks of Rochebon of some called Urkamia in forme of a Trevet or Brandize The southermost of the three is the shoalest whereupon remaineth at low water about 2 fathom depth At the southeast side the ground is black little stones and at the northeast side white sand but you may not come neare them by your lead sound by them A little to the westwards not farre from the foresayd rocks lyeth yet another rock where upon is at low water 5 fathom water neverthelesse with a storme the sea breaketh terribly upon it Of the Tydes and Courses and streames Upon all these a foresayd places as kewise over the whole bending of the French Coast as alsoo before the River of Bordeaux a southwest northe moone maketh the highest water Of the Depths ahout these places and in what depths men may see the land Bell-Isle men may see from below in 55 but under the top in 60 fathom Without Use it is 35 fathom deep and then men may see the land from below when it is cleare weather men may see it in 60 fathom Westsouthwest from Use about 9 leagues you shall find 45 and 46 fathom the ground is full of fine small stones as greate as course sand and verry steepe The land of Olone men may see it from below in 25 and 30 fathom S. Martens Island and the north end off Oleron men may see in 28 and 30 fathom When men get sight off S. Martens Island they shall see upon it a high Tower with a high house and upon the strand a mill with foure or five high sand-hills Upon Oleron men shall see a high spire Tower upon a red poynt where men shall see some trees stand over it and to the southwards of it is at 2 or 3 places ragged sandhills How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Bell-Isle to the river of Bourdeaux southeast somewhat southerly 47 leagues From Bell-Isle to S. Sebastians s s.e southerly 75 leg From Bell-Isle to S. Andero south 71 leagues From Bell-Isle to C. de Pinas or Tores s s.w somewhat westerly 76 leagues From Bell-Isle to Cape de Ortegall s w 88 leagues From Bell-Isle to Cape de Finisterre s w 121 leagues From the east poynt of the Cardinall to Croswyck e.n.e. 7 leagues From the poynt of Croswyck to Pierre-Perce east s e. 4 leagues From the Cardinall to Old-downes e. n. e. 7 leagues From the north poynt of the River of Nantes to the Picqueliers n.n.e. 7 leagues From Pierremen to Armentiers westsouthwest 2 leag From Armentiers or Picqueliers to the West end of Use s by e. s s.e at last 7 leagues From the east end of Bell-Isle to Use southeast easterly 16 leagues From Use to the Barges of Olone e. by s 7 leagues From Use to the Killiates or S. Martens Island e. s.e 12 or 13 leagues From Use to Cape de Pinas southwest and by south 75 leagues From Use to Cape de Ortegall southwest and by west 93 leagues From Use to Portrush or the Band of Oleron the course is southeast and by east 15 or 16 leag From the Band or Craghe of Oleron to the Tower of Cordan s s.e and s and by e. 14 or 15 leagues From S. Martins Island to the tower of Cordan or the river of Bourdeaux s s.e 16 leagues From S. Martens Islands to Cape de Pinas southwest somewhat westerly 80
Burlings s and by w. 49 leagues Heights Cape de Ortegall lyeth in 44 degrees 5 min. Cape de Coriane in 43 degr 8 min. The Cape de Finisterre lyeth in 43 degrees Bayone lyeth in 42 degr 10 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea These 2 figures following belong at crosses one to the other shew the rising of the Land a little to the e. wards off the Cape Ortegall when the poynt marked with D is 5 or 6 leagues e. and by s or e. s e. from you and the hill marked with E is s s w. from you westerly Cape Ortegall When Ortegall is s e. from you it sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth Ortegall when it lyeth s e. and by s from you Thus ariseth Ortegall when the eastermost hill lyeth s s e. from you and that you may see the east end with cleare sight being eight nine or ten leagues off at sea C. Ortegall These two figures belong at the double crosse one to the other and shew the Cape Ortegall with the land to the westwards of it when the foresayd Cape is east and by south five or 6 leagues from you The land to the eastwards of the Groyne sheweth thus when it is south and by east from you Cape Prior the east poynt of the Groyne ariseth in this forme Cape Prior being southwest from you 6 or 7 leagues sheweth it selfe thus Cape Prior being southwest by south from you 4 or 5 leagues sheweth it selfe thus C. Prior. When the Cape de Prior is east and by north easterly 3 or 4 leagues from you it ariseth in this forme Thus sheweth the Island of Cisarga when you are one league thwart from it Thus sheweth the land of Monsie betwixt Cisarga Cape de Finisterre when you come from the east and sayle alongst by it When Cape de Finisterre is southsoutheast from you then it sheweth thus The Cape de Finisterre being southeast southerly from you sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth Cape de Finisterre when it is southeast easterly from you When Cape de Finisterre is southeast by east you five or sixe leagues then it sheweth it selfe thus Thus doth Cape de Finisterre shew it selfe when it lyeth 5 or 6 legaues east and by south from you Moninck These three figures following belong one to the other at the letter AA and BB and shew the rising of the Capes de Coriane and Finisterre as is shewed in the description here under following The Cape de Finisterre sheweth it selfe with the land to the southwards of it as is pourtrayed in this the figure following when the Ragged hill standeth east from you 3 or 4 leagues then you shall see the land to the northwards of it unto Cape Coriane northeast unto past Cape Coriane in forme as in the figure before this This followeth the former and lyeth from the Cape of southeast and by south Thus sheweth the Cape de Finisterre when the ragged hill lyeth eastnortheast easterly from you and then the land of Moores lyeth from you eastnortheast as is here following demonstrated Thus sheweth the ragged hill of the Cape de Finisterre when it lyeth east and by north from you When the Cape de Finisterre lyeth northeast from you and the land of Moores eastnortheast 6 leagues from you then lyeth the Cape in three parts and the land of Moores thus When the ragged Hill betwixt the Cape de Finisterre and Moores lyeth east and by north from you six leagues off then it sheweth thus When the high land off Moores is northeast by north from you about 6 leagues then it riseth in this forme Monte Lauro The high land of Moores When Cape de Finisterre is northeast or northnortheast and Monte Lauro is eastnortheast 5 leagues from you the high land of Moores sheweth it selfe thus Island of Bayone Thus shew themselves the Jslands of Bayone and the high land to the southwards of them when the foresayd Islands are eastsoutheast a league or two from you Bayone Abbey S. Rego When the poynt of Bayone is eastnortheast and the high land is east from you then it riseth thus to the southwards of it lyeth the high Hill of S. Rego Bayone Abbey S. Rego When the high Hill S. Rego is east from you then the high land of Bayone sheweth it selfe thus Thus Abbey standeth about halfe wayes betwixt S. Rego Bayone The sixth Demonstration Where in Are shewed the Coasts of Portugal from Camina to Passage SEven leagues to the southwards of Camina lyeth Viana Viana upon a river From the north poynt lyeth off a ledge off rockes thwart over before the mouth of the river and upon the south shoare stand two Fire-towers If you will sayle in to this river off Viana comming from the northwards or out of the sea then ran so long to the southwards untill that the two foresayd Fire-towers upon the south side of the rivers mouth come one to the other and then run in right with them towards the strand untill that the little Tower upon the north-land come over the two houses keep them one to the other and runne then to the rock with the mast and sayle alongst close to the eastward of it and then you run in alongst over the Barre or the shoalest of the rivers mouth there is at low water with an ordinary tyde two fathom depth When you are past the foresayd rock with the mast then you shall see yet a head another rock with a mast or beacon which lyeth on the north side of the river run in like wise close alongst to the southwards of it and afterwards indifferent close alongst by the north-land untill you come before the Town there runneth of sometimes a little riffe which you must give a birth to and anchor before the town When you lye before the towne there lyeth a little Island to the southwards of you where upon standeth a little Chappell to the westwardes of that little Island lyeth a great Banke which at low water is uncovered behind that banck it is five and sixe fathom and before Viana seven eight and nine fathom deepe when you come in they may run in about to the southwards of this foresayd Banck and come out again before the town by the little Island where the little house standeth upon When you come in about a bow shot within the second rock with the mast there you may well let fall your anchor and bring Cables on the south shoare and moore there by foure cables Men may anchor without in the road in 12 fathom there is the cleanest ground for to take in a Pilot. It is a narrow and dangerous barre for to come into From Viana to Port a Port the course is south by east 12 or 13 leagues betwixt both lyeth Villa del Conde Villa del Conde seven leagues from Viana and from Metelyn Villa del Conde is a broad haven before the haven mouth lye many rockes where
Blanco to the C. Cantin the coast lyeth west s w and s w and by w. about 9 leag The C. Cantin C. Cantin is an even plaine point when you are to the n. wards of it it sheweth flat towards the w. going off towards the sea there standeth a fire-tower upon it but very small that sometimes you can hardly see it If you come from the northwards or from C. Vincent and are bound to Saffia then set your course south and s and by east and then you shall fall with the land 4 or 5 leag to the e. wards of C. Cantin or if you sayle a more westerly course you shall runne till you come in the height of 32 degr a half and then the C. Cantin shall lie due e. from you it is better to fall a little to the eastwards of the C. then to the w. wards of it because the winds blow there most common northerly If you fall to the eastwards of the C. the coast lyeth there s w and by w. and w. s w. and it is even plaine land About 10 leag to the e. wards of the C. lieth that little town Tyro with a high white tower upon the sea side 5 or 6 leag more to the westwards betwixt Casa Cavalgero and C. Cantin you shall see a little bight or Bay thereabouts lie upon the strand by the water side great black rockes which shew as if they were wrakes of ships and then forth alongst to the C. it is a faire flat sandy strand From the C. shooteth off a ledge of rocks somewhat off into sea which men must avoid when they sayle about the Cape From C. Cantin to the north poynt of Saffia the coast lieth s or somewhat more westerly 5 or 6 leag betwixt them both it is a steep rocky land without sandy strand but above upon it plaine and even A league to the southwards of the C. lieth a riffe or shoale by the shoare by some called the Gold-banke and lyeth about a league off from the land at sometimes of the year there is much fish to be taken To the southwards of the Bay of Saffia Saffia is high uneven and most of all double land but to the southwards of it it is even plain thereby men may easily perceive or discern whether they be to the northwards of Saffia or to the southwards of it If you will anchor in the bay For to anchor in the Bay or road before Saffia Saffia then bring the north poynt whereupon standeth a tower a little more westerly then n. from you anchor then in 18 fathom Or if you will anchor further in the Bay then bring the foresayd north poynt n.n.w. or a little more northerly from you and then the northermost of the two north points shall bee a shippes length without the southermost or the next unto you run then so farre to the southwards untill that the tower were men doe land with the boats which is a high square tower standing below even within the wal of the towne come right over a tower which is fast to the wall which commeth off from the Castle above to the southwards so that the foresaid thicke tower below come right over the Haven betwixt the poynt where the castle standeth upon the water side and the rocks where men goe in betwixt Or else anchor that the high Castle of Saffia stand e. and by s and e. s.e from you there it is 16 17 and 18 fathom deepe good fine sandy ground You may also anchor so farre within in the Bay in 15 16 fathom that the north poynt come to be n. w. n. w. by n. from you These are the Summer road in the Winter you men must anchor further from the land in 28 or 30 fathom there the ground is course sand Men may boldly run in before Saffia into the road by night there is nothing that they need to feare which may doe them hurt but the land About two leagues from Saffia lyeth the south point of the bay which is a low point that lieth out and two leagues to the southwards of it lieth another steep rocky point without sandy strand By it goeth in the River Tansit up into the land unto Marrocos From the poynt of Saffia to the Island Mogodor the coast lyeth southsouthwest 19 or 20 leagues Against the northeast end of the Island Mogodor Island Mogodor there shooteth off from the maine land a great row off rocks being hard sharpe rockes whereof the outtermost or those that lye next to the Island Mogodor lye high above water He that commeth from the northwards and will sayle in behind the Island Mogodor must runne in betwixt the Island and the foresayd rockes close in alongst by the Rocks It is there in comming in betwixt the Island and the Rockes five fathom deep Within the foresayd Rocks lye also some other Rockes on the larboard side which at high water are under water and at low water are uncovered When you come to the end of them you may luffe up about by them towards the maine land and anchor there within them in 3 fathom at low water there is good sand-ground But yet neverthelesse it is not there very good lying for by reason of the breaking of the Sea upon the foresayd rocks there goeth sometimes a great Sea so that it is not good lying there with a storme but further in under the Island it is good lying in two fathom and a halfe From the south-south-end of the Island lyeth off a little riffe towards the maine land almost to the foot strand and to the s wards off that foresayd little riffe lyeth a bancke off from the maine land almost a league off into sea If you will sayle out at the south end then run alongst by the shoare of the maine land untill that you bee about the foresayd riffe and run out then upon your lead along by the banck then you shall presently get deeper water of 4 6 8 10 fat then you may sayle there where you desire to be From the point of Saffia to C. de Geer C. de Geer the course is southsouthwest about 43 leagues but from Mogodor the same course is about 22 or 23 leag It is there betwixt them both a faire flat sand-strand with double land which at some places is very high About 8 leagues to the northwards of C. de Geer lyeth a point called C. de Taffalana C. de Taffalana under which men may ride in good sand-ground for east and northeast windes The C. de Geer is lower then the land to the northwards of it and falleth to the southwards flat off into sea which men shall first perceive when they come within 3 or 4 leagues of it About 4 leagues to the northwards of the Cape lyeth a high Hommocke within the land further northwards the land is yet higher but when you come thus
or 10 leagues From the Trave of Lubeck to Gester-riffe northeast 19 leagues From Wismerdeep to Gester-risse northnortheast 12 or 13 leagues From Rostick to Gester-riffe the course is north 7 or 8 leagues From Gester-riffe to Doornbosh east 9 leagues From Gester to Meun northeast 7 leagues How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Northerhead Tatinghen Gartinghen Souterhead Thus sheweth the Land of Eyderstee to the northwardes of the Eyder Thus sheweth the Island Ameren List White-cliffe Red-cliffe Heydom Voortrap Thus sheweth it selfe the Island Silt when you sayle alongst by it Doodenbergh Zuyder-zyt Langelegh Luysbergh Thus sheweth the Land of Zuyder-zyt to the southwards of the Doodenbergh Blawebergh Doodenbergh Thus sheweth the Land betwixt the Horne or Doodenbergh and the Haven of Numen Easter poynt Holmes Boevenberghen To the southwards of Boevenberghen Thus sheweth the land betwixt Boevenberghen and the Holmes when you sayle alongst by it three leagues from the land The Scaw Harshals Robsnot Thus riseth the Land betwixt the Holmes and the Scaw when you sayle alongst by it Thus sheweth the land and the Church of Aelst when you are 2 leagues and an half by east Aelburger-deep Wismer Great Cruysoort Little Cruysoort Holster land The east poynt When you sayle to Lubeck alongst betwixt the Land of Cruysoort and Holster land then it sheweth it selfe on both sides thus Barto Robbenesse Rostick Oudevaet Buck-hoocke Thus sheweth the Coast of Meckelenburgh betwixt Cruysoort Dornebosh or the Jelle when you sayle alongst by it a league without the Land The fourth Demonstration Where in are described The Schager Rack as also the Sound from the Paternosters Kol and so forth through the Sound to Falsterbon Britto MAELSTRAND The Westerbergh Island Maelstrand Out-rockes or Paternosters Eastnortheast Pas caarte vant SCHAGER-RACK vande Pater-nosters aen Kol al 's mede de Sondt oock hoe dese landen van Schagen gelegen zyn De SONDT met alle zyn gelegentheyt in t groot About the middest going in at the souther channel lyeth a rock above water which you may sail about on both sides but within that rock lyeth a suncken rock under water and to the southwardes of it also a great rock but a little further out then the other There lyeth also a suncken rock under water by the Island on the north side of the foresayd rock which lyeth above water which men must be very carefull to take heed of There is every where good anchor ground From thence you may sail through within the rocks to Calf-sound Calfsound Bahouse and Nilus Calf-sound lyeth distant from Maelstrand about foure leagues For to sail in there out of the sea you must run 〈◊〉 alongst to the southwards of a great rock whereupon standeth a Warder On the south side of the Havens-mouth there are great rocks but on the north side all small rocks When you come within the rocks about the poynt of the north land there you may anchor in fifteen or sixteen fathom there is good anchor ground From Calfsound you may run up to the southwards through within the rocks unto the river of Nilus Four leagues southsoutheast from Calf-sound lyeth the Island Winneu to the southwards of it goeth in the channell of Nilus or Gottenbergh which is a large and broad sound lying in northnortheast in 8 9 and 10 fathom you must leave Winneu on the larboard side and runne in betwixt the poynt of the main land called Kalderhead and the Island little Denmarck and then in alongst by the main land on the south side untill past Elsburgh to Gottenburgh Gottenburgh it is there all cleane and cleare without any danger that might hurt you You may also sayle into the northwards of Winneu then you must leave Winneu and also some long rocks on the starboard side and the through Island or little Denmarck on the larboard side and then in alongst by the poynt of the mayn land on the south side as is before said Three leagues southsouthe from Winneu lye Malesound and Consback Malesound Malesound is a rough Island which you may sayle round about in seven or eight fathom under it is also good road Two cables length westnorthwest from Malesound lyeth a suncken rock under water and also one even with the water a bow shot from the land whereupon standeth a Warder Eastnortheast from Malesound lyeth the haven of Cons-back Consback there stand 2 great Warders each upon a rock close to the land betwixt them lyeth in the haven it is a fayre haven ten fathom deep and good anchor ground when you come about the low poynt you shall see Cons-back lye to the northwards of you From Malesound southwest and southwest and by west a great league to seawards lyeth the fowle and dangerous rock Nyng or Nijding Nyding The land upon Nyng is about a halfe league long The riffe on the north end runnes till about a league on the land northeast and is a halfe league broad wholy riffe with sharpe stones Upon some places eight seven five and foure foot water The taile which shooteth southerly downe is narrow and runneth from the land northeast about 2 leagues There upon is 5 4 and 3 foot water A league and a half without Nynger-Riffe northwest men may stay upon 6 and 7 fathom You may saile through betwixt Nyding and Malesound or the mayn land but it is there all shallow water Upon Nyding is a fire-beacon whereupon they make fire every night Nydingh Great stones Three leagues to the southwards of Watersbergen lyeth the river of Valckenburgh Valckenburgh On the north side of the Riversmouth lyeth an Island called Murupting and 3 leagues to the southwards of it lyeth an Island called Tullo Tullo betwixt that Island and Valckenburgh within the land lyeth a high hill called Haver being white to see to as if it were sandy Land sea faring men doe name it yong Coll because of the likenesse of height fashion which it hath like Col and sometimes it is mistaken for Coll. Three leagues eastwards from Tullo lyeth Helmstee Helmstee upon a river but there can go in no shipps but onely huyes and boates This river of Helmstee lyeth within a greate Inlet about southsouthwest 4 leagues from Swedereur Kol over these two Warders s w. from you Swedereur Two leagues southwards from Helmstee lyeth the little towne or little castle called Laholm Laholm there goeth also a little river into the land A league westwardes from Laholme lyeth Bosstadt these places lye in a great bay Swedereur Three leagues to the westwardes of Bosstadt lyeth the Island Swedereur you may runne in behind it at both sides for to anchor from the northwardes it is there large and broade for to go in but from the north end of Swedereur shooteth off a little ledge of rocks you must runne alongst to the northwards of the rocks that lye at the north end of Swedereur leaving them on the starboard
no certaine tyde Of the Depths and grounds bot to the eastwards and westwards of Waygats All the coast alongst off from Candenoes unto Waygats men doe finde a flat rising ground the most part sand and soft ground he that must sayle there in misty weather must know that in 8 or 9 fathom depth he is 4 or 5 leagues from the coast but when it is 30 35 or 40 fathom then he is farre enough from the land So it is alongst Nova Zembla and also over the east side of Waygats but when you come before the Strait it will be shoaler by little and little How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Swetenoes untill 3 leagues past Lombascho southsoutheast 16 leagues From thence to Orlogenes south 9 leagues From Orlogenes to the 3 Islands south 3 leagues Pas caarte van̄ WITTE-ZEE begrypende de custen van Laplandt van Warsiga tot aen Kandalox en de cust van Corelia tot aen de Riviere Dwina Caerte van ARCHANGEL ofte de Rivier de Duina soo wel van't Nieuwe al 's 't Oude diep From the three Islands to Ponnoy southwest and by south 3 leagues From the three Islands to the Crosse-Island Sousnowits southwest and southwest and by south 10 leagues From the Crosse-Island to Catsnose or the gray poynt southwest 20 leagues From the Gray poynt to the River of Arch-Angel south and by west 14 leagues From the Crosse-Island to Warsiga westsouthwest and west and by south 24 leagues From Orlogenes to the cape de Candenoes the course is northeast 47 leagues From Candenoes to the Island Colgoye east and by south 26 leagues From Candenoes to Swelgenoes s e. by e. 29 leagues From Candenoes to the Island Morsonewits s e 13 leag From Candenoes to Tussara it is eastsoutheast 7 leag From Colcova to Pitsana east and by north 7 leagues From Pitsana to Pitsora e. and east and by north 13 leag From Pitsora to Waygats the course is about north east and by east 38 or 40 leagues From Catsnose to the Islands of Solofky west or somewhat more southerly 37 leagues From Candenoes to Costintsarck in Nova Zembla n. e. and by east about 83 leagues From the east end of Colgoyen to Waygats e. 80 leag From Pitsora to the east end of Colgoyen w.n.w. 43 l. Heights The poynt of Catsnose or the Graye poynt lyeth in 65 degrees S. Nicholas or the River of Archangell in 64 degrees 30 minutes Cape Candenoes 69 degrees 30 minutes The Island Colgoya in 69 degrees 10 minutes The River of Colgoya Pitsana and Pitsora lye in 68 degrees 30 minutes Waygats or the Straite of Nassow lyeth in 69 degrees 43 minutes How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Orlogenes Third poynt Second poynt First poynt Swetenoes Sconce Thus sheweth the land betwixt Swetenoes and Orlogenes as you sayle alongst by it The sixth Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Sea-Coastes of the whole White Sea FRom the blew poynt to the river of Arch-Angell the course is south and by west thirteene leagues When as you sayle so towards the rivers you shall then first espy the land a good wayes to the westwards of S. Nicholas it ariseth in a long strake and then there riseth more land towards the River as if it where a round Island afterwards you shall see the steeple of S. Nicholas when that standeth south and by west and southsouthwest from you then you are open before the mouth of the River of Arch-Angell For to sail into the River of Arch-Angel If you wil sayle in there then bring the steeple of S. Nicholas a shippes length and a halfe or two shippes lengths to the eastwards of the Crosse sand-hill keepe them so standing and sayle right with them untill that the wood within come midwayes in the middlemost Podessemske goe on the southwest and by south southwest for to saile a weather of the taile or shoale which shooteth off from the east shoare when as then the wood within that is the wood upon the northeast poynt of the River commeth to the southermost of the two woods which stand upon the middlemost Island or the Poedessemske then you are in the mouth of the channell right upon the shoalest of the Barre the markes of the east tayle are when the wood commeth halfe wayes betwixt the southermost and the middlemost Podessemske when the poynt of the southermost Podessemske is southsoutheast somewhat southerly from you then you are without the poynt of the west grounds If you bring that poynt more easterly from you you can take no hurt of that poynt When you are entred the channell then goe as is beforesayd southwest and by south and southwest untill that the steeple of S. Nicholas come a shipps length by west the Crosse sand-hill then further take the sounding of the west shoare and runne in by it towards the foot strand and alongst close by it without going off from it untill that you come thwart of the white place or spot on the west shoare about the place where it standeth marked in the Card with A. Edge over then from thence east and by south and eastsoutheast right to the poynt of the Wood on the east shoare and on southeast in alongst by the east land close alongst by the shoare but thwart of the two Islands which lye on the starboard side it is a good wayes alongst the east shoare somewhat foule shoale where of you must take heed but go all alongst by the east shoare untill that you come by the first River on the larboard side edge then over again to the west shoare alongst southsouthwest untill you come to the bight there it is shoale water on the east side When you are come in the bight then goe on eastsoutheast afterwards east by south towards the Stonereach Stone-reach sail through there amidst the channell alongst by the buyes which lye in the middest of the deepe it is on both sides of the buyes uneven and rugged When as you come against the Stonereach there standeth a Fishers house upon the west shoare by the little River that runneth into the land at the north end or west end of the Stonereach thwart of that foresayd house lyeth a great stone under water which you may sayle about on both sides it lyeth about the middest of the fareway as you come sayling on men saile commonly about to the westwards of it all alongst by the west shoare like as also through the Stonereach for the west side is deepe enough at some places somewhat soft ground but the east shoare is full of rocks When as you are past the buyes then you must keepe off againe somewhat from the shoare There was wont to lye a little Island at the end of the Stonereach but that is of late yeares altogether scowred away with the Ice When as you are now through the Stonereach the course is first southeast
afterwards southeast by south untill you come in the bight then goe on easts e and keepe yet to the west shoare untill that you see the towne of Arch-Angel Arch-Angel then sayle right towards it but avoid the point on the larboard side for it is foule For to goe from Arch-Angell further up the River to Kolmogro Kolmog o. it is about twelve or thirteene leagues most southeast but the River runneth upwards with many crooked Bights For to sayle out of the River For to sail out of the River of Arch-Angell then runne out by the foot-strand and keepe the sounding of the west shoare When as you beginne to see the steeple of S. Nicholas then bring it a ships length to the second or middlemost Podessemske there lyeth a black Hommock upon the strand The north side of the wood within commeth then over that Hommock then goe on northeast and by north and northnortheast towards the Podessemskes When as then the wood within commeth to the north side of the southermost of the two woods upon the middlemost Podessemske then you are upon the shoalest of the Barre but when the poynt of the southermost Podessemske is southsoutheast somewhat southerly from you then you are at the end of all the shoales and may goe your Course through the sea where you please no shoales shall hinder you From the Barre of Podessemske or from the River of Archangell to the roade of S. Nicholas S. Nicholas it is foure leagues There standeth a Beacon at the end of the Island where the English house standeth upon by west that beakon is the roade for the English shippes in sixe or seven fathom according as they lye neare or far from the shoare The English River English River lyeth in there eastnortheast n.e. by east alongst by the Cloyster of S. Nicholas but that is so shoale a river that no ships can goe into it men must lade them without with Lodges About southwest and west and by west from the barre of the river of Arch-Angell lyeth the Salt Island upon it standeth a Cloyster is fast to the main land This land lyeth off from thence to the Cape de Onega west and by north From the Crosse-Island to Warsiga the course is west southwest and west and by south about foure and twenty leagues Warsiga Warsiga is a village lying on a river where is a Salmon-fishing which lyeth into the northwards within the land you cannot come into the River with shippes there is no more then eight or nine foot water but must stay without in the Roade before the River there is cleane sand-ground without any fowle ground so that you may anchor there without danger so neare or farre from the shoare as you will This River men doe know when they sayle alongst the coast by three high Hommocks which are higher then all the other and almost of fashion like the three hills by Bayonne in Galicia to the northwards of it are white sand-hills with trees upon them Even by west the three foresayd hommocks goeth in the river For to saile from Warsiga to Ombay the course is alongst by the coasts a little west west and by north and then westnorthwest afterwards the most northwest unto the poynt of Tauria Poynt off Tauria six and thirty or seven thirty leagues About halfe wayes betwixt them well so neare Warsiga as Tauria lyeth on the coast a high bare hill thwart of it and to the westwards of it lye some bancks whereof you must take heed The poynt of Tauria is a high steepe poynt full of trees to the eastwards of this land the poynt falleth away into a great Baye farre alongst to the eastwards About five leagues to the eastwards of the poynt of Tauria lyeth a rock a good wayes from land which is not very great but very easy to be knowne it sheweth a farre off as if there sate a great Ape upon it this rock the Russes call Tourie Babbe Tourie Babbe that is to say Grand-Mother of the poynt Within that Rock in that foresayd Baye it is all shoale water uneven and foule ground where you may not anchor not have roade but to the eastwards of the poynt Tauria you may anchor for westerly northerly winds somewhat to the northwards of the poynt in the Bight there it is shoale but by the poynt it is deepe there you must anchor close by the land By the west poynt lyeth the Island Volna Ostrove Volna Ostrove by the Dutch-men called the Reeme-Island From the poynt Tauria to that Island the course is northnorthwest two leagues Betwixt the Island and the land of Tauria lyeth also a little Island betwixt these two Islands you may for need sayle through with a shippe but it is very narrow at the northeast poynt of Ostrove is roade in thirty fathom then you lye with the shippe when she lyeth wended to the Island in eight fathom so very steepe and rising is the ground there From Volna Ostrove or the Reeme Island to the Gouba that is the salt river Salt river where men doe lade lying a half league by east Ombay the course is northnortheast three leagues which lyeth in north and north and by east it is not very broad but deepe at the comming in it is in the middst foure and twenty and five and twenty fathom farre within five or six fathom deepe but there it is foule Men doe commonly anchor a halfe league within the river on the east side with an anchor in the middst of the river sixteen or eighteen fathom and with a cable on land there it is good lying with all winds except with a southsouthwest winde which bloweth there open in About halfe a league to the westwards of it lyeth the fresh River of Ombay Ombay which is so shoale and foule that men cannot goe in there with shipps except they bee small and also the Russes are not willing they should come there for not to spoyle their Salmon-fishing there is great store of Salmon caught which is carried from thence with boats to the shipps in the salt river From thence the coast lyeth somewhat alongst westsouthwest and then upon northwest to Kandalax Thereabouts lye also more lade-places where Salmon is caught as Kierickarick Kierickarick and Kargapoll Kargapol that lyeth southwest from Ombay on the Koreels side How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From the Barre of Arch-Angell to the Salt Island southwest somewhat westerly 7 leagues From the Salt Island to the C. Onega west and west and by north 17 or 18 leagues From the C. Onega to the Islands Solofky northwest and by west 20 leagues From Warsiga unto the poynt of Tauria west west and by north westnorthwest and northwest 37 leagues From Cruys Island to Warsiga westsouthwest 24 leag From the poynt of Tauria to Volna Ostrove northnorthwest 2 leagues From Volno Ostrove